From: Rafael Fontenelle Date: Thu, 9 Jan 2025 11:28:39 +0000 (+0100) Subject: po-man: update pt_BR.po (from translationproject.org) X-Git-Tag: v2.40.3~5 X-Git-Url: http://git.ipfire.org/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=b68bd2a787fabc47f53c8946276bfa574fc0a762;p=thirdparty%2Futil-linux.git po-man: update pt_BR.po (from translationproject.org) --- diff --git a/po-man/pt_BR.po b/po-man/pt_BR.po index 6b20d7644..21badd311 100644 --- a/po-man/pt_BR.po +++ b/po-man/pt_BR.po @@ -1,24 +1,23 @@ # Portuguese translations for util-linux package # Traduções em português brasileiro para o pacote util-linux -# Copyright (C) 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the util-linux package. -# Rafael Fontenelle , 2021. +# Rafael Fontenelle , 2021-2024. # msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.37-rc2\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-07-03 14:31+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-08-31 20:06-0300\n" +"Project-Id-Version: util-linux-man 2.40.1-rc1\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2024-05-01 21:50+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-23 01:53-0300\n" "Last-Translator: Rafael Fontenelle \n" -"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" +"Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese \n" "Language: pt_BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "X-Bugs: Report translation errors to the Language-Team address.\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n > 1)\n" -"X-Generator: Gtranslator 40.0\n" +"X-Generator: Gtranslator 46.1\n" #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:1 @@ -28,16 +27,8 @@ msgstr "RELATANDO PROBLEMAS" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/bugreports.adoc:3 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/karelzak/" -#| "util-linux/issues." -msgid "" -"For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-" -"linux/issues." -msgstr "" -"Para relatar programas, use o rastreador de problemas em https://github.com/" -"karelzak/util-linux/issues." +msgid "For bug reports, use the issue tracker at https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." +msgstr "Para relatar programas, use o rastreador de problemas em https://github.com/util-linux/util-linux/issues." #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:1 @@ -47,43 +38,33 @@ msgstr "CORES" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:5 -msgid "" -"The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) " -"functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file" -msgstr "" +msgid "The output colorization is implemented by *terminal-colors.d*(5) functionality. Implicit coloring can be disabled by an empty file" +msgstr "A colorização de saída é implementada pela funcionalidade *terminal-colors.d*(5). A coloração implícita pode ser desabilitada por um arquivo vazio" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:7 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n" msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{command}.disable_" -msgstr "*touch /etc/terminal-colors.d/disable*\n" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/{comando}.disable_" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:9 msgid "for the *{command}* command or for all tools by" -msgstr "" +msgstr "para o comando *{comando}* ou para todas as ferramentas por" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:11 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" msgid "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" -msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d_" +msgstr "_/etc/terminal-colors.d/disable_" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:14 ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/" -"terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting." -msgstr "" +msgid "The user-specific _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ or _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ overrides the global setting." +msgstr "O _$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/terminal-colors.d_ ou _$HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d_ específico do usuário substitui a configuração global." #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/colors.adoc:17 -msgid "" -"Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this " -"case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet." -msgstr "" +msgid "Note that the output colorization may be enabled by default, and in this case _terminal-colors.d_ directories do not have to exist yet." +msgstr "Observe que a colorização de saída pode ser habilitada por padrão e, neste caso, os diretórios _terminal-colors.d_ ainda não precisam existir." #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:1 ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:1 @@ -95,41 +76,20 @@ msgstr "DISPONIBILIDADE" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{configfile}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the name of the configuration file. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/footer-config.adoc:4 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded " -#| "from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel " -#| "Archive].\n" -msgid "" -"*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded " -"from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel " -"Archive]." -msgstr "" -"*{configfile}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do https://" -"www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive].\n" +msgid "*{configfile}* is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "*{configfile}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{lib}* and {firstversion} untranslated, will be replaced with the library name and the version of util-linux where the library appeared for the first time. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/footer-lib.adoc:4 -msgid "" -"The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version " -"{firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/" -"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." -msgstr "" -"A biblioteca *{lib}* é parte do pacote util-linux desde a versão " -"{firstversion}. Ela pode ser baixada do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/" -"utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgid "The *{lib}* library is part of the util-linux package since version {firstversion}. It can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "A biblioteca *{lib}* é parte do pacote util-linux desde a versão {firstversion}. Ela pode ser baixada do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep *{command}* untranslated, it will be replaced with the command name. #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/footer.adoc:4 -msgid "" -"The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be " -"downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux " -"Kernel Archive]." -msgstr "" -"O comando *{command}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do " -"https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgid "The *{command}* command is part of the util-linux package which can be downloaded from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." +msgstr "O comando *{command}* é parte do pacote util-linux que pode ser baixado do https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]." #. type: Labeled list #: ../man-common/help-version.adoc:1 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:222 @@ -163,21 +123,13 @@ msgstr "Imprime a versão e sai." #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:2 -#, fuzzy msgid "Print the sizes in bytes rather than in a human-readable format." -msgstr "" -" -b, --bytes exibe tamanhos em bytes em vez de um formato legível\n" +msgstr "Exibe os tamanhos em bytes em vez de um formato legível por humanos." #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/in-bytes.adoc:7 -msgid "" -"By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are " -"in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in " -"order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of " -"them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 " -"K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part " -"of these abbreviations." -msgstr "" +msgid "By default, the unit, sizes are expressed in, is byte, and unit prefixes are in power of 2^10 (1024). Abbreviations of symbols are exhibited truncated in order to reach a better readability, by exhibiting alone the first letter of them; examples: \"1 KiB\" and \"1 MiB\" are respectively exhibited as \"1 K\" and \"1 M\", then omitting on purpose the mention \"iB\", which is part of these abbreviations." +msgstr "Por padrão, a unidade, os tamanhos são expressos, é byte, e os prefixos de unidade estão em potência de 2^10 (1024). Abreviações de símbolos são exibidas truncadas para atingir uma melhor legibilidade, exibindo apenas a primeira letra deles; exemplos: \"1 KiB\" e \"1 MiB\" são exibidos respectivamente como \"1 K\" e \"1 M\", omitindo então propositalmente a menção \"iB\", que faz parte dessas abreviações." #. type: Title == #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:1 @@ -187,18 +139,8 @@ msgstr "TRADUÇÃO" #. type: Plain text #: ../man-common/translation.adoc:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding " -#| "*.po file at GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man." -#| "html" -msgid "" -"For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *." -"po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" -msgstr "" -"Para os autores desta tradução, consulte o cabeçalho do arquivo *.po " -"correspondente no GNU TP: http://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-" -"man.html" +msgid "For the authors of this translation, see the header of the corresponding *.po file at GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" +msgstr "Para os autores desta tradução, consulte o cabeçalho do arquivo *.po correspondente no GNU TP: https://translationproject.org/domain/util-linux-man.html" #. TRANSLATORS: Please replace %1 with the address of the mailing list of your #. translation team. @@ -403,10 +345,8 @@ msgstr "SINOPSE" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:22 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_\n" msgid "*addpart* _device partition start length_" -msgstr "*addpart* _dispositivo partição início comprimento_\n" +msgstr "*addpart* _dispositivo partição início comprimento_" #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:23 ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:27 @@ -484,19 +424,8 @@ msgstr "DESCRIÇÃO" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified " -#| "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" " -#| "ioctl.\n" -msgid "" -"*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified " -"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" " -"ioctl." -msgstr "" -"*addpart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre a existência da partição " -"especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"add " -"partition\".\n" +msgid "*addpart* tells the Linux kernel about the existence of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"add partition\" ioctl." +msgstr "*addpart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre a existência da partição especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"add partition\"." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:28 ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:28 @@ -624,20 +553,8 @@ msgstr "VEJA TAMBÉM" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/addpart.8.adoc:52 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*delpart*(8),\n" -#| "*fdisk*(8),\n" -#| "*parted*(8),\n" -#| "*partprobe*(8),\n" -#| "*partx*(8)\n" msgid "*delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), *partx*(8)" -msgstr "" -"*delpart*(8),\n" -"*fdisk*(8),\n" -"*parted*(8),\n" -"*partprobe*(8),\n" -"*partx*(8)\n" +msgstr "*delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), *partx*(8)" # #. Copyright 1998 Andries E. Brouwer (aeb@cwi.nl) @@ -652,42 +569,27 @@ msgstr "blockdev(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:18 msgid "blockdev - call block device ioctls from the command line" -msgstr "" -"blockdev - chamada de ioctls de dispositivos de bloco pela linha de comando" +msgstr "blockdev - chamada de ioctls de dispositivos de bloco pela linha de comando" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:22 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]\n" -msgid "" -"*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]" -msgstr "" -"*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _comando_ [_comando_...] _dispositivo_ " -"[_dispositivo_...]\n" +msgid "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _command_ [_command_...] _device_ [_device_...]" +msgstr "*blockdev* [*-q*] [*-v*] _comando_ [_comando_...] _dispositivo_ [_dispositivo_...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:24 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]\n" msgid "*blockdev* *--report* [_device_...]" -msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_dispositivo_...]\n" +msgstr "*blockdev* *--report* [_dispositivo_...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" msgid "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*" -msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" +msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the " -"command line." -msgstr "" -"O utilitário *blockdev* permite chamar ioctls de dispositivo de bloco a " -"partir da linha de comando." +msgid "The utility *blockdev* allows one to call block device ioctls from the command line." +msgstr "O utilitário *blockdev* permite chamar ioctls de dispositivo de bloco a partir da linha de comando." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:31 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:45 @@ -786,15 +688,8 @@ msgstr "*--report*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple " -"devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ " -"are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors." -msgstr "" -"Imprime um relatório para o dispositivo especificado. É possível dar vários " -"dispositivos. Se nenhum for fornecido, todos os dispositivos que aparecem em " -"_/proc/partitions_ são mostrados. Observe que a partição StartSec está em " -"setores de 512 bytes." +msgid "Print a report for the specified device. It is possible to give multiple devices. If none is given, all devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown. Note that the partition StartSec is in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "Imprime um relatório para o dispositivo especificado. É possível dar vários dispositivos. Se nenhum for fornecido, todos os dispositivos que aparecem em _/proc/partitions_ são mostrados. Observe que a partição StartSec está em setores de 512 bytes." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:44 ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:61 @@ -840,14 +735,8 @@ msgstr "*--getbsz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. " -"It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for " -"example) by filesystem driver on mount." -msgstr "" -"Imprime o tamanho do bloco em bytes. Este tamanho não descreve a topologia " -"do dispositivo. É o tamanho usado internamente pelo kernel e pode ser " -"modificado (por exemplo) pelo driver do sistema de arquivos na montagem." +msgid "Print the blocksize in bytes. This size does not describe device topology. It's the size used internally by the kernel and it may be modified (for example) by filesystem driver on mount." +msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do bloco em bytes. Este tamanho não descreve a topologia do dispositivo. É o tamanho usado internamente pelo kernel e pode ser modificado (por exemplo) pelo driver do sistema de arquivos na montagem." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:57 @@ -862,29 +751,25 @@ msgstr "Obtém status de suporte a descarte de zeros" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:60 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*--getss*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--getdiskseq*" -msgstr "*--getss*" +msgstr "*--getdiskseq*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:62 msgid "Get disk sequence number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obtém número de sequência do disco." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*--getsz*" +#, no-wrap msgid "*--getzonesz*" -msgstr "*--getsz*" +msgstr "*--getzonesz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:65 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Get size in 512-byte sectors." msgid "Get zone size in 512-byte sectors." -msgstr "Obtém o tamanho em setores de 512 bytes." +msgstr "Obtém tamanho da zona em setores de 512 bytes." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:66 @@ -961,9 +846,7 @@ msgstr "*--getro*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:86 msgid "Get read-only. Print 1 if the device is read-only, 0 otherwise." -msgstr "" -"Obtém somente leitura. Imprime 1 se o dispositivo for somente leitura, 0 " -"caso contrário." +msgstr "Obtém somente leitura. Imprime 1 se o dispositivo for somente leitura, 0 caso contrário." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:87 @@ -984,12 +867,8 @@ msgstr "*--getsize*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* " -"option." -msgstr "" -"Imprime o tamanho do dispositivo (32 bits!) em setores. Descontinuado em " -"favor da opção *--getsz*." +msgid "Print device size (32-bit!) in sectors. Deprecated in favor of the *--getsz* option." +msgstr "Imprime o tamanho do dispositivo (32 bits!) em setores. Descontinuado em favor da opção *--getsz*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:93 @@ -1032,16 +911,8 @@ msgstr "*--setbsz* _bytes_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file " -"descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only " -"persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once " -"*blockdev* exits." -msgstr "" -"Define o tamanho do bloco. Observe que o tamanho do bloco é específico para " -"o descritor de arquivo atual abrindo o dispositivo de bloco, de modo que a " -"alteração do tamanho do bloco persiste enquanto *blockdev* estiver com o " -"dispositivo aberto e é perdido quando *blockdev* sai." +msgid "Set blocksize. Note that the block size is specific to the current file descriptor opening the block device, so the change of block size only persists for as long as *blockdev* has the device open, and is lost once *blockdev* exits." +msgstr "Define o tamanho do bloco. Observe que o tamanho do bloco é específico para o descritor de arquivo atual abrindo o dispositivo de bloco, de modo que a alteração do tamanho do bloco persiste enquanto *blockdev* estiver com o dispositivo aberto e é perdido quando *blockdev* sai." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:105 @@ -1052,8 +923,7 @@ msgstr "*--setfra* _setores_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:107 msgid "Set filesystem readahead (same as *--setra* on 2.6 kernels)." -msgstr "" -"Define readahead do sistema de arquivos (igual a *--setra* em kernels 2.6)." +msgstr "Define readahead do sistema de arquivos (igual a *--setra* em kernels 2.6)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:108 @@ -1074,15 +944,8 @@ msgstr "*--setro*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected " -"by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode " -"will not be affected. The change applies after remount." -msgstr "" -"Define somente leitura. O acesso atualmente ativo ao dispositivo pode não " -"ser afetado pela mudança. Por exemplo, um sistema de arquivos já montado no " -"modo de leitura e gravação não será afetado. A mudança se aplica após a " -"remontagem." +msgid "Set read-only. The currently active access to the device may not be affected by the change. For example, a filesystem already mounted in read-write mode will not be affected. The change applies after remount." +msgstr "Define somente leitura. O acesso atualmente ativo ao dispositivo pode não ser afetado pela mudança. Por exemplo, um sistema de arquivos já montado no modo de leitura e gravação não será afetado. A mudança se aplica após a remontagem." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:114 @@ -1149,13 +1012,8 @@ msgstr "AUTORES" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/blockdev.8.adoc:120 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n" -msgid "" -"*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak." -msgstr "" -"*blockdev* foi escrito por Andries E. Brouwer e reescrito por Karel Zak.\n" +msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak." +msgstr "*blockdev* foi escrito por Andries E. Brouwer e reescrito por Karel Zak." # # @@ -1182,77 +1040,38 @@ msgstr "cfdisk - exibe ou manipula a tabela de partição de uma unidade" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:30 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]\n" msgid "*cfdisk* [options] [_device_]" -msgstr "*cfdisk* [opções] [_dispositivo_]\n" +msgstr "*cfdisk* [opções] [_dispositivo_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The " -#| "default device is _/dev/sda_.\n" -msgid "" -"*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The " -"default device is _/dev/sda_." -msgstr "" -"*cfdisk* é um programa baseado em curses para particionar qualquer " -"dispositivo de bloco. O dispositivo padrão é _/dev/sda_.\n" +msgid "*cfdisk* is a curses-based program for partitioning any block device. The default device is _/dev/sda_." +msgstr "*cfdisk* é um programa baseado em curses para particionar qualquer dispositivo de bloco. O dispositivo padrão é _/dev/sda_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-" -"friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead." -msgstr "" -"Observe que *cfdisk* fornece funcionalidade básica de particionamento com " -"uma interface amigável. Se você precisar de recursos avançados, use " -"*fdisk*(8)." +msgid "Note that *cfdisk* provides basic partitioning functionality with a user-friendly interface. If you need advanced features, use *fdisk*(8) instead." +msgstr "Observe que *cfdisk* fornece funcionalidade básica de particionamento com uma interface amigável. Se você precisar de recursos avançados, use *fdisk*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be " -"unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using " -"the write command." -msgstr "" -"Todas as alterações no rótulo do disco permanecerão apenas na memória e o " -"disco não será modificado até que você decida escrever suas alterações. " -"Tenha cuidado antes de usar o comando de escrita." +msgid "All disk label changes will remain in memory only, and the disk will be unmodified until you decide to write your changes. Be careful before using the write command." +msgstr "Todas as alterações no rótulo do disco permanecerão apenas na memória e o disco não será modificado até que você decida escrever suas alterações. Tenha cuidado antes de usar o comando de escrita." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk " -"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-" -"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this " -"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." -msgstr "" -"Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), " -"GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para " -"endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o " -"Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos " -"dispositivos." +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos dispositivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any " -"more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and " -"*lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way." -msgstr "" -"Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* também não fornece mais um comando " -"\"print\". Esta funcionalidade é fornecida pelos utilitários *partx*(8) e " -"*lsblk*(8) de uma forma muito confortável e rica." +msgid "Since version 2.25 *cfdisk* also does not provide a 'print' command any more. This functionality is provided by the utilities *partx*(8) and *lsblk*(8) in a very comfortable and rich way." +msgstr "Desde a versão 2.25, o *cfdisk* também não fornece mais um comando \"print\". Esta funcionalidade é fornecida pelos utilitários *partx*(8) e *lsblk*(8) de uma forma muito confortável e rica." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Se você quiser remover uma tabela de partição antiga de um dispositivo, use " -"*wipefs*(8)." +msgid "If you want to remove an old partition table from a device, use *wipefs*(8)." +msgstr "Se você quiser remover uma tabela de partição antiga de um dispositivo, use *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:49 @@ -1262,22 +1081,8 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quando__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:51 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* " -#| "or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. " -#| "The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* " -#| "output. See also the COLORS section." -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section." -msgstr "" -"Coloriza a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou " -"*always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As " -"cores podem ser desativadas, para o padrão embutido atual, consulte a saída " -"*--help*. Veja também a seção CORES." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled, for the current built-in default see *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "Coloriza a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desativadas, para o padrão embutido atual, consulte a saída *--help*. Veja também a seção *CORES*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:52 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:64 @@ -1293,27 +1098,9 @@ msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]" #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:40 ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:51 #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:62 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:160 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional " -#| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the " -#| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option " -#| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not " -#| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with " -#| "udevd or other tools." -msgid "" -"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument " -"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument " -"is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment " -"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, " -"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other " -"tools." -msgstr "" -"Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O " -"argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se " -"o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve " -"a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma " -"trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras " -"ferramentas." +#| msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *yes*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with *systemd-udevd*(8) or other tools." +msgstr "Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras ferramentas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:55 ../sys-utils/losetup.8.adoc:92 @@ -1335,29 +1122,13 @@ msgstr "*-z*, *--zero*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero " -"the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program " -"without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to " -"create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible " -"script." -msgstr "" -"Começa com uma tabela de partição zerada na memória. Esta opção não zera a " -"tabela de partição no disco; em vez disso, ele simplesmente inicia o " -"programa sem ler a tabela de partição existente. Esta opção permite criar " -"uma nova tabela de partição do zero ou a partir de um script compatível com " -"*sfdisk*(8)." +msgid "Start with an in-memory zeroed partition table. This option does not zero the partition table on the disk; rather, it simply starts the program without reading the existing partition table. This option allows you to create a new partition table from scratch or from an *sfdisk*(8)-compatible script." +msgstr "Começa com uma tabela de partição zerada na memória. Esta opção não zera a tabela de partição no disco; em vez disso, ele simplesmente inicia o programa sem ler a tabela de partição existente. Esta opção permite criar uma nova tabela de partição do zero ou a partir de um script compatível com *sfdisk*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key " -"(pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the " -"available commands:" -msgstr "" -"Os comandos para *cfdisk* podem ser inseridos pressionando a tecla " -"correspondente (pressionando _Enter_ após o comando não é necessário). Aqui " -"está uma lista dos comandos disponíveis:" +msgid "The commands for *cfdisk* can be entered by pressing the corresponding key (pressing _Enter_ after the command is not necessary). Here is a list of the available commands:" +msgstr "Os comandos para *cfdisk* podem ser inseridos pressionando a tecla correspondente (pressionando _Enter_ após o comando não é necessário). Aqui está uma lista dos comandos disponíveis:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:65 @@ -1367,14 +1138,8 @@ msgstr "*b*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select " -"which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be " -"available for all partition label types." -msgstr "" -"Alterna o sinalizador de inicialização da partição atual. Isso permite que " -"você selecione qual partição primária é inicializável na unidade. Este " -"comando pode não estar disponível para todos os tipos de rótulo de partição." +msgid "Toggle the bootable flag of the current partition. This allows you to select which primary partition is bootable on the drive. This command may not be available for all partition label types." +msgstr "Alterna o sinalizador de inicialização da partição atual. Isso permite que você selecione qual partição primária é inicializável na unidade. Este comando pode não estar disponível para todos os tipos de rótulo de partição." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:68 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:53 @@ -1384,16 +1149,8 @@ msgstr "*d*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into " -"free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the " -"current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as " -"unusable cannot be deleted." -msgstr "" -"Exclui a partição atual. Isso converterá a partição atual em espaço livre e " -"a mesclará com qualquer espaço livre imediatamente ao redor da partição " -"atual. Uma partição já marcada como espaço livre ou marcada como " -"inutilizável não pode ser excluída." +msgid "Delete the current partition. This will convert the current partition into free space and merge it with any free space immediately surrounding the current partition. A partition already marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be deleted." +msgstr "Exclui a partição atual. Isso converterá a partição atual em espaço livre e a mesclará com qualquer espaço livre imediatamente ao redor da partição atual. Uma partição já marcada como espaço livre ou marcada como inutilizável não pode ser excluída." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:71 ../text-utils/pg.1.adoc:106 @@ -1415,25 +1172,13 @@ msgstr "*n*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the " -"size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the " -"entire available free space at the current position." -msgstr "" -"Cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço livre. *cfdisk* então pergunta o " -"tamanho da partição que você deseja criar. O tamanho padrão é igual a todo o " -"espaço livre disponível na posição atual." +msgid "Create a new partition from free space. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the size of the partition you want to create. The default size is equal to the entire available free space at the current position." +msgstr "Cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço livre. *cfdisk* então pergunta o tamanho da partição que você deseja criar. O tamanho padrão é igual a todo o espaço livre disponível na posição atual." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB " -"(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is " -"optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho pode ser seguido por um sufixo multiplicativo: KiB (=1024), MiB " -"(=1024*1024) e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB (o \"iB\" " -"é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\")." +msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "O tamanho pode ser seguido por um sufixo multiplicativo: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB (o \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\")." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:79 @@ -1443,11 +1188,8 @@ msgstr "*q*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the " -"disk." -msgstr "" -"Sai do programa. Isso sairá do programa sem gravar nenhum dado no disco." +msgid "Quit the program. This will exit the program without writing any data to the disk." +msgstr "Sai do programa. Isso sairá do programa sem gravar nenhum dado no disco." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:82 @@ -1457,27 +1199,15 @@ msgstr "*r*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the " -"new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition " -"marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized." -msgstr "" -"Reduz ou aumenta a partição atual. *cfdisk* então pergunta sobre o novo " -"tamanho da partição. O tamanho padrão é o tamanho atual. Uma partição " -"marcada como espaço livre ou inutilizável não pode ser redimensionada." +msgid "Reduce or enlarge the current partition. *cfdisk* then prompts you for the new size of the partition. The default size is the current size. A partition marked as free space or marked as unusable cannot be resized." +msgstr "Reduz ou aumenta a partição atual. *cfdisk* então pergunta sobre o novo tamanho da partição. O tamanho padrão é o tamanho atual. Uma partição marcada como espaço livre ou inutilizável não pode ser redimensionada." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:86 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that " -#| "partition.*\n" -msgid "" -"*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that " -"partition.*" -msgstr "" -"*Observe que reduzir o tamanho de uma partição pode destruir os dados nela." -"*\n" +#| msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*\n" +msgid "*Note that reducing the size of a partition might destroy data on that partition.*" +msgstr "*Observe que reduzir o tamanho de uma partição pode destruir os dados nela.*\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:87 ../text-utils/more.1.adoc:122 @@ -1487,15 +1217,8 @@ msgstr "*s*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and " -"adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no " -"longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match." -msgstr "" -"Classifica partições em ordem crescente de setor inicial. Ao excluir e " -"adicionar partições, é provável que a numeração das partições não " -"corresponda mais à sua ordem no disco. Este comando restaura essa " -"correspondência." +msgid "Sort the partitions in ascending start-sector order. When deleting and adding partitions, it is likely that the numbering of the partitions will no longer match their order on the disk. This command restores that match." +msgstr "Classifica partições em ordem crescente de setor inicial. Ao excluir e adicionar partições, é provável que a numeração das partições não corresponda mais à sua ordem no disco. Este comando restaura essa correspondência." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:90 ../sys-utils/irqtop.1.adoc:50 @@ -1505,12 +1228,8 @@ msgstr "*t*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ " -"partitions." -msgstr "" -"Altera o tipo de partição. Por padrão, novas partições são criadas como " -"partições _Linux_." +msgid "Change the partition type. By default, new partitions are created as _Linux_ partitions." +msgstr "Altera o tipo de partição. Por padrão, novas partições são criadas como partições _Linux_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:93 @@ -1521,36 +1240,19 @@ msgstr "*u*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:95 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script " -#| "file." -msgid "" -"Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible " -"script file." -msgstr "" -"Despeja a tabela de partição atualmente na memória para um arquivo de script " -"compatível com sfdisk." +#| msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an sfdisk-compatible script file." +msgid "Dump the current in-memory partition table to an **sfdisk**(8)-compatible script file." +msgstr "Despeja a tabela de partição atualmente na memória para um arquivo de script compatível com sfdisk." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and " -"other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) " -"e outros aplicativos de libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte " -"*sfdisk*(8)." +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*, *fdisk*(8) *sfdisk*(8) e outros aplicativos de libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte *sfdisk*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no " -"partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* " -"command-line option." -msgstr "" -"Também é possível carregar um script sfdisk no *cfdisk* se não houver " -"nenhuma tabela de partição no dispositivo ou quando você iniciar o *cfdisk* " -"com a opção de linha de comando *--zero*." +msgid "It is also possible to load an sfdisk-script into *cfdisk* if there is no partition table on the device or when you start *cfdisk* with the *--zero* command-line option." +msgstr "Também é possível carregar um script sfdisk no *cfdisk* se não houver nenhuma tabela de partição no dispositivo ou quando você iniciar o *cfdisk* com a opção de linha de comando *--zero*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:100 @@ -1560,30 +1262,13 @@ msgstr "*W*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since " -"this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the " -"write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the " -"partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition " -"table from the disk." -msgstr "" -"Grava a tabela de partição no disco (você deve inserir um W maiúsculo). Uma " -"vez que isso pode destruir dados no disco, você deve confirmar ou negar a " -"gravação digitando \"yes\" ou \"no\", ou as respectivas traduções \"sim\" ou " -"\"não\". Se você digitar \"yes\" ou \"sim\", *cfdisk* gravará a tabela de " -"partição no disco e então dirá ao kernel para reler a tabela de partição do " -"disco." +msgid "Write the partition table to disk (you must enter an uppercase W). Since this might destroy data on the disk, you must either confirm or deny the write by entering `yes' or `no'. If you enter `yes', *cfdisk* will write the partition table to disk and then tell the kernel to re-read the partition table from the disk." +msgstr "Grava a tabela de partição no disco (você deve inserir um W maiúsculo). Uma vez que isso pode destruir dados no disco, você deve confirmar ou negar a gravação digitando \"yes\" ou \"no\", ou as respectivas traduções \"sim\" ou \"não\". Se você digitar \"yes\" ou \"sim\", *cfdisk* gravará a tabela de partição no disco e então dirá ao kernel para reler a tabela de partição do disco." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case " -"you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using " -"*partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system." -msgstr "" -"A releitura da tabela de partição nem sempre funciona. Nesse caso, você " -"precisa informar o kernel sobre quaisquer novas partições usando " -"*partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8), ou reiniciando o sistema." +msgid "The re-reading of the partition table does not always work. In such a case you need to inform the kernel about any new partitions by using *partprobe*(8) or *partx*(8), or by rebooting the system." +msgstr "A releitura da tabela de partição nem sempre funciona. Nesse caso, você precisa informar o kernel sobre quaisquer novas partições usando *partprobe*(8) ou *partx*(8), ou reiniciando o sistema." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:105 @@ -1604,16 +1289,8 @@ msgstr "_seta para cima, _seta para baixo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more " -"partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next " -"(previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) " -"partition displayed on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Move o cursor para a partição anterior ou seguinte. Se houver mais partições " -"do que podem ser exibidas em uma tela, você pode exibir o conjunto seguinte " -"(anterior) de partições movendo para baixo (para cima) na última (primeira) " -"partição exibida na tela." +msgid "Move the cursor to the previous or next partition. If there are more partitions than can be displayed on a screen, you can display the next (previous) set of partitions by moving down (up) at the last (first) partition displayed on the screen." +msgstr "Move o cursor para a partição anterior ou seguinte. Se houver mais partições do que podem ser exibidas em uma tela, você pode exibir o conjunto seguinte (anterior) de partições movendo para baixo (para cima) na última (primeira) partição exibida na tela." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:111 @@ -1623,33 +1300,20 @@ msgstr "_seta para esquerda_, _seta para direita_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the " -"currently selected item." -msgstr "" -"Seleciona o item de menu anterior ou seguinte. Pressionar _Enter_ executará " -"o item atualmente selecionado." +msgid "Select the preceding or the next menu item. Hitting _Enter_ will execute the currently selected item." +msgstr "Seleciona o item de menu anterior ou seguinte. Pressionar _Enter_ executará o item atualmente selecionado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters " -"(except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the " -"_Esc_ key to return to the main menu." -msgstr "" -"Todos os comandos podem ser inseridos com letras maiúsculas ou minúsculas " -"(exceto para **W**rite, para gravar). Quando estiver em um submenu ou em um " -"prompt, você pode pressionar a tecla _Esc_ para retornar ao menu principal." +msgid "All commands can be entered with either uppercase or lowercase letters (except for **W**rite). When in a submenu or at a prompt, you can hit the _Esc_ key to return to the main menu." +msgstr "Todos os comandos podem ser inseridos com letras maiúsculas ou minúsculas (exceto para **W**rite, para gravar). Quando estiver em um submenu ou em um prompt, você pode pressionar a tecla _Esc_ para retornar ao menu principal." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:118 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n" +#| msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file.\n" msgid "*cfdisk* does not support color customization with a color-scheme file." -msgstr "" -"*cfdisk* não tem suporte a personalização de cores com um arquivo de esquema " -"de cores.\n" +msgstr "*cfdisk* não tem suporte a personalização de cores com um arquivo de esquema de cores.\n" #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:119 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:193 @@ -1735,9 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "*LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG_PADDING*=on" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:135 msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG*." -msgstr "" -"use caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG* " -"habilitado." +msgstr "use caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer *LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG* habilitado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:136 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:210 @@ -1750,12 +1412,8 @@ msgstr "*LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*=" #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:138 ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:212 #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:74 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:102 #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:419 ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more " -"details." -msgstr "" -"usa trava exclusiva do BSD. O modo é \"1\" ou \"0\". Veja *--lock* para mais " -"detalhes." +msgid "use exclusive BSD lock. The mode is \"1\" or \"0\". See *--lock* for more details." +msgstr "usa trava exclusiva do BSD. O modo é \"1\" ou \"0\". Veja *--lock* para mais detalhes." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:142 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:452 @@ -1769,12 +1427,8 @@ msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from " -"mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." -msgstr "" -"A implementação *cfdisk* atual é baseada no *cfdisk* original de mailto:" -"martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." +msgid "The current *cfdisk* implementation is based on the original *cfdisk* from mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." +msgstr "A implementação *cfdisk* atual é baseada no *cfdisk* original de mailto:martin@cs.unc.edu[Kevin E. Martin]." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/cfdisk.8.adoc:152 @@ -1818,18 +1472,9 @@ msgstr "*delpart* _dispositivo partição_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:26 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ " -#| "(a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper " -#| "around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n" -msgid "" -"*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a " -"number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around " -"the \"del partition\" ioctl." -msgstr "" -"*delpart* pede ao kernel Linux para esquecer a _partição_ especificada (um " -"número) no _dispositivo_ especificado. O comando é um invólucro simples em " -"torno do ioctl \"del partition\".\n" +#| msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl.\n" +msgid "*delpart* asks the Linux kernel to forget about the specified _partition_ (a number) on the specified _device_. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"del partition\" ioctl." +msgstr "*delpart* pede ao kernel Linux para esquecer a _partição_ especificada (um número) no _dispositivo_ especificado. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"del partition\".\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/delpart.8.adoc:40 @@ -1871,18 +1516,9 @@ msgstr "*fdformat* [opções] _dispositivo_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually " -#| "one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is " -#| "shown for informational purposes only):\n" -msgid "" -"*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one " -"of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown " -"for informational purposes only):" -msgstr "" -"*fdformat* faz uma formatação de baixo nível em um disquete. _dispositivo_ é " -"geralmente um dos seguintes (para dispositivos de disquete o principal = 2 e " -"o secundário é mostrado apenas para fins informativos):\n" +#| msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):\n" +msgid "*fdformat* does a low-level format on a floppy disk. _device_ is usually one of the following (for floppy devices the major = 2, and the minor is shown for informational purposes only):" +msgstr "*fdformat* faz uma formatação de baixo nível em um disquete. _dispositivo_ é geralmente um dos seguintes (para dispositivos de disquete o principal = 2 e o secundário é mostrado apenas para fins informativos):\n" #. type: delimited block . #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:35 @@ -1934,16 +1570,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work " -"with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format " -"has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load " -"the disk parameters." -msgstr "" -"Os dispositivos de disquete genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ e _/dev/fd1_, não " -"funcionarão com *fdformat* quando um formato não padrão estiver sendo usado " -"ou se o formato não tiver sido detectado automaticamente antes. Nesse caso, " -"use *setfdprm*(8) para carregar os parâmetros do disco." +msgid "The generic floppy devices, _/dev/fd0_ and _/dev/fd1_, will fail to work with *fdformat* when a non-standard format is being used, or if the format has not been autodetected earlier. In this case, use *setfdprm*(8) to load the disk parameters." +msgstr "Os dispositivos de disquete genéricos, _/dev/fd0_ e _/dev/fd1_, não funcionarão com *fdformat* quando um formato não padrão estiver sendo usado ou se o formato não tiver sido detectado automaticamente antes. Nesse caso, use *setfdprm*(8) para carregar os parâmetros do disco." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:52 @@ -1976,9 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--repair* _N_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:60 msgid "Try to repair tracks failed during the verification (max _N_ retries)." -msgstr "" -"Tenta corrigir trilhas falhadas durante a verificação (máximo de _N_ " -"tentativas)." +msgstr "Tenta corrigir trilhas falhadas durante a verificação (máximo de _N_ tentativas)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:61 @@ -2019,12 +1645,8 @@ msgstr "NOTAS" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) " -"instead." -msgstr "" -"Este utilitário não funciona com unidades de disquete USB. Use " -"*ufiformat*(8) em seu lugar." +msgid "This utility does not handle USB floppy disk drives. Use *ufiformat*(8) instead." +msgstr "Este utilitário não funciona com unidades de disquete USB. Use *ufiformat*(8) em seu lugar." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdformat.8.adoc:73 @@ -2081,73 +1703,30 @@ msgstr "*fdisk* *-l* [_dispositivo_...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:30 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of " -#| "partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition " -#| "tables.\n" -msgid "" -"*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of " -"partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables." -msgstr "" -"*fdisk* é um programa orientado por diálogo para criação e manipulação de " -"tabelas de partição. Ele compreende tabelas de partição GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI e " -"BSD.\n" +#| msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables.\n" +msgid "*fdisk* is a dialog-driven program for creation and manipulation of partition tables. It understands GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI and BSD partition tables." +msgstr "*fdisk* é um programa orientado por diálogo para criação e manipulação de tabelas de partição. Ele compreende tabelas de partição GPT, MBR, Sun, SGI e BSD.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called " -"_partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually " -"found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk " -"slices' and a `disklabel'.)" -msgstr "" -"Dispositivos de bloco podem ser divididos em um ou mais discos lógicos " -"chamados _partições_. Esta divisão é registrada na _tabela de partição_, " -"geralmente encontrada no setor 0 do disco. (No mundo BSD fala-se sobre " -"\"disk slices\" e um \"disklabel\".)" +msgid "Block devices can be divided into one or more logical disks called _partitions_. This division is recorded in the _partition table_, usually found in sector 0 of the disk. (In the BSD world one talks about `disk slices' and a `disklabel'.)" +msgstr "Dispositivos de bloco podem ser divididos em um ou mais discos lógicos chamados _partições_. Esta divisão é registrada na _tabela de partição_, geralmente encontrada no setor 0 do disco. (No mundo BSD fala-se sobre \"disk slices\" e um \"disklabel\".)" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. " -"*fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an " -"alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea " -"to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last " -"partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-{M," -"G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties." -msgstr "" -"Todo o particionamento é conduzido pelos limites de E/S do dispositivo (a " -"topologia) por padrão. *fdisk* é capaz de otimizar o layout do disco para um " -"tamanho de setor de 4K e usar uma posição de alinhamento em dispositivos " -"modernos para MBR e GPT. É sempre uma boa ideia seguir os padrões de *fdisk* " -"como os valores padrão (por exemplo, primeiro e último setores de partição) " -"e tamanhos de partição especificados por {plus}/-{M,G,...} as " -"notações estão sempre alinhadas de acordo com as propriedades do dispositivo." +msgid "All partitioning is driven by device I/O limits (the topology) by default. *fdisk* is able to optimize the disk layout for a 4K-sector size and use an alignment offset on modern devices for MBR and GPT. It is always a good idea to follow *fdisk*'s defaults as the default values (e.g., first and last partition sectors) and partition sizes specified by the {plus}/-{M,G,...} notation are always aligned according to the device properties." +msgstr "Todo o particionamento é conduzido pelos limites de E/S do dispositivo (a topologia) por padrão. *fdisk* é capaz de otimizar o layout do disco para um tamanho de setor de 4K e usar uma posição de alinhamento em dispositivos modernos para MBR e GPT. É sempre uma boa ideia seguir os padrões de *fdisk* como os valores padrão (por exemplo, primeiro e último setores de partição) e tamanhos de partição especificados por {plus}/-{M,G,...} as notações estão sempre alinhadas de acordo com as propriedades do dispositivo." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. " -"Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S -H " -"* advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices." -msgstr "" -"O endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor) foi descontinuado e não é usado " -"por padrão. Por favor, não siga artigos e recomendações antigos com " -"conselhos de *fdisk -S -H * para dispositivos SSD ou setores de 4K." +msgid "CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing is deprecated and not used by default. Please, do not follow old articles and recommendations with *fdisk -S -H * advices for SSD or 4K-sector devices." +msgstr "O endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor) foi descontinuado e não é usado por padrão. Por favor, não siga artigos e recomendações antigos com conselhos de *fdisk -S -H * para dispositivos SSD ou setores de 4K." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk " -"layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in " -"the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should " -"always be backward compatible." -msgstr "" -"Observe que *partx*(8) fornece uma interface rica para scripts para imprimir " -"layouts de disco, *fdisk* é projetado principalmente para humanos. A " -"compatibilidade com versões anteriores na saída de *fdisk* não é garantida. " -"A entrada (os comandos) deve sempre ser compatível com versões anteriores." +msgid "Note that *partx*(8) provides a rich interface for scripts to print disk layouts, *fdisk* is mostly designed for humans. Backward compatibility in the output of *fdisk* is not guaranteed. The input (the commands) should always be backward compatible." +msgstr "Observe que *partx*(8) fornece uma interface rica para scripts para imprimir layouts de disco, *fdisk* é projetado principalmente para humanos. A compatibilidade com versões anteriores na saída de *fdisk* não é garantida. A entrada (os comandos) deve sempre ser compatível com versões anteriores." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:42 @@ -2157,18 +1736,8 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--sector-size* _tamanho-do-setor_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and " -"4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old " -"kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* " -"differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes " -"both sector sizes to _sectorsize_." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tamanho do setor do disco. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, " -"2048 e 4096. (Kernels recentes sabem o tamanho do setor. Use esta opção " -"apenas em kernels antigos ou para substituir as ideias do kernel.) Desde " -"util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* diferencia entre lógico e físico tamanho do setor. " -"Esta opção altera ambos os tamanhos de setor para _tamanho-do-setor_." +msgid "Specify the sector size of the disk. Valid values are 512, 1024, 2048, and 4096. (Recent kernels know the sector size. Use this option only on old kernels or to override the kernel's ideas.) Since util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* differentiates between logical and physical sector size. This option changes both sector sizes to _sectorsize_." +msgstr "Especifica o tamanho do setor do disco. Os valores válidos são 512, 1024, 2048 e 4096. (Kernels recentes sabem o tamanho do setor. Use esta opção apenas em kernels antigos ou para substituir as ideias do kernel.) Desde util-linux-2.17, *fdisk* diferencia entre lógico e físico tamanho do setor. Esta opção altera ambos os tamanhos de setor para _tamanho-do-setor_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:45 @@ -2178,12 +1747,8 @@ msgstr "*-B*, *--protect-boot*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk " -"label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR." -msgstr "" -"Não apaga o início do primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de " -"disco. Este recurso é compatível com GPT e MBR." +msgid "Don't erase the beginning of the first disk sector when creating a new disk label. This feature is supported for GPT and MBR." +msgstr "Não apaga o início do primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de disco. Este recurso é compatível com GPT e MBR." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:48 @@ -2193,18 +1758,8 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--compatibility*[=_modo_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS " -"mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without " -"the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional " -"_mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the " -"correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o modo de compatibilidade, \"dos\" ou \"nondos\". O padrão é o " -"modo não-DOS. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a " -"opção sem o argumento _modo_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o " -"argumento opcional _modo_ não pode ser separado da opção *-c* por um espaço, " -"a forma correta é, por exemplo, *-c*=_dos_." +msgid "Specify the compatibility mode, 'dos' or 'nondos'. The default is non-DOS mode. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _mode_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _mode_ argument cannot be separated from the *-c* option by a space, the correct form is for example *-c*=_dos_." +msgstr "Especifica o modo de compatibilidade, \"dos\" ou \"nondos\". O padrão é o modo não-DOS. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a opção sem o argumento _modo_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o argumento opcional _modo_ não pode ser separado da opção *-c* por um espaço, a forma correta é, por exemplo, *-c*=_dos_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:53 ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:81 @@ -2216,16 +1771,8 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quando_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:55 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:151 #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:119 -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section." -msgstr "" -"Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou " -"*always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As " -"cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a " -"saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section." +msgstr "Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:56 ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:47 @@ -2244,16 +1791,8 @@ msgstr "Lista as tabelas de partição para os dispositivos especificados e sai. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if " -"this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which " -"they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/" -"partitions_." -msgstr "" -"Se nenhum dispositivo for fornecido, os dispositivos mencionados em _/proc/" -"partitions_ (se este arquivo existir) serão usados. Os dispositivos são " -"sempre listados na ordem em que são especificados na linha de comando ou " -"pelo kernel listado em _/proc/partitions_." +msgid "If no devices are given, the devices mentioned in _/proc/partitions_ (if this file exists) are used. Devices are always listed in the order in which they are specified on the command-line, or by the kernel listed in _/proc/partitions_." +msgstr "Se nenhum dispositivo for fornecido, os dispositivos mencionados em _/proc/partitions_ (se este arquivo existir) serão usados. Os dispositivos são sempre listados na ordem em que são especificados na linha de comando ou pelo kernel listado em _/proc/partitions_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:61 @@ -2274,14 +1813,8 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--noauto-pt*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The " -"partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', " -"'g', etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Não cria automaticamente uma tabela de partição padrão em dispositivos " -"vazios. A tabela de partição tem que ser criada explicitamente pelo usuário " -"(com um comando como \"o\", \"g\" etc.)." +msgid "Don't automatically create a default partition table on empty device. The partition table has to be explicitly created by user (by command like 'o', 'g', etc.)." +msgstr "Não cria automaticamente uma tabela de partição padrão em dispositivos vazios. A tabela de partição tem que ser criada explicitamente pelo usuário (com um comando como \"o\", \"g\" etc.)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:70 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:69 @@ -2302,22 +1835,14 @@ msgstr "*-o*, *--output* _lista_" #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:51 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:58 #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:60 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:67 #: ../sys-utils/lsns.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all " -"supported columns." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista " -"de todas as colunas suportadas." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:76 @@ -2327,12 +1852,8 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option " -"is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Exibe o tamanho em setores de 512 bytes de cada dispositivo de bloco dado. " -"Esta opção foi DESCONTINUADA em favor de *blockdev*(8)." +msgid "Print the size in 512-byte sectors of each given block device. This option is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgstr "Exibe o tamanho em setores de 512 bytes de cada dispositivo de bloco dado. Esta opção foi DESCONTINUADA em favor de *blockdev*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:79 ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:29 @@ -2344,12 +1865,8 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--type* _tipo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable " -"support for all other types." -msgstr "" -"Habilita o suporte apenas para rótulos de disco do _tipo_ especificado e " -"desabilita o suporte para todos os outros tipos." +msgid "Enable support only for disklabels of the specified _type_, and disable support for all other types." +msgstr "Habilita o suporte apenas para rótulos de disco do _tipo_ especificado e desabilita o suporte para todos os outros tipos." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:82 @@ -2360,27 +1877,9 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--units*[=_unidade_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:84 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. " -#| "The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it " -#| "is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the " -#| "default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be " -#| "separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for " -#| "example '*-u=*_cylinders_'." -msgid "" -"When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. " -"The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is " -"possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default " -"is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the " -"*-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-" -"u=**__cylinders__'." -msgstr "" -"Ao listar as tabelas de partição, mostra os tamanhos em setores " -"(\"sectors\") ou em cilindros (\"cylinders\"). O padrão é mostrar tamanhos " -"em setores. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a " -"opção sem o argumento _unidade_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o " -"argumento opcional _unidade_ não pode ser separado da opção *-u* por um " -"espaço, a forma correta é, por exemplo, \"*-u=*_cylinders_\"." +#| msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '*-u=*_cylinders_'." +msgid "When listing partition tables, show sizes in 'sectors' or in 'cylinders'. The default is to show sizes in sectors. For backward compatibility, it is possible to use the option without the _unit_ argument -- then the default is used. Note that the optional _unit_ argument cannot be separated from the *-u* option by a space, the correct form is for example '**-u=**__cylinders__'." +msgstr "Ao listar as tabelas de partição, mostra os tamanhos em setores (\"sectors\") ou em cilindros (\"cylinders\"). O padrão é mostrar tamanhos em setores. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, é possível usar a opção sem o argumento _unidade_ -- então o padrão é usado. Observe que o argumento opcional _unidade_ não pode ser separado da opção *-u* por um espaço, a forma correta é, por exemplo, \"*-u=*_cylinders_\"." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:85 @@ -2391,15 +1890,9 @@ msgstr "*-C*, *--cylinders* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:87 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody " -#| "would want to do so." -msgid "" -"Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody " -"would want to do so." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o número de cilindros do disco. Eu faço a mínima ideia por que " -"alguém iria querer fazer isso." +#| msgid "Specify the number of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so." +msgid "Specify the _number_ of cylinders of the disk. I have no idea why anybody would want to do so." +msgstr "Especifica o número de cilindros do disco. Eu faço a mínima ideia por que alguém iria querer fazer isso." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:88 @@ -2409,13 +1902,8 @@ msgstr "*-H*, *--heads* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of " -"course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 " -"and 16." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o número de cabeças do disco. (Não o número físico, é claro, mas " -"o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Valores razoáveis são 255 e 16." +msgid "Specify the number of heads of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) Reasonable values are 255 and 16." +msgstr "Especifica o número de cabeças do disco. (Não o número físico, é claro, mas o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Valores razoáveis são 255 e 16." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:91 @@ -2425,13 +1913,8 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--sectors* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical " -"number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable " -"value is 63." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o número de setores por trilha do disco. (Não o número físico, é " -"claro, mas o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Um valor razoável é 63." +msgid "Specify the number of sectors per track of the disk. (Not the physical number, of course, but the number used for partition tables.) A reasonable value is 63." +msgstr "Especifica o número de setores por trilha do disco. (Não o número físico, é claro, mas o número usado para tabelas de partição.) Um valor razoável é 63." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:94 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:213 @@ -2441,21 +1924,8 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--wipe* _quando_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in " -"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, " -"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, " -"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all " -"cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new " -"partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." -msgstr "" -"Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do " -"dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode " -"ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão " -"é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo. " -"Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de " -"aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Consulte também o " -"comando *wipefs*(8)." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Consulte também o comando *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:216 @@ -2465,22 +1935,8 @@ msgstr "*-W*, *--wipe-partitions* _quando_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created " -"partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can " -"be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default " -"is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode " -"and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are " -"reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also " -"*wipefs*(8) command." -msgstr "" -"Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de " -"partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento " -"_quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é " -"fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas " -"no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as " -"assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma " -"nova partição seja criada. Consulte também o comando *wipefs*(8)." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "Limpa o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova partição seja criada. Consulte também o comando *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:102 ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:117 @@ -2497,32 +1953,13 @@ msgstr "DISPOSITIVOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers " -"to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the " -"Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference " -"between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ " -"(IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." -msgstr "" -"O _dispositivo_ é geralmente _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ e por aí vai. Um nome de " -"dispositivo se refere a todo o disco. Sistemas antigos sem libata (uma " -"biblioteca usada dentro do kernel Linux para suportar controladores e " -"dispositivos hospedeiros ATA) fazem a diferença entre discos IDE e SCSI. " -"Nesses casos, o nome do dispositivo será _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) ou _/dev/sd*_ " -"(SCSI)." +msgid "The _device_ is usually _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ or so. A device name refers to the entire disk. Old systems without libata (a library used inside the Linux kernel to support ATA host controllers and devices) make a difference between IDE and SCSI disks. In such cases the device name will be _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) or _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." +msgstr "O _dispositivo_ é geralmente _/dev/sda_, _/dev/sdb_ e por aí vai. Um nome de dispositivo se refere a todo o disco. Sistemas antigos sem libata (uma biblioteca usada dentro do kernel Linux para suportar controladores e dispositivos hospedeiros ATA) fazem a diferença entre discos IDE e SCSI. Nesses casos, o nome do dispositivo será _/dev/hd*_ (IDE) ou _/dev/sd*_ (SCSI)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For " -"example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the " -"system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/" -"devices.txt_ file)." -msgstr "" -"A _partição_ é um nome de dispositivo seguido por um número de partição. Por " -"exemplo, _/dev/sda1_ é a primeira partição no primeiro disco rígido do " -"sistema. Veja também a documentação do kernel Linux (o arquivo " -"_Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_)." +msgid "The _partition_ is a device name followed by a partition number. For example, _/dev/sda1_ is the first partition on the first hard disk in the system. See also Linux kernel documentation (the _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_ file)." +msgstr "A _partição_ é um nome de dispositivo seguido por um número de partição. Por exemplo, _/dev/sda1_ é a primeira partição no primeiro disco rígido do sistema. Veja também a documentação do kernel Linux (o arquivo _Documentation/admin-guide/devices.txt_)." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:109 @@ -2533,71 +1970,34 @@ msgstr "TAMANHOS" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of " -"sectors or by {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation." -msgstr "" -"A janela do \"último setor\" aceita o tamanho da partição especificado pelo " -"número de setores ou por notação {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...}." +msgid "The \"last sector\" dialog accepts partition size specified by number of sectors or by {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation." +msgstr "A janela do \"último setor\" aceita o tamanho da partição especificado pelo número de setores ou por notação {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...}." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to " -"the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is " -"interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the " -"partition)." -msgstr "" -"Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"{plus}\", então ele é interpretado como " -"relativo ao primeiro setor da partição. Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"-" -"\", ele será interpretado como relativo ao limite superior (último setor " -"disponível para a partição)." +msgid "If the size is prefixed by '{plus}' then it is interpreted as relative to the partition first sector. If the size is prefixed by '-' then it is interpreted as relative to the high limit (last available sector for the partition)." +msgstr "Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"{plus}\", então ele é interpretado como relativo ao primeiro setor da partição. Se o tamanho for prefixado por \"-\", ele será interpretado como relativo ao limite superior (último setor disponível para a partição)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:120 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be " -#| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so " -#| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., " -#| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." -msgid "" -"In the case the size is specified in bytes, then the number may be followed " -"by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (1024 bytes), MiB (1024*1024 bytes), and " -"so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., " -"\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." -msgstr "" -"No caso de o tamanho ser especificado em bytes, então o número pode ser " -"seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 e assim por " -"diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB. O \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, " -"\"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\"." +#| msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." +msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes, then the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (1024 bytes), MiB (1024*1024 bytes), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." +msgstr "No caso de o tamanho ser especificado em bytes, então o número pode ser seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB. O \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\"." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The " -"{plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended." -msgstr "" -"Os tamanhos relativos são sempre alinhados de acordo com os limites de E/S " -"do dispositivo. A notação {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} é recomendada." +msgid "The relative sizes are always aligned according to device I/O limits. The {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} notation is recommended." +msgstr "Os tamanhos relativos são sempre alinhados de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A notação {plus}/-{K,B,M,G,...} é recomendada." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:126 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "For backward compatibility fdisk also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, " -#| "MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N " -#| "suffixes are deprecated." -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB (1000 " -"bytes), MB (1000*1000 bytes), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These " -"10^N suffixes are deprecated." -msgstr "" -"Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, o fdisk também aceita os " -"sufixos KB=1000, MB=1000*1000 e assim por diante para GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB e " -"YB. Esses sufixos 10^N foram descontinuados." +#| msgid "For backward compatibility fdisk also accepts the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated." +msgid "For backward compatibility *fdisk* also accepts the suffixes KB (1000 bytes), MB (1000*1000 bytes), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. These 10^N suffixes are deprecated." +msgstr "Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, o fdisk também aceita os sufixos KB=1000, MB=1000*1000 e assim por diante para GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB e YB. Esses sufixos 10^N foram descontinuados." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:127 @@ -2608,39 +2008,19 @@ msgstr "ARQUIVOS DE SCRIPT" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:130 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script " -#| "files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is " -#| "possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the " -#| "device.\n" -msgid "" -"*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. " -"The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible " -"to modify the partition table before you write it to the device." -msgstr "" -"*fdisk* permite a leitura (pelo comando \"I\") de arquivos de scripts " -"compatíveis com *sfdisk*(8). O script é aplicado à tabela de partição na " -"memória e, em seguida, é possível modificar a tabela de partição antes de " -"gravá-la no dispositivo.\n" +#| msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device.\n" +msgid "*fdisk* allows reading (by 'I' command) *sfdisk*(8) compatible script files. The script is applied to in-memory partition table, and then it is possible to modify the partition table before you write it to the device." +msgstr "*fdisk* permite a leitura (pelo comando \"I\") de arquivos de scripts compatíveis com *sfdisk*(8). O script é aplicado à tabela de partição na memória e, em seguida, é possível modificar a tabela de partição antes de gravá-la no dispositivo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to " -"the script file by command 'O'." -msgstr "" -"E vice-versa, é possível gravar o layout atual do disco na memória no " -"arquivo de script pelo comando \"O\"." +msgid "And vice-versa it is possible to write the current in-memory disk layout to the script file by command 'O'." +msgstr "E vice-versa, é possível gravar o layout atual do disco na memória no arquivo de script pelo comando \"O\"." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* " -"and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), " -"*fdisk* e outros aplicativos libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte " -"*sfdisk*(8)." +msgid "The script files are compatible between *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* and other libfdisk applications. For more details see *sfdisk*(8)." +msgstr "Os arquivos de script são compatíveis entre *cfdisk*(8), *sfdisk*(8), *fdisk* e outros aplicativos libfdisk. Para obter mais detalhes, consulte *sfdisk*(8)." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:135 @@ -2656,37 +2036,18 @@ msgstr "*GPT (Tabela de Partição GUID)*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:139 -msgid "" -"GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-" -"bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and " -"an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is " -"usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)." -msgstr "" -"GPT é um padrão moderno para o layout da tabela de partição. GPT usa " -"endereços de bloco lógico de 64 bits, somas de verificação, UUIDs e nomes " -"para partições e um número ilimitado de partições (embora o número de " -"partições geralmente seja restrito a 128 em muitas ferramentas de " -"particionamento)." +msgid "GPT is modern standard for the layout of the partition table. GPT uses 64-bit logical block addresses, checksums, UUIDs and names for partitions and an unlimited number of partitions (although the number of partitions is usually restricted to 128 in many partitioning tools)." +msgstr "GPT é um padrão moderno para o layout da tabela de partição. GPT usa endereços de bloco lógico de 64 bits, somas de verificação, UUIDs e nomes para partições e um número ilimitado de partições (embora o número de partições geralmente seja restrito a 128 em muitas ferramentas de particionamento)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:141 -msgid "" -"Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the " -"GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-" -"recognizing and overwriting GPT disks." -msgstr "" -"Observe que o primeiro setor ainda está reservado para um *MBR protetivo* na " -"especificação GPT. Ele impede que as ferramentas de particionamento somente " -"MBR reconheçam erroneamente e substituam os discos GPT." +msgid "Note that the first sector is still reserved for a *protective MBR* in the GPT specification. It prevents MBR-only partitioning tools from mis-recognizing and overwriting GPT disks." +msgstr "Observe que o primeiro setor ainda está reservado para um *MBR protetivo* na especificação GPT. Ele impede que as ferramentas de particionamento somente MBR reconheçam erroneamente e substituam os discos GPT." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a " -"UEFI boot loader." -msgstr "" -"GPT é sempre uma escolha melhor do que MBR, especialmente em hardware " -"moderno com um carregador de inicialização UEFI." +msgid "GPT is always a better choice than MBR, especially on modern hardware with a UEFI boot loader." +msgstr "GPT é sempre uma escolha melhor do que MBR, especialmente em hardware moderno com um carregador de inicialização UEFI." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:144 @@ -2696,62 +2057,21 @@ msgstr "Tipo DOS (MBR)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. " -"In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called " -"`primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding " -"logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each " -"preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, " -"present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting " -"from 5." -msgstr "" -"Uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS pode descrever um número ilimitado de " -"partições. No setor 0 há espaço para a descrição de 4 partições (chamadas " -"\"primárias\"). Uma delas pode ser uma partição estendida; esta é uma caixa " -"contendo partições lógicas, com descritores encontrados em uma lista " -"vinculada de setores, cada um precedendo as partições lógicas " -"correspondentes. As quatro partições primárias, presentes ou não, recebem os " -"números 1-4. As partições lógicas são numeradas a partir de 5." +msgid "A DOS-type partition table can describe an unlimited number of partitions. In sector 0 there is room for the description of 4 partitions (called `primary'). One of these may be an extended partition; this is a box holding logical partitions, with descriptors found in a linked list of sectors, each preceding the corresponding logical partitions. The four primary partitions, present or not, get numbers 1-4. Logical partitions are numbered starting from 5." +msgstr "Uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS pode descrever um número ilimitado de partições. No setor 0 há espaço para a descrição de 4 partições (chamadas \"primárias\"). Uma delas pode ser uma partição estendida; esta é uma caixa contendo partições lógicas, com descritores encontrados em uma lista vinculada de setores, cada um precedendo as partições lógicas correspondentes. As quatro partições primárias, presentes ou não, recebem os números 1-4. As partições lógicas são numeradas a partir de 5." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:148 -msgid "" -"In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each " -"partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in " -"32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}" -"6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 " -"TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled " -"only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. " -"And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that " -"are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux " -"never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be " -"unsupported in some later *fdisk* version." -msgstr "" -"Em uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS, a posição inicial e o tamanho de cada " -"partição são armazenados de duas maneiras: como um número absoluto de " -"setores (dado em 32 bits), e como o trio C/H/S ou *Cilindros/Cabeças/" -"Setores* (dado em 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). O primeiro está OK -- com setores " -"de 512 bytes isso funcionará até 2 TB. Este último tem dois problemas. " -"Primeiro, esses campos C/H/S podem ser preenchidos apenas quando o número de " -"cabeças e o número de setores por trilha são conhecidos. E, em segundo " -"lugar, mesmo que saibamos quais devem ser esses números, os 24 bits " -"disponíveis não são suficientes. O DOS usa apenas C/H/S, o Windows usa " -"ambos, o Linux nunca usa C/H/S. O endereçamento *C/H/S foi descontinuado* e " -"pode não ser suportado em alguma versão posterior do *fdisk*." +msgid "In a DOS-type partition table the starting offset and the size of each partition is stored in two ways: as an absolute number of sectors (given in 32 bits), and as a *Cylinders/Heads/Sectors* triple (given in 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). The former is OK -- with 512-byte sectors this will work up to 2 TB. The latter has two problems. First, these C/H/S fields can be filled only when the number of heads and the number of sectors per track are known. And second, even if we know what these numbers should be, the 24 bits that are available do not suffice. DOS uses C/H/S only, Windows uses both, Linux never uses C/H/S. The *C/H/S addressing is deprecated* and may be unsupported in some later *fdisk* version." +msgstr "Em uma tabela de partição do tipo DOS, a posição inicial e o tamanho de cada partição são armazenados de duas maneiras: como um número absoluto de setores (dado em 32 bits), e como o trio C/H/S ou *Cilindros/Cabeças/Setores* (dado em 10{plus}8{plus}6 bits). O primeiro está OK -- com setores de 512 bytes isso funcionará até 2 TB. Este último tem dois problemas. Primeiro, esses campos C/H/S podem ser preenchidos apenas quando o número de cabeças e o número de setores por trilha são conhecidos. E, em segundo lugar, mesmo que saibamos quais devem ser esses números, os 24 bits disponíveis não são suficientes. O DOS usa apenas C/H/S, o Windows usa ambos, o Linux nunca usa C/H/S. O endereçamento *C/H/S foi descontinuado* e pode não ser suportado em alguma versão posterior do *fdisk*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:151 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions." -#| "* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n" -msgid "" -"*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* " -"*fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default." -msgstr "" -"*Por favor, leia a seção de modo DOS se você quiser partições compatíveis " -"com DOS.* *fdisk* não se preocupa com os limites do cilindro por padrão.\n" +#| msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default.\n" +msgid "*Please, read the DOS-mode section if you want DOS-compatible partitions.* *fdisk* does not care about cylinder boundaries by default." +msgstr "*Por favor, leia a seção de modo DOS se você quiser partições compatíveis com DOS.* *fdisk* não se preocupa com os limites do cilindro por padrão.\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:152 @@ -2761,18 +2081,8 @@ msgstr "*tipo BSD/Sun*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:154 -msgid "" -"A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be " -"a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its " -"first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy " -"the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS " -"partition." -msgstr "" -"Um rótulo de disco BSD/Sun pode descrever 8 partições, a terceira das quais " -"deve ser uma partição de \"disco inteiro\". Não inicie uma partição que " -"realmente usa seu primeiro setor (como uma partição swap) no cilindro 0, " -"pois isso destruirá o rótulo de disco. Observe que um *rótulo BSD* " -"geralmente está aninhado em uma partição DOS." +msgid "A BSD/Sun disklabel can describe 8 partitions, the third of which should be a `whole disk' partition. Do not start a partition that actually uses its first sector (like a swap partition) at cylinder 0, since that will destroy the disklabel. Note that a *BSD label* is usually nested within a DOS partition." +msgstr "Um rótulo de disco BSD/Sun pode descrever 8 partições, a terceira das quais deve ser uma partição de \"disco inteiro\". Não inicie uma partição que realmente usa seu primeiro setor (como uma partição swap) no cilindro 0, pois isso destruirá o rótulo de disco. Observe que um *rótulo BSD* geralmente está aninhado em uma partição DOS." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:155 @@ -2782,41 +2092,15 @@ msgstr "*Tipo IRIX/SGI*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which " -"should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled " -"`volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i." -"e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The " -"remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory " -"entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not " -"change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the " -"partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/" -"SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux." -msgstr "" -"Um rótulo de disco IRIX/SGI pode descrever 16 partições, a décima primeira " -"das quais deve ser uma partição de \"volume\" inteira, enquanto a nona deve " -"ser rotulada de \"cabeçalho do volume\". O cabeçalho do volume também " -"cobrirá a tabela de partição, ou seja, começa no bloco zero e se estende por " -"padrão em cinco cilindros. O espaço restante no cabeçalho do volume pode ser " -"usado pelas entradas do diretório do cabeçalho. Nenhuma partição pode se " -"sobrepor ao cabeçalho do volume. Também não mude seu tipo ou crie algum " -"sistema de arquivos nele, pois você perderá a tabela de partição. Use este " -"tipo de rótulo apenas ao trabalhar com Linux em máquinas IRIX/SGI ou discos " -"IRIX/SGI em Linux." +msgid "An IRIX/SGI disklabel can describe 16 partitions, the eleventh of which should be an entire `volume' partition, while the ninth should be labeled `volume header'. The volume header will also cover the partition table, i.e., it starts at block zero and extends by default over five cylinders. The remaining space in the volume header may be used by header directory entries. No partitions may overlap with the volume header. Also do not change its type or make some filesystem on it, since you will lose the partition table. Use this type of label only when working with Linux on IRIX/SGI machines or IRIX/SGI disks under Linux." +msgstr "Um rótulo de disco IRIX/SGI pode descrever 16 partições, a décima primeira das quais deve ser uma partição de \"volume\" inteira, enquanto a nona deve ser rotulada de \"cabeçalho do volume\". O cabeçalho do volume também cobrirá a tabela de partição, ou seja, começa no bloco zero e se estende por padrão em cinco cilindros. O espaço restante no cabeçalho do volume pode ser usado pelas entradas do diretório do cabeçalho. Nenhuma partição pode se sobrepor ao cabeçalho do volume. Também não mude seu tipo ou crie algum sistema de arquivos nele, pois você perderá a tabela de partição. Use este tipo de rótulo apenas ao trabalhar com Linux em máquinas IRIX/SGI ou discos IRIX/SGI em Linux." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:159 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from " -#| "disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been " -#| "updated." -msgid "" -"A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from " -"disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." -msgstr "" -"Um sync() e um ioctl(BLKRRPART) (relendo a tabela de partição do disco) são " -"executados antes de sair quando a tabela de partição foi atualizada." +#| msgid "A sync() and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." +msgid "A *sync*(2) and an ioctl(BLKRRPART) (rereading the partition table from disk) are performed before exiting when the partition table has been updated." +msgstr "Um sync() e um ioctl(BLKRRPART) (relendo a tabela de partição do disco) são executados antes de sair quando a tabela de partição foi atualizada." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:160 @@ -2827,154 +2111,48 @@ msgstr "Modo DOS e aviso de DOS 6.X" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:163 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things " -#| "like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really " -#| "want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and " -#| "cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line " -#| "options.*\n" -msgid "" -"*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* " -"*geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* " -"*DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* " -"*units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*" -msgstr "" -"*Observe que tudo isso foi descontinuado. Você não precisa se preocupar com " -"coisas como* *geometria e cilindros em sistemas operacionais modernos. Se " -"você realmente deseja um particionamento compatível com* *DOS, deve " -"habilitar o modo DOS e unidades* *de cilindro usando as opções de linha de " -"comando \"-c=dos -u=cylinders\" do fdisk.*\n" +#| msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*\n" +msgid "*Note that all this is deprecated. You don't have to care about things like* *geometry and cylinders on modern operating systems. If you really want* *DOS-compatible partitioning then you have to enable DOS mode and cylinder* *units by using the '-c=dos -u=cylinders' fdisk command-line options.*" +msgstr "*Observe que tudo isso foi descontinuado. Você não precisa se preocupar com coisas como* *geometria e cilindros em sistemas operacionais modernos. Se você realmente deseja um particionamento compatível com* *DOS, deve habilitar o modo DOS e unidades* *de cilindro usando as opções de linha de comando \"-c=dos -u=cylinders\" do fdisk.*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:165 -msgid "" -"The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of " -"the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable " -"than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to " -"clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size " -"change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U " -"flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK." -msgstr "" -"O comando FORMAT do DOS 6.x procura algumas informações no primeiro setor da " -"área de dados da partição e trata essas informações como mais confiáveis do " -"que as informações na tabela de partição. O FORMAT do DOS espera que o FDISK " -"do DOS limpe os primeiros 512 bytes da área de dados de uma partição sempre " -"que ocorrer uma alteração de tamanho. O FORMAT do DOS examinará essas " -"informações extras mesmo se o sinalizador /U for fornecido -- consideramos " -"isso um bug no FORMAT e no FDISK do DOS." +msgid "The DOS 6.x FORMAT command looks for some information in the first sector of the data area of the partition, and treats this information as more reliable than the information in the partition table. DOS FORMAT expects DOS FDISK to clear the first 512 bytes of the data area of a partition whenever a size change occurs. DOS FORMAT will look at this extra information even if the /U flag is given -- we consider this a bug in DOS FORMAT and DOS FDISK." +msgstr "O comando FORMAT do DOS 6.x procura algumas informações no primeiro setor da área de dados da partição e trata essas informações como mais confiáveis do que as informações na tabela de partição. O FORMAT do DOS espera que o FDISK do DOS limpe os primeiros 512 bytes da área de dados de uma partição sempre que ocorrer uma alteração de tamanho. O FORMAT do DOS examinará essas informações extras mesmo se o sinalizador /U for fornecido -- consideramos isso um bug no FORMAT e no FDISK do DOS." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:167 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk* to change the size " -#| "of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero " -#| "the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format " -#| "the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS " -#| "partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and " -#| "rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you " -#| "would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to " -#| "zero the first 512 bytes of the partition." -msgid "" -"The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size " -"of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the " -"first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the " -"partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition " -"table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux " -"so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command " -"*dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of " -"the partition." -msgstr "" -"O resultado final é que se você usar *fdisk* ou *cfdisk* para alterar o " -"tamanho de uma entrada da tabela de partição DOS, você também deve usar " -"*dd*(1) para *zerar os primeiros 512 bytes* dessa partição antes de usar " -"FORMAT do DOS para formatar a partição. Por exemplo, se você estivesse " -"usando *fdisk* para criar uma entrada na tabela de partição DOS para _/dev/" -"sda1_, então (após sair do *fdisk* e reinicializar o Linux para que as " -"informações da tabela de partição fossem válidas) você usaria o comando *dd " -"if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* para zerar os primeiros 512 bytes " -"da partição." +#| msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk* to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition." +msgid "The bottom line is that if you use *fdisk* or *cfdisk*(8) to change the size of a DOS partition table entry, then you must also use *dd*(1) to *zero the first 512 bytes* of that partition before using DOS FORMAT to format the partition. For example, if you were using *fdisk* to make a DOS partition table entry for _/dev/sda1_, then (after exiting *fdisk* and rebooting Linux so that the partition table information is valid) you would use the command *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* to zero the first 512 bytes of the partition." +msgstr "O resultado final é que se você usar *fdisk* ou *cfdisk* para alterar o tamanho de uma entrada da tabela de partição DOS, você também deve usar *dd*(1) para *zerar os primeiros 512 bytes* dessa partição antes de usar FORMAT do DOS para formatar a partição. Por exemplo, se você estivesse usando *fdisk* para criar uma entrada na tabela de partição DOS para _/dev/sda1_, então (após sair do *fdisk* e reinicializar o Linux para que as informações da tabela de partição fossem válidas) você usaria o comando *dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/sda1 bs=512 count=1* para zerar os primeiros 512 bytes da partição." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:169 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not " -#| "necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not " -#| "really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something " -#| "that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), " -#| "but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n" -msgid "" -"*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not " -"necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really " -"have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be " -"described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the " -"disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table." -msgstr "" -"*fdisk* geralmente obtém a geometria do disco automaticamente. Esta não é " -"necessariamente a geometria do disco físico (na verdade, os discos modernos " -"não têm nada parecido com uma geometria física, certamente não algo que pode " -"ser descrito na forma simplista de Cilindros/Cabeças/Setores), mas é a " -"geometria do disco que o MS-DOS usa para a tabela de partição.\n" +#| msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table.\n" +msgid "*fdisk* usually obtains the disk geometry automatically. This is not necessarily the physical disk geometry (indeed, modern disks do not really have anything like a physical geometry, certainly not something that can be described in the simplistic Cylinders/Heads/Sectors form), but it is the disk geometry that MS-DOS uses for the partition table." +msgstr "*fdisk* geralmente obtém a geometria do disco automaticamente. Esta não é necessariamente a geometria do disco físico (na verdade, os discos modernos não têm nada parecido com uma geometria física, certamente não algo que pode ser descrito na forma simplista de Cilindros/Cabeças/Setores), mas é a geometria do disco que o MS-DOS usa para a tabela de partição.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the " -"only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other " -"operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another " -"operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at " -"the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required " -"for good cooperation with other systems." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, tudo vai bem por padrão e não há problemas se o Linux for o " -"único sistema no disco. No entanto, se o disco tiver que ser compartilhado " -"com outros sistemas operacionais, geralmente é uma boa ideia deixar um " -"*fdisk* de outro sistema operacional criar pelo menos uma partição. Quando o " -"Linux é inicializado, ele examina a tabela de partição e tenta deduzir qual " -"geometria (falsa) é necessária para uma boa cooperação com outros sistemas." +msgid "Usually all goes well by default, and there are no problems if Linux is the only system on the disk. However, if the disk has to be shared with other operating systems, it is often a good idea to let an *fdisk* from another operating system make at least one partition. When Linux boots it looks at the partition table, and tries to deduce what (fake) geometry is required for good cooperation with other systems." +msgstr "Normalmente, tudo vai bem por padrão e não há problemas se o Linux for o único sistema no disco. No entanto, se o disco tiver que ser compartilhado com outros sistemas operacionais, geralmente é uma boa ideia deixar um *fdisk* de outro sistema operacional criar pelo menos uma partição. Quando o Linux é inicializado, ele examina a tabela de partição e tenta deduzir qual geometria (falsa) é necessária para uma boa cooperação com outros sistemas." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:173 -msgid "" -"Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check " -"is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the " -"physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each " -"partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first " -"partition)." -msgstr "" -"Sempre que uma tabela de partição é impressa no modo DOS, uma verificação de " -"consistência é executada nas entradas da tabela de partição. Esta " -"verificação verifica se os pontos inicial e final físicos e lógicos são " -"idênticos e se cada partição começa e termina em um limite de cilindro " -"(exceto para a primeira partição)." +msgid "Whenever a partition table is printed out in DOS mode, a consistency check is performed on the partition table entries. This check verifies that the physical and logical start and end points are identical, and that each partition starts and ends on a cylinder boundary (except for the first partition)." +msgstr "Sempre que uma tabela de partição é impressa no modo DOS, uma verificação de consistência é executada nas entradas da tabela de partição. Esta verificação verifica se os pontos inicial e final físicos e lógicos são idênticos e se cada partição começa e termina em um limite de cilindro (exceto para a primeira partição)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:175 -msgid "" -"Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a " -"cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions " -"beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is " -"unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine." -msgstr "" -"Algumas versões do MS-DOS criam uma primeira partição que não começa no " -"limite do cilindro, mas no setor 2 do primeiro cilindro. As partições que " -"começam no cilindro 1 não podem começar em um limite de cilindro, mas é " -"improvável que isso cause dificuldade, a menos que você tenha OS/2 em sua " -"máquina." +msgid "Some versions of MS-DOS create a first partition which does not begin on a cylinder boundary, but on sector 2 of the first cylinder. Partitions beginning in cylinder 1 cannot begin on a cylinder boundary, but this is unlikely to cause difficulty unless you have OS/2 on your machine." +msgstr "Algumas versões do MS-DOS criam uma primeira partição que não começa no limite do cilindro, mas no setor 2 do primeiro cilindro. As partições que começam no cilindro 1 não podem começar em um limite de cilindro, mas é improvável que isso cause dificuldade, a menos que você tenha OS/2 em sua máquina." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table " -"program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK " -"program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) " -"programs." -msgstr "" -"Para obter os melhores resultados, você deve sempre usar um programa de " -"tabela de partição específico do sistema operacional. Por exemplo, você deve " -"fazer partições DOS com o programa DOS FDISK e partições Linux com os " -"programas *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) do Linux." +msgid "For best results, you should always use an OS-specific partition table program. For example, you should make DOS partitions with the DOS FDISK program and Linux partitions with the Linux *fdisk* or Linux *cfdisk*(8) programs." +msgstr "Para obter os melhores resultados, você deve sempre usar um programa de tabela de partição específico do sistema operacional. Por exemplo, você deve fazer partições DOS com o programa DOS FDISK e partições Linux com os programas *fdisk* ou *cfdisk*(8) do Linux." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:180 @@ -3044,24 +2222,17 @@ msgstr "habilita a saída de depuração do fdisk." #, fuzzy #| msgid "use visible padding characters. Requires enabled LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG." msgid "use visible padding characters." -msgstr "" -"usa caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG " -"habilitado." +msgstr "usa caracteres de preenchimento visíveis. Requer LIBSMARTCOLS_DEBUG habilitado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:217 msgid "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:219 -msgid "" -"The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and " -"others." -msgstr "" -"A versão original foi escrita por Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc e " -"outros." +msgid "The original version was written by Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc and others." +msgstr "A versão original foi escrita por Andries E. Brouwer, A. V. Le Blanc e outros." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fdisk.8.adoc:226 @@ -3094,62 +2265,26 @@ msgstr "fsck - verifica e repara um sistema de arquivos do Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:20 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _fstype_] " -#| "[_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] " -"[_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]" -msgstr "" -"*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _tipo_] [_sistemas-de-" -"arquivos_...] [*--*] [_opções-sis.arq._]\n" +#| msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]\n" +msgid "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_]] [*-t* _fstype_] [_filesystem_...] [*--*] [_fs-specific-options_]" +msgstr "*fsck* [*-lsAVRTMNP*] [*-r* [_fd_]] [*-C* [_fd_] [*-t* _tipo_] [_sistemas-de-arquivos_...] [*--*] [_opções-sis.arq._]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux " -#| "filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/" -#| "sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem " -#| "label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd " -#| "or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle " -#| "filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the " -#| "total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. " -"_filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount " -"point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or a filesystem label or UUID specifier " -"(e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, " -"the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk " -"drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of " -"them." -msgstr "" -"*fsck* é usado para verificar e, opcionalmente, reparar um ou mais sistemas " -"de arquivos Linux. _sistema-de-arquivos_ pode ser um nome de dispositivo " -"(por exemplo, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), um ponto de montagem (por exemplo, " -"_/_, _/usr_, _/home_), ou um rótulo de sistema de arquivos ou especificador " -"UUID (por exemplo , UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou " -"LABEL=root). Normalmente, o programa *fsck* tentará manipular sistemas de " -"arquivos em diferentes unidades de disco físico em paralelo para reduzir o " -"tempo total necessário para verificar todos eles.\n" +#| msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or an filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them.\n" +msgid "*fsck* is used to check and optionally repair one or more Linux filesystems. _filesystem_ can be a device name (e.g., _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), a mount point (e.g., _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), or a filesystem label or UUID specifier (e.g., UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd or LABEL=root). Normally, the *fsck* program will try to handle filesystems on different physical disk drives in parallel to reduce the total amount of time needed to check all of them." +msgstr "*fsck* é usado para verificar e, opcionalmente, reparar um ou mais sistemas de arquivos Linux. _sistema-de-arquivos_ pode ser um nome de dispositivo (por exemplo, _/dev/hdc1_, _/dev/sdb2_), um ponto de montagem (por exemplo, _/_, _/usr_, _/home_), ou um rótulo de sistema de arquivos ou especificador UUID (por exemplo , UUID=8868abf6-88c5-4a83-98b8-bfc24057f7bd ou LABEL=root). Normalmente, o programa *fsck* tentará manipular sistemas de arquivos em diferentes unidades de disco físico em paralelo para reduzir o tempo total necessário para verificar todos eles.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is " -"not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ " -"serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options." -msgstr "" -"Se nenhum sistema de arquivos for especificado na linha de comando e a opção " -"*-A* não for especificada, *fsck* será o padrão para verificar os sistemas " -"de arquivos em _/etc/fstab_ em série. Isso é equivalente às opções *-As*." +msgid "If no filesystems are specified on the command line, and the *-A* option is not specified, *fsck* will default to checking filesystems in _/etc/fstab_ serially. This is equivalent to the *-As* options." +msgstr "Se nenhum sistema de arquivos for especificado na linha de comando e a opção *-A* não for especificada, *fsck* será o padrão para verificar os sistemas de arquivos em _/etc/fstab_ em série. Isso é equivalente às opções *-As*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:" -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado por *fsck* é a soma das seguintes condições:" +msgid "The exit status returned by *fsck* is the sum of the following conditions:" +msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *fsck* é a soma das seguintes condições:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:29 ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:42 @@ -3272,34 +2407,18 @@ msgstr "Erro de biblioteca compartilhada" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-" -"wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked." -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado quando vários sistemas de arquivos são " -"verificados é o OU bit a bit dos status de saída para cada sistema de " -"arquivos que é verificado." +msgid "The exit status returned when multiple filesystems are checked is the bit-wise OR of the exit statuses for each filesystem that is checked." +msgstr "O status de saída retornado quando vários sistemas de arquivos são verificados é o OU bit a bit dos status de saída para cada sistema de arquivos que é verificado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem " -"checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific " -"checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is " -"undefined then fallback to _/sbin_." -msgstr "" -"Na verdade, *fsck* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários verificadores " -"de sistema de arquivos (*fsck*._tipo_) disponíveis no Linux. O verificador " -"específico do sistema de arquivos é procurado na variável de ambiente " -"*PATH*. Se o *PATH* for indefinido, retrocede para _/sbin_." +msgid "In actuality, *fsck* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem checkers (*fsck*._fstype_) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific checker is searched for in the *PATH* environment variable. If the *PATH* is undefined then fallback to _/sbin_." +msgstr "Na verdade, *fsck* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários verificadores de sistema de arquivos (*fsck*._tipo_) disponíveis no Linux. O verificador específico do sistema de arquivos é procurado na variável de ambiente *PATH*. Se o *PATH* for indefinido, retrocede para _/sbin_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details." -msgstr "" -"Consulte as páginas de manual do verificador específicas do sistema de " -"arquivos para mais detalhes." +msgid "Please see the filesystem-specific checker manual pages for further details." +msgstr "Consulte as páginas de manual do verificador específicas do sistema de arquivos para mais detalhes." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:47 @@ -3310,23 +2429,8 @@ msgstr "*-l*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/.lock_) for " -"whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means " -"that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when " -"more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored " -"when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not " -"lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or " -"DM) - this feature is not implemented yet." -msgstr "" -"Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/." -"lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas " -"com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente " -"exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são " -"executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários " -"dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos " -"subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por " -"exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado." +msgid "Create an exclusive *flock*(2) lock file (_/run/fsck/.lock_) for whole-disk device. This option can be used with one device only (this means that *-A* and *-l* are mutually exclusive). This option is recommended when more *fsck* instances are executed in the same time. The option is ignored when used for multiple devices or for non-rotating disks. *fsck* does not lock underlying devices when executed to check stacked devices (e.g. MD or DM) - this feature is not implemented yet." +msgstr "Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/.lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:57 @@ -3336,38 +2440,20 @@ msgstr "*-r* [_fd_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics " -"include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the " -"elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck " -"run. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Relata certas estatísticas para cada fsck quando ele for concluído. Essas " -"estatísticas incluem o status de saída, o tamanho máximo do conjunto de " -"execução (em kilobytes), o tempo total decorrido e o tempo de CPU do usuário " -"e do sistema usado pela execução do fsck. Por exemplo:" +msgid "Report certain statistics for each fsck when it completes. These statistics include the exit status, the maximum run set size (in kilobytes), the elapsed all-clock time and the user and system CPU time used by the fsck run. For example:" +msgstr "Relata certas estatísticas para cada fsck quando ele for concluído. Essas estatísticas incluem o status de saída, o tamanho máximo do conjunto de execução (em kilobytes), o tempo total decorrido e o tempo de CPU do usuário e do sistema usado pela execução do fsck. Por exemplo:" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:61 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys " -#| "0.86186*\n" -msgid "" -"*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*" -msgstr "" -"*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n" +#| msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n" +msgid "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*" +msgstr "*/dev/sda1: status 0, rss 92828, real 4.002804, user 2.677592, sys 0.86186*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the " -"progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine " -"parsable format. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Os frontends gráficos podem especificar um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso " -"em que as informações da barra de progresso serão enviadas para esse " -"descritor de arquivo em um formato analisável por máquina. Por exemplo:" +msgid "GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor in a machine parsable format. For example:" +msgstr "Os frontends gráficos podem especificar um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso em que as informações da barra de progresso serão enviadas para esse descritor de arquivo em um formato analisável por máquina. Por exemplo:" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:65 @@ -3386,20 +2472,8 @@ msgstr "*-s*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking " -"multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: " -"*e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run " -"in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, " -"if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if " -"you do not.)" -msgstr "" -"Serializa operações do *fsck*. Esta é uma boa ideia se você estiver " -"verificando vários sistemas de arquivos e os verificadores estiverem em um " -"modo interativo. (Nota: *e2fsck*(8) é executado em um modo interativo por " -"padrão. Para fazer o *e2fsck*(8) executar em um modo não interativo, você " -"deve especificar a opção *-p* ou *-a*, se deseja que os erros sejam " -"corrigidos automaticamente ou a opção *-n* se não desejar.)" +msgid "Serialize *fsck* operations. This is a good idea if you are checking multiple filesystems and the checkers are in an interactive mode. (Note: *e2fsck*(8) runs in an interactive mode by default. To make *e2fsck*(8) run in a non-interactive mode, you must either specify the *-p* or *-a* option, if you wish for errors to be corrected automatically, or the *-n* option if you do not.)" +msgstr "Serializa operações do *fsck*. Esta é uma boa ideia se você estiver verificando vários sistemas de arquivos e os verificadores estiverem em um modo interativo. (Nota: *e2fsck*(8) é executado em um modo interativo por padrão. Para fazer o *e2fsck*(8) executar em um modo não interativo, você deve especificar a opção *-p* ou *-a*, se deseja que os erros sejam corrigidos automaticamente ou a opção *-n* se não desejar.)" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:69 @@ -3409,85 +2483,28 @@ msgstr "*-t* _lista-fs_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is " -"specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ " -"parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. " -"All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a " -"negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those " -"filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the " -"filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those " -"listed filesystems will be checked." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o(s) tipo(s) de sistema de arquivos a ser(em) verificado(s). " -"Quando o sinalizador *-A* é especificado, apenas os sistemas de arquivos que " -"correspondem a _lista-fs_ são verificados. O parâmetro _lista-fs_ é uma " -"lista separada por vírgulas de sistemas de arquivos e especificadores de " -"opções. Todos os sistemas de arquivos nesta lista separada por vírgulas " -"podem ser prefixados por um operador de negação \"*no*\" ou \"*!*\", que " -"solicita que apenas os sistemas de arquivos não listados em _lista-fs_ sejam " -"verificados. Se nenhum dos sistemas de arquivos em _lista-fs_ for prefixado " -"por um operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos listados " -"serão verificados." +msgid "Specifies the type(s) of filesystem to be checked. When the *-A* flag is specified, only filesystems that match _fslist_ are checked. The _fslist_ parameter is a comma-separated list of filesystems and options specifiers. All of the filesystems in this comma-separated list may be prefixed by a negation operator '*no*' or '*!*', which requests that only those filesystems not listed in _fslist_ will be checked. If none of the filesystems in _fslist_ is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those listed filesystems will be checked." +msgstr "Especifica o(s) tipo(s) de sistema de arquivos a ser(em) verificado(s). Quando o sinalizador *-A* é especificado, apenas os sistemas de arquivos que correspondem a _lista-fs_ são verificados. O parâmetro _lista-fs_ é uma lista separada por vírgulas de sistemas de arquivos e especificadores de opções. Todos os sistemas de arquivos nesta lista separada por vírgulas podem ser prefixados por um operador de negação \"*no*\" ou \"*!*\", que solicita que apenas os sistemas de arquivos não listados em _lista-fs_ sejam verificados. Se nenhum dos sistemas de arquivos em _lista-fs_ for prefixado por um operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos listados serão verificados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They " -"must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is " -"present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount " -"options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is " -"prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not " -"have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be " -"checked." -msgstr "" -"Especificadores de opções podem ser incluídos na _lista-fs_ separada por " -"vírgulas. Eles devem ter o formato **opts=**__opção-fs__. Se um " -"especificador de opções estiver presente, então apenas os sistemas de " -"arquivos que contêm __opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/" -"fstab_ serão verificados. Se o especificador de opções é prefixado por um " -"operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos que não têm " -"__opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/fstab_ serão " -"verificados." +msgid "Options specifiers may be included in the comma-separated _fslist_. They must have the format **opts=**__fs-option__. If an options specifier is present, then only filesystems which contain _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked. If the options specifier is prefixed by a negation operator, then only those filesystems that do not have _fs-option_ in their mount options field of _/etc/fstab_ will be checked." +msgstr "Especificadores de opções podem ser incluídos na _lista-fs_ separada por vírgulas. Eles devem ter o formato **opts=**__opção-fs__. Se um especificador de opções estiver presente, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos que contêm __opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/fstab_ serão verificados. Se o especificador de opções é prefixado por um operador de negação, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos que não têm __opção-fs__ em seu campo de opções de montagem de _/etc/fstab_ serão verificados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed " -"in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked." -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, se *opts=ro* aparecer em _lista-fs_, então apenas os sistemas " -"de arquivos listados em _/etc/fstab_ com a opção *ro* serão verificados." +msgid "For example, if *opts=ro* appears in _fslist_, then only filesystems listed in _/etc/fstab_ with the *ro* option will be checked." +msgstr "Por exemplo, se *opts=ro* aparecer em _lista-fs_, então apenas os sistemas de arquivos listados em _/etc/fstab_ com a opção *ro* serão verificados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon " -"an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of " -"*loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified " -"as an argument to the *-t* option." -msgstr "" -"Para compatibilidade com distribuições Mandrake cujos scripts de " -"inicialização dependem de uma mudança de IU não autorizada para o programa " -"*fsck*, se um tipo de sistema de arquivos *loop* for encontrado em _lista-" -"fs_, ele será tratado como se *opts=loop* fosse especificado como um " -"argumento para a opção *-t*." +msgid "For compatibility with Mandrake distributions whose boot scripts depend upon an unauthorized UI change to the *fsck* program, if a filesystem type of *loop* is found in _fslist_, it is treated as if *opts=loop* were specified as an argument to the *-t* option." +msgstr "Para compatibilidade com distribuições Mandrake cujos scripts de inicialização dependem de uma mudança de IU não autorizada para o programa *fsck*, se um tipo de sistema de arquivos *loop* for encontrado em _lista-fs_, ele será tratado como se *opts=loop* fosse especificado como um argumento para a opção *-t*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/" -"etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be " -"deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-" -"t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is " -"not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, o tipo de sistema de arquivos é deduzido pesquisando por " -"_filesys_ no arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e usando a entrada correspondente. Se o " -"tipo não puder ser deduzido e houver apenas um único sistema de arquivos " -"fornecido como argumento para a opção *-t*, *fsck* usará o tipo de sistema " -"de arquivos especificado. Se este tipo não estiver disponível, o tipo de " -"sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado." +msgid "Normally, the filesystem type is deduced by searching for _filesys_ in the _/etc/fstab_ file and using the corresponding entry. If the type cannot be deduced, and there is only a single filesystem given as an argument to the *-t* option, *fsck* will use the specified filesystem type. If this type is not available, then the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgstr "Normalmente, o tipo de sistema de arquivos é deduzido pesquisando por _filesys_ no arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e usando a entrada correspondente. Se o tipo não puder ser deduzido e houver apenas um único sistema de arquivos fornecido como argumento para a opção *-t*, *fsck* usará o tipo de sistema de arquivos especificado. Se este tipo não estiver disponível, o tipo de sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:80 @@ -3497,106 +2514,32 @@ msgstr "*-A*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one " -"run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization " -"file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem." -msgstr "" -"Percorre o arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e tente verificar todos os sistemas de " -"arquivos de uma vez. Esta opção é normalmente usada a partir do arquivo de " -"inicialização do sistema _/etc/rc_, em vez de vários comandos para verificar " -"um único sistema de arquivos." +msgid "Walk through the _/etc/fstab_ file and try to check all filesystems in one run. This option is typically used from the _/etc/rc_ system initialization file, instead of multiple commands for checking a single filesystem." +msgstr "Percorre o arquivo _/etc/fstab_ e tente verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos de uma vez. Esta opção é normalmente usada a partir do arquivo de inicialização do sistema _/etc/rc_, em vez de vários comandos para verificar um único sistema de arquivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is " -"specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order " -"specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. " -"Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at " -"all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be " -"checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being " -"checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, " -"*fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid " -"running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de arquivos raiz será verificado primeiro, a menos que a opção *-" -"P* seja especificada (veja abaixo). Depois disso, os sistemas de arquivos " -"serão verificados na ordem especificada pelo campo _fs_passno_ (o sexto) no " -"arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Os sistemas de arquivos com um valor _fs_passno_ de 0 " -"são ignorados e não são verificados de forma alguma. Os sistemas de arquivos " -"com um valor _fs_passno_ maior que zero serão verificados em ordem, com os " -"sistemas de arquivos com o número _fs_passno_ mais baixo sendo verificado " -"primeiro. Se houver vários sistemas de arquivos com o mesmo número de " -"passagem, *fsck* tentará verificá-los em paralelo, embora evite executar " -"várias verificações de sistema de arquivos no mesmo disco físico." +msgid "The root filesystem will be checked first unless the *-P* option is specified (see below). After that, filesystems will be checked in the order specified by the _fs_passno_ (the sixth) field in the _/etc/fstab_ file. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of 0 are skipped and are not checked at all. Filesystems with a _fs_passno_ value of greater than zero will be checked in order, with filesystems with the lowest _fs_passno_ number being checked first. If there are multiple filesystems with the same pass number, *fsck* will attempt to check them in parallel, although it will avoid running multiple filesystem checks on the same physical disk." +msgstr "O sistema de arquivos raiz será verificado primeiro, a menos que a opção *-P* seja especificada (veja abaixo). Depois disso, os sistemas de arquivos serão verificados na ordem especificada pelo campo _fs_passno_ (o sexto) no arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Os sistemas de arquivos com um valor _fs_passno_ de 0 são ignorados e não são verificados de forma alguma. Os sistemas de arquivos com um valor _fs_passno_ maior que zero serão verificados em ordem, com os sistemas de arquivos com o número _fs_passno_ mais baixo sendo verificado primeiro. Se houver vários sistemas de arquivos com o mesmo número de passagem, *fsck* tentará verificá-los em paralelo, embora evite executar várias verificações de sistema de arquivos no mesmo disco físico." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:86 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel " -#| "with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. " -#| "The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel " -"with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The " -"_/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices." -msgstr "" -"*fsck* não verifica dispositivos empilhados (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) em " -"paralelo com qualquer outro dispositivo. Veja abaixo a configuração " -"*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*. O sistema de arquivos _/sys_ é usado para " -"determinar dependências entre dispositivos.\n" +#| msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices.\n" +msgid "*fsck* does not check stacked devices (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) in parallel with any other device. See below for *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL* setting. The _/sys_ filesystem is used to determine dependencies between devices." +msgstr "*fsck* não verifica dispositivos empilhados (RAIDs, dm-crypt, ...) em paralelo com qualquer outro dispositivo. Veja abaixo a configuração *FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*. O sistema de arquivos _/sys_ é usado para determinar dependências entre dispositivos.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root " -"filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems " -"to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically " -"run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System " -"administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to " -"avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for " -"example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive " -"paging is a concern." -msgstr "" -"Portanto, uma configuração muito comum em arquivos _/etc/fstab_ é definir o " -"sistema de arquivos raiz para ter um valor _fs_passno_ de 1 e definir todos " -"os outros sistemas de arquivos para ter um valor de _fs_passno_ de 2. Isso " -"permitirá que *fsck* execute automaticamente o sistema de arquivos " -"verificadores em paralelo, se for vantajoso fazê-lo. Os administradores do " -"sistema podem escolher não usar esta configuração se precisarem evitar " -"várias verificações do sistema de arquivos em execução em paralelo por algum " -"motivo -- por exemplo, se a máquina em questão estiver com pouca memória, de " -"modo que a paginação excessiva é uma preocupação." +msgid "Hence, a very common configuration in _/etc/fstab_ files is to set the root filesystem to have a _fs_passno_ value of 1 and to set all other filesystems to have a _fs_passno_ value of 2. This will allow *fsck* to automatically run filesystem checkers in parallel if it is advantageous to do so. System administrators might choose not to use this configuration if they need to avoid multiple filesystem checks running in parallel for some reason - for example, if the machine in question is short on memory so that excessive paging is a concern." +msgstr "Portanto, uma configuração muito comum em arquivos _/etc/fstab_ é definir o sistema de arquivos raiz para ter um valor _fs_passno_ de 1 e definir todos os outros sistemas de arquivos para ter um valor de _fs_passno_ de 2. Isso permitirá que *fsck* execute automaticamente o sistema de arquivos verificadores em paralelo, se for vantajoso fazê-lo. Os administradores do sistema podem escolher não usar esta configuração se precisarem evitar várias verificações do sistema de arquivos em execução em paralelo por algum motivo -- por exemplo, se a máquina em questão estiver com pouca memória, de modo que a paginação excessiva é uma preocupação." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:90 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before " -#| "calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may " -#| "cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the " -#| "filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount " -#| "option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. " -#| "*fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem " -#| "type *auto*.\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before " -"calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may " -"cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the " -"filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount " -"option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* " -"also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*." -msgstr "" -"*fsck* normalmente não verifica se o dispositivo realmente existe antes de " -"chamar um verificador específico do sistema de arquivos. Portanto, " -"dispositivos não existentes podem fazer com que o sistema entre no modo de " -"reparo do sistema de arquivos durante a inicialização se o verificador " -"específico do sistema de arquivos retornar um erro fatal. A opção de " -"montagem *nofail* do _/etc fstab_ pode ser usada para que *fsck* ignore " -"dispositivos não existentes. *fsck* também pula dispositivos não existentes " -"que possuem o tipo de sistema de arquivos especial *auto*.\n" +#| msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*.\n" +msgid "*fsck* normally does not check whether the device actually exists before calling a filesystem specific checker. Therefore non-existing devices may cause the system to enter filesystem repair mode during boot if the filesystem specific checker returns a fatal error. The _/etc/fstab_ mount option *nofail* may be used to have *fsck* skip non-existing devices. *fsck* also skips non-existing devices that have the special filesystem type *auto*." +msgstr "*fsck* normalmente não verifica se o dispositivo realmente existe antes de chamar um verificador específico do sistema de arquivos. Portanto, dispositivos não existentes podem fazer com que o sistema entre no modo de reparo do sistema de arquivos durante a inicialização se o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos retornar um erro fatal. A opção de montagem *nofail* do _/etc fstab_ pode ser usada para que *fsck* ignore dispositivos não existentes. *fsck* também pula dispositivos não existentes que possuem o tipo de sistema de arquivos especial *auto*.\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:91 @@ -3606,19 +2549,8 @@ msgstr "*-C* [_fd_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently " -"only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem " -"checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI " -"front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress " -"bar information will be sent to that file descriptor." -msgstr "" -"Exibe barras de conclusão/progresso para os verificadores de sistema de " -"arquivos (atualmente apenas para ext[234]) que aos há suporte. *fsck* " -"gerenciará os verificadores do sistema de arquivos para que apenas um deles " -"exiba uma barra de progresso por vez. Os front-ends da GUI podem especificar " -"um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso em que as informações da barra de " -"progresso serão enviadas para esse descritor de arquivo." +msgid "Display completion/progress bars for those filesystem checkers (currently only for ext[234]) which support them. *fsck* will manage the filesystem checkers so that only one of them will display a progress bar at a time. GUI front-ends may specify a file descriptor _fd_, in which case the progress bar information will be sent to that file descriptor." +msgstr "Exibe barras de conclusão/progresso para os verificadores de sistema de arquivos (atualmente apenas para ext[234]) que aos há suporte. *fsck* gerenciará os verificadores do sistema de arquivos para que apenas um deles exiba uma barra de progresso por vez. Os front-ends da GUI podem especificar um descritor de arquivo _fd_, caso em que as informações da barra de progresso serão enviadas para esse descritor de arquivo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:94 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:72 @@ -3628,12 +2560,8 @@ msgstr "*-M*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted " -"filesystems." -msgstr "" -"Não verifica os sistemas de arquivos montados e retorna um status de saída 0 " -"para sistemas de arquivos montados." +msgid "Do not check mounted filesystems and return an exit status of 0 for mounted filesystems." +msgstr "Não verifica os sistemas de arquivos montados e retorna um status de saída 0 para sistemas de arquivos montados." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:97 @@ -3654,21 +2582,8 @@ msgstr "*-P*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the " -"other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if " -"the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might " -"be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't " -"want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is " -"really the right solution)." -msgstr "" -"Quando a opção *-A* é definida, verifica o sistema de arquivos raiz em " -"paralelo com os outros sistemas de arquivos. Esta não é a coisa mais segura " -"do mundo a se fazer, pois se o sistema de arquivos raiz estiver em dúvida, " -"coisas como o executável *e2fsck*(8) podem ser corrompidas! Esta opção é " -"fornecida principalmente para os administradores de sistemas que não desejam " -"reparticionar o sistema de arquivos raiz para que seja pequeno e compacto (o " -"que é realmente a solução certa)." +msgid "When the *-A* flag is set, check the root filesystem in parallel with the other filesystems. This is not the safest thing in the world to do, since if the root filesystem is in doubt things like the *e2fsck*(8) executable might be corrupted! This option is mainly provided for those sysadmins who don't want to repartition the root filesystem to be small and compact (which is really the right solution)." +msgstr "Quando a opção *-A* é definida, verifica o sistema de arquivos raiz em paralelo com os outros sistemas de arquivos. Esta não é a coisa mais segura do mundo a se fazer, pois se o sistema de arquivos raiz estiver em dúvida, coisas como o executável *e2fsck*(8) podem ser corrompidas! Esta opção é fornecida principalmente para os administradores de sistemas que não desejam reparticionar o sistema de arquivos raiz para que seja pequeno e compacto (o que é realmente a solução certa)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:103 @@ -3678,14 +2593,8 @@ msgstr "*-R*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. " -"(This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-" -"write.)" -msgstr "" -"Ao verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos com a opção *-A*, ignora o " -"sistema de arquivos raiz. (Isso é útil caso o sistema de arquivos raiz já " -"tenha sido montado para leitura e escrita.)" +msgid "When checking all filesystems with the *-A* flag, skip the root filesystem. (This is useful in case the root filesystem has already been mounted read-write.)" +msgstr "Ao verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos com a opção *-A*, ignora o sistema de arquivos raiz. (Isso é útil caso o sistema de arquivos raiz já tenha sido montado para leitura e escrita.)" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:106 @@ -3706,12 +2615,8 @@ msgstr "*-V*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are " -"executed." -msgstr "" -"Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do " -"sistema de arquivos que são executados." +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed." +msgstr "Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos que são executados." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:112 @@ -3734,63 +2639,29 @@ msgstr "OPÇÕES ESPECÍFICAS DO SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:121 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-" -#| "specific checker!*\n" -msgid "" -"*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-" -"specific checker!*" -msgstr "" -"*As opções que não são compreendidas pelo fsck são passadas para o " -"verificador específico do sistema de arquivos!*\n" +#| msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*\n" +msgid "*Options which are not understood by fsck are passed to the filesystem-specific checker!*" +msgstr "*As opções que não são compreendidas pelo fsck são passadas para o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos!*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be " -"able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't." -msgstr "" -"Essas opções *não devem* aceitar argumentos, pois não há como *fsck* ser " -"capaz de adivinhar corretamente quais opções aceitam argumentos e quais não." +msgid "These options *must* not take arguments, as there is no way for *fsck* to be able to properly guess which options take arguments and which don't." +msgstr "Essas opções *não devem* aceitar argumentos, pois não há como *fsck* ser capaz de adivinhar corretamente quais opções aceitam argumentos e quais não." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-" -"specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker." -msgstr "" -"As opções e argumentos que seguem *-* são tratados como opções específicas " -"do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o verificador específico do " -"sistema de arquivos." +msgid "Options and arguments which follow the *--* are treated as filesystem-specific options to be passed to the filesystem-specific checker." +msgstr "As opções e argumentos que seguem *-* são tratados como opções específicas do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated " -"options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something " -"complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. " -"If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it " -"doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're " -"almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. " -"Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized." -msgstr "" -"Observe que *fsck* não foi projetado para passar opções arbitrariamente " -"complicadas para verificadores específicos do sistema de arquivos. Se você " -"estiver fazendo algo complicado, execute o verificador específico do sistema " -"de arquivos diretamente. Se você passar para *fsck* algumas opções e " -"argumentos terrivelmente complicados, e ele não fizer o que você espera, " -"*não se preocupe em relatar isso como um bug*. Você quase certamente está " -"fazendo algo que não deveria estar fazendo com *fsck*. As opções para " -"diferentes fscks específicos do sistema de arquivos não são padronizadas." +msgid "Please note that *fsck* is not designed to pass arbitrarily complicated options to filesystem-specific checkers. If you're doing something complicated, please just execute the filesystem-specific checker directly. If you pass *fsck* some horribly complicated options and arguments, and it doesn't do what you expect, *don't bother reporting it as a bug.* You're almost certainly doing something that you shouldn't be doing with *fsck*. Options to different filesystem-specific fsck's are not standardized." +msgstr "Observe que *fsck* não foi projetado para passar opções arbitrariamente complicadas para verificadores específicos do sistema de arquivos. Se você estiver fazendo algo complicado, execute o verificador específico do sistema de arquivos diretamente. Se você passar para *fsck* algumas opções e argumentos terrivelmente complicados, e ele não fizer o que você espera, *não se preocupe em relatar isso como um bug*. Você quase certamente está fazendo algo que não deveria estar fazendo com *fsck*. As opções para diferentes fscks específicos do sistema de arquivos não são padronizadas." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment " -"variables:" -msgstr "" -"O comportamento do programa *fsck* é afetado pelas seguintes variáveis de " -"ambiente:" +msgid "The *fsck* program's behavior is affected by the following environment variables:" +msgstr "O comportamento do programa *fsck* é afetado pelas seguintes variáveis de ambiente:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:132 @@ -3800,18 +2671,8 @@ msgstr "*FSCK_FORCE_ALL_PARALLEL*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the " -"specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems " -"appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-" -"end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) " -"Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used." -msgstr "" -"Se esta variável de ambiente for definida, *fsck* tentará verificar todos os " -"sistemas de arquivos especificados em paralelo, independentemente de os " -"sistemas de arquivos parecerem estar no mesmo dispositivo. (Isso é útil para " -"sistemas RAID ou sistemas de armazenamento de ponta, como os vendidos por " -"empresas como IBM ou EMC.) Observe que o valor _fs_passno_ ainda é usado." +msgid "If this environment variable is set, *fsck* will attempt to check all of the specified filesystems in parallel, regardless of whether the filesystems appear to be on the same device. (This is useful for RAID systems or high-end storage systems such as those sold by companies such as IBM or EMC.) Note that the _fs_passno_ value is still used." +msgstr "Se esta variável de ambiente for definida, *fsck* tentará verificar todos os sistemas de arquivos especificados em paralelo, independentemente de os sistemas de arquivos parecerem estar no mesmo dispositivo. (Isso é útil para sistemas RAID ou sistemas de armazenamento de ponta, como os vendidos por empresas como IBM ou EMC.) Observe que o valor _fs_passno_ ainda é usado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:135 @@ -3821,25 +2682,8 @@ msgstr "*FSCK_MAX_INST*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem " -"checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which " -"have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem " -"checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on " -"the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can " -"be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may " -"attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run " -"based on gathering accounting data from the operating system." -msgstr "" -"Esta variável de ambiente limitará o número máximo de verificadores do " -"sistema de arquivos que podem ser executados ao mesmo tempo. Isso permite " -"configurações que possuem um grande número de discos para evitar que *fsck* " -"inicie muitos verificadores do sistema de arquivos de uma vez, o que pode " -"sobrecarregar a CPU e os recursos de memória disponíveis no sistema. Se esse " -"valor for zero, um número ilimitado de processos pode ser gerado. Este é o " -"padrão atualmente, mas versões futuras do *fsck* podem tentar determinar " -"automaticamente quantas verificações do sistema de arquivos podem ser " -"executadas com base na coleta de dados contábeis do sistema operacional." +msgid "This environment variable will limit the maximum number of filesystem checkers that can be running at one time. This allows configurations which have a large number of disks to avoid *fsck* starting too many filesystem checkers at once, which might overload CPU and memory resources available on the system. If this value is zero, then an unlimited number of processes can be spawned. This is currently the default, but future versions of *fsck* may attempt to automatically determine how many filesystem checks can be run based on gathering accounting data from the operating system." +msgstr "Esta variável de ambiente limitará o número máximo de verificadores do sistema de arquivos que podem ser executados ao mesmo tempo. Isso permite configurações que possuem um grande número de discos para evitar que *fsck* inicie muitos verificadores do sistema de arquivos de uma vez, o que pode sobrecarregar a CPU e os recursos de memória disponíveis no sistema. Se esse valor for zero, um número ilimitado de processos pode ser gerado. Este é o padrão atualmente, mas versões futuras do *fsck* podem tentar determinar automaticamente quantas verificações do sistema de arquivos podem ser executadas com base na coleta de dados contábeis do sistema operacional." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:138 @@ -3850,9 +2694,7 @@ msgstr "*PATH*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:140 msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers." -msgstr "" -"A variável de ambiente *PATH* é usada para localizar verificadores de " -"sistema de arquivos." +msgstr "A variável de ambiente *PATH* é usada para localizar verificadores de sistema de arquivos." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:141 @@ -3862,14 +2704,8 @@ msgstr "*FSTAB_FILE*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the " -"standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers " -"who are testing *fsck*." -msgstr "" -"Esta variável de ambiente permite que o administrador do sistema substitua a " -"localização padrão do arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Também é útil para " -"desenvolvedores que estão testando o *fsck*." +msgid "This environment variable allows the system administrator to override the standard location of the _/etc/fstab_ file. It is also useful for developers who are testing *fsck*." +msgstr "Esta variável de ambiente permite que o administrador do sistema substitua a localização padrão do arquivo _/etc/fstab_. Também é útil para desenvolvedores que estão testando o *fsck*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:144 @@ -3915,18 +2751,13 @@ msgstr "_/etc/fstab_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:158 -msgid "" -"During boot, *systemd* does not invoke *fsck -A*. Instead, it schedules the " -"activation of mounts individually, taking into account dependencies on " -"backing devices, networking, and other factors. Consequently, *fsck* is " -"called individually for each device." +msgid "During boot, *systemd* does not invoke *fsck -A*. Instead, it schedules the activation of mounts individually, taking into account dependencies on backing devices, networking, and other factors. Consequently, *fsck* is called individually for each device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:163 msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.8.adoc:177 @@ -3943,10 +2774,7 @@ msgstr "" #| "*fsck.vfat*(8),\n" #| "*fsck.xfs*(8),\n" #| "*reiserfsck*(8)\n" -msgid "" -"*fstab*(5), *mkfs*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8), " -"*fsck.cramfs*(8), *fsck.jfs*(8), *fsck.nfs*(8), *fsck.minix*(8), *fsck." -"msdos*(8), *fsck.vfat*(8), *fsck.xfs*(8), *reiserfsck*(8)" +msgid "*fstab*(5), *mkfs*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8) or *fsck.ext3*(8) or *e2fsck*(8), *fsck.cramfs*(8), *fsck.jfs*(8), *fsck.nfs*(8), *fsck.minix*(8), *fsck.msdos*(8), *fsck.vfat*(8), *fsck.xfs*(8), *reiserfsck*(8)" msgstr "" "*fstab*(5),\n" "*mkfs*(8),\n" @@ -4016,12 +2844,8 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--blocksize* _tamanho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at " -"creation time. Only used for *--extract*." -msgstr "" -"Usa este tamanho de bloco, o padrão é o tamanho da página. Deve ser igual ao " -"que foi definido no momento da criação. Usado apenas para *--extrair*." +msgid "Use this blocksize, defaults to page size. Must be equal to what was set at creation time. Only used for *--extract*." +msgstr "Usa este tamanho de bloco, o padrão é o tamanho da página. Deve ser igual ao que foi definido no momento da criação. Usado apenas para *--extract*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:29 @@ -4031,12 +2855,8 @@ msgstr "*--extract*[=_diretório_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the " -"_file_ to _directory_." -msgstr "" -"Testa para descompactar todo o sistema de arquivos. Opcionalmente, extrai o " -"conteúdo do _arquivo_ para o _diretório_." +msgid "Test to uncompress the whole file system. Optionally extract contents of the _file_ to _directory_." +msgstr "Testa para descompactar todo o sistema de arquivos. Opcionalmente, extrai o conteúdo do _arquivo_ para o _diretório_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.cramfs.8.adoc:32 @@ -4142,26 +2962,14 @@ msgstr "*fsck.minix* [opções] _dispositivo_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX " -#| "filesystem.\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem." -msgstr "" -"*fsck.minix* executa uma verificação de consistência para o sistema de " -"arquivos MINIX do Linux.\n" +#| msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem.\n" +msgid "*fsck.minix* performs a consistency check for the Linux MINIX filesystem." +msgstr "*fsck.minix* executa uma verificação de consistência para o sistema de arquivos MINIX do Linux.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be " -"used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. " -"Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files." -msgstr "" -"O programa presume que o sistema de arquivos está quiescente. *fsck.minix* " -"não deve ser usado em um dispositivo montado, a menos que você tenha certeza " -"de que ninguém está escrevendo nele. Lembre-se de que o kernel pode escrever " -"no dispositivo ao procurar por arquivos." +msgid "The program assumes the filesystem is quiescent. *fsck.minix* should not be used on a mounted device unless you can be sure nobody is writing to it. Remember that the kernel can write to device when it searches for files." +msgstr "O programa presume que o sistema de arquivos está quiescente. *fsck.minix* não deve ser usado em um dispositivo montado, a menos que você tenha certeza de que ninguém está escrevendo nele. Lembre-se de que o kernel pode escrever no dispositivo ao procurar por arquivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:28 @@ -4185,19 +2993,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will " -#| "print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before " -#| "exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." -msgid "" -"If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print " -"\"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before " -"exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." -msgstr "" -"Se o sistema de arquivos foi alterado, ou seja, reparado, *fsck.minix* " -"imprimirá \"O SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS FOI ALTERADO\" e sincronizar com *sync*(2) " -"três vezes antes de sair. Não há necessidade de reinicializar após a " -"verificação." +#| msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." +msgid "If the filesystem was changed, i.e., repaired, then *fsck.minix* will print \"FILE SYSTEM HAS BEEN CHANGED\" and will *sync*(2) three times before exiting. There is _no_ need to reboot after check." +msgstr "Se o sistema de arquivos foi alterado, ou seja, reparado, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"O SISTEMA DE ARQUIVOS FOI ALTERADO\" e sincronizar com *sync*(2) três vezes antes de sair. Não há necessidade de reinicializar após a verificação." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:33 @@ -4209,29 +3007,9 @@ msgstr "AVISO" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:44 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck." -#| "minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility " -#| "that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly " -#| "good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted " -#| "filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to " -#| "the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck." -"minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility " -"that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly " -"good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted " -"filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the " -"disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion." -msgstr "" -"*fsck.minix* *não* deve ser usado em um sistema de arquivos montado. Usar " -"*fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos montado é muito perigoso, devido à " -"possibilidade de que arquivos excluídos ainda estejam em uso e podem " -"danificar seriamente um sistema de arquivos em perfeito estado! Se você " -"absolutamente tiver que executar *fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos " -"montado, como o sistema de arquivos raiz, certifique-se de que nada esteja " -"escrevendo no disco e que nenhum arquivo seja um \"zumbi\" esperando para " -"ser apagado.\n" +#| msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion.\n" +msgid "*fsck.minix* should *not* be used on a mounted filesystem. Using *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem is very dangerous, due to the possibility that deleted files are still in use, and can seriously damage a perfectly good filesystem! If you absolutely have to run *fsck.minix* on a mounted filesystem, such as the root filesystem, make sure nothing is writing to the disk, and that no files are \"zombies\" waiting for deletion." +msgstr "*fsck.minix* *não* deve ser usado em um sistema de arquivos montado. Usar *fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos montado é muito perigoso, devido à possibilidade de que arquivos excluídos ainda estejam em uso e podem danificar seriamente um sistema de arquivos em perfeito estado! Se você absolutamente tiver que executar *fsck.minix* em um sistema de arquivos montado, como o sistema de arquivos raiz, certifique-se de que nada esteja escrevendo no disco e que nenhum arquivo seja um \"zumbi\" esperando para ser apagado.\n" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:49 @@ -4257,14 +3035,8 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--auto*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to " -"answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be " -"extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage." -msgstr "" -"Executa reparos automáticos. Esta opção implica *--repair* e serve para " -"responder a todas as perguntas feitas com o padrão. Observe que isso pode " -"ser extremamente perigoso no caso de danos extensos ao sistema de arquivos." +msgid "Perform automatic repairs. This option implies *--repair* and serves to answer all of the questions asked with the default. Note that this can be extremely dangerous in the case of extensive filesystem damage." +msgstr "Executa reparos automáticos. Esta opção implica *--repair* e serve para responder a todas as perguntas feitas com o padrão. Observe que isso pode ser extremamente perigoso no caso de danos extensos ao sistema de arquivos." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:59 @@ -4299,13 +3071,8 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--force*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking " -"is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted." -msgstr "" -"Força uma verificação do sistema de arquivos, mesmo se o sistema de arquivos " -"foi marcado como válido. A marcação é feita pelo kernel quando o sistema de " -"arquivos é desmontado." +msgid "Force a filesystem check even if the filesystem was marked as valid. Marking is done by the kernel when the filesystem is unmounted." +msgstr "Força uma verificação do sistema de arquivos, mesmo se o sistema de arquivos foi marcado como válido. A marcação é feita pelo kernel quando o sistema de arquivos é desmontado." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:70 ../term-utils/agetty.8.adoc:338 @@ -4315,23 +3082,13 @@ msgstr "DIAGNÓSTICOS" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most " -"commonly seen in normal usage." -msgstr "" -"Existem inúmeras mensagens de diagnóstico. Os mencionados aqui são os mais " -"comumente vistos em uso normal." +msgid "There are numerous diagnostic messages. The ones mentioned here are the most commonly seen in normal usage." +msgstr "Existem inúmeras mensagens de diagnóstico. Os mencionados aqui são os mais comumente vistos em uso normal." #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super " -"block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* " -"will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." -msgstr "" -"Se o dispositivo não existir, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"não foi possível ler " -"o superbloco\". Se o dispositivo existir, mas não for um sistema de arquivos " -"MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"número mágico ruim no superbloco\"." +msgid "If the device does not exist, *fsck.minix* will print \"unable to read super block\". If the device exists, but is not a MINIX filesystem, *fsck.minix* will print \"bad magic number in super-block\"." +msgstr "Se o dispositivo não existir, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"não foi possível ler o superbloco\". Se o dispositivo existir, mas não for um sistema de arquivos MINIX, *fsck.minix* imprimirá \"número mágico ruim no superbloco\"." #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:79 @@ -4346,12 +3103,8 @@ msgstr "*3*" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was " -"mounted" -msgstr "" -"Erros do sistema de arquivos corrigidos, o sistema deve ser reiniciado se o " -"sistema de arquivos foi montado" +msgid "Filesystem errors corrected, system should be rebooted if filesystem was mounted" +msgstr "Erros do sistema de arquivos corrigidos, o sistema deve ser reiniciado se o sistema de arquivos foi montado" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:86 @@ -4366,24 +3119,8 @@ msgstr "Combinação dos status de saída 3 e 4" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:" -"faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:" -"greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of " -"mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. " -"Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund." -"de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. " -"Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." -msgstr "" -"mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valores de status de saída " -"por mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Adicionado suporte à opção de " -"validade do sistema de arquivos: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. " -"Wettstein]. Verifica para evitar fsck de sistema de arquivos montados " -"adicionado por mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Suporte ao " -"sistema de arquivos Minix v2 por mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund." -"de[Andreas Schwab], atualizado por mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai " -"Langfeldt]. Patch de portabilidade por mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell " -"King]." +msgid "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Exit status values by mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Added support for filesystem valid flag: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Check to prevent fsck of mounted filesystem added by mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Minix v2 fs support by mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], updated by mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Portability patch by mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." +msgstr "mailto:torvalds@cs.helsinki.fi[Linus Torvalds]. Valores de status de saída por mailto:faith@cs.unc.edu[Rik Faith] Adicionado suporte à opção de validade do sistema de arquivos: mailto:greg%wind.uucp@plains.nodak.edu[Dr. Wettstein]. Verifica para evitar fsck de sistema de arquivos montados adicionado por mailto:quinlan@yggdrasil.com[Daniel Quinlan]. Suporte ao sistema de arquivos Minix v2 por mailto:schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de[Andreas Schwab], atualizado por mailto:janl@math.uio.no[Nicolai Langfeldt]. Patch de portabilidade por mailto:rmk@ecs.soton.ac.uk[Russell King]." #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/fsck.minix.8.adoc:106 @@ -4395,9 +3132,7 @@ msgstr "" #| "*mkfs.ext2*(8),\n" #| "*mkfs.minix*(8),\n" #| "*reboot*(8)\n" -msgid "" -"*fsck*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8), *mkfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), " -"*reboot*(8)" +msgid "*fsck*(8), *fsck.ext2*(8), *mkfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), *reboot*(8)" msgstr "" "*fsck*(8),\n" "*fsck.ext2*(8),\n" @@ -4426,18 +3161,8 @@ msgstr "*isosize* [opções] _arquivo_imagem_iso9660_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained " -"in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e." -"g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it " -"will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a " -"large number (>> 4 GB)." -msgstr "" -"Este comando produz o comprimento de um sistema de arquivos iso9660 que está " -"contido no arquivo especificado. Este arquivo pode ser um arquivo normal ou " -"um dispositivo de bloco (por exemplo, _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Na ausência " -"de quaisquer opções (e erros), ele exibirá o tamanho do sistema de arquivos " -"iso9660 em bytes. Isso agora pode ser um grande número (>> 4 GB)." +msgid "This command outputs the length of an iso9660 filesystem that is contained in the specified file. This file may be a normal file or a block device (e.g. _/dev/hdd_ or _/dev/sr0_). In the absence of any options (and errors), it will output the size of the iso9660 filesystem in bytes. This can now be a large number (>> 4 GB)." +msgstr "Este comando produz o comprimento de um sistema de arquivos iso9660 que está contido no arquivo especificado. Este arquivo pode ser um arquivo normal ou um dispositivo de bloco (por exemplo, _/dev/hdd_ ou _/dev/sr0_). Na ausência de quaisquer opções (e erros), ele exibirá o tamanho do sistema de arquivos iso9660 em bytes. Isso agora pode ser um grande número (>> 4 GB)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:23 @@ -4447,12 +3172,8 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--sectors*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses " -"the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"." -msgstr "" -"Mostra a contagem e o tamanho do bloco em formato legível. A saída usa o " -"termo \"setores\" para \"blocos\"." +msgid "Show the block count and block size in human-readable form. The output uses the term \"sectors\" for \"blocks\"." +msgstr "Mostra a contagem e o tamanho do bloco em formato legível. A saída usa o termo \"setores\" para \"blocos\"." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:26 ../term-utils/scriptlive.1.adoc:42 @@ -4463,29 +3184,13 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--divisor* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is " -"the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the " -"block size then the shown value will be the block count." -msgstr "" -"Tem efeito apenas quando *-x* não é fornecido. O valor mostrado (se não " -"houver erros) é o tamanho do arquivo iso9660 em bytes dividido por _número_. " -"Portanto, se _número_ for o tamanho do bloco, o valor mostrado será a " -"contagem do bloco." +msgid "Only has an effect when *-x* is not given. The value shown (if no errors) is the iso9660 file size in bytes divided by _number_. So if _number_ is the block size then the shown value will be the block count." +msgstr "Tem efeito apenas quando *-x* não é fornecido. O valor mostrado (se não houver erros) é o tamanho do arquivo iso9660 em bytes dividido por _número_. Portanto, se _número_ for o tamanho do bloco, o valor mostrado será a contagem do bloco." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be " -"marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason " -"for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the " -"end of an iso9660 image." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho do arquivo (ou dispositivo de bloco) contendo um sistema de " -"arquivos iso9660 pode ser ligeiramente maior do que o tamanho real do " -"sistema de arquivos iso9660. Uma razão para isso é que os gravadores de CD " -"têm permissão para adicionar setores \"esgotados\" no final de uma imagem " -"iso9660." +msgid "The size of the file (or block device) holding an iso9660 filesystem can be marginally larger than the actual size of the iso9660 filesystem. One reason for this is that cd writers are allowed to add \"run out\" sectors at the end of an iso9660 image." +msgstr "O tamanho do arquivo (ou dispositivo de bloco) contendo um sistema de arquivos iso9660 pode ser ligeiramente maior do que o tamanho real do sistema de arquivos iso9660. Uma razão para isso é que os gravadores de CD têm permissão para adicionar setores \"esgotados\" no final de uma imagem iso9660." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/isosize.8.adoc:39 @@ -4527,73 +3232,36 @@ msgstr "mkfs - constrói um sistema de arquivos Linux" #, fuzzy #| msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n" msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]" -msgstr "" -"*mkfs* [opções] [-t _tipo_] [_opções-sist.arq._] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n" +msgstr "*mkfs* [opções] [-t _tipo_] [_opções-sist.arq._] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:20 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs." -#| " utils.*\n" -msgid "" -"*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs." -" utils.*" -msgstr "" -"*Este front-end de mkfs foi descontinuado em favor dos utilitários mkfs." -" específicos do sistema de arquivos.*\n" +#| msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs. utils.*\n" +msgid "*This mkfs frontend is deprecated in favour of filesystem specific mkfs. utils.*" +msgstr "*Este front-end de mkfs foi descontinuado em favor dos utilitários mkfs. específicos do sistema de arquivos.*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:22 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard " -#| "disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/" -#| "dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the " -#| "filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for " -#| "the filesystem.\n" -msgid "" -"*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk " -"partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/" -"hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. " -"The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem." -msgstr "" -"*mkfs* é usado para construir um sistema de arquivos Linux em um " -"dispositivo, geralmente uma partição do disco rígido. O argumento " -"_dispositivo_ é o nome do dispositivo (por exemplo, _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/" -"sdb2_) ou um arquivo regular que deve conter o sistema de arquivos. O " -"argumento _tamanho_ é o número de blocos a serem usados para o sistema de " -"arquivos.\n" +#| msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem.\n" +msgid "*mkfs* is used to build a Linux filesystem on a device, usually a hard disk partition. The _device_ argument is either the device name (e.g., _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_), or a regular file that shall contain the filesystem. The _size_ argument is the number of blocks to be used for the filesystem." +msgstr "*mkfs* é usado para construir um sistema de arquivos Linux em um dispositivo, geralmente uma partição do disco rígido. O argumento _dispositivo_ é o nome do dispositivo (por exemplo, _/dev/hda1_, _/dev/sdb2_) ou um arquivo regular que deve conter o sistema de arquivos. O argumento _tamanho_ é o número de blocos a serem usados para o sistema de arquivos.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:24 msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de " -"falha." +msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem " -"builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-" -"specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. " -"Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details." -msgstr "" -"Na verdade, *mkfs* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários construtores " -"de sistema de arquivos (**mkfs.**__tipo__) disponíveis no Linux. O " -"construtor específico do sistema de arquivos é pesquisado apenas por meio da " -"configuração do ambiente *PATH*. Consulte as páginas de manual do construtor " -"específicas do sistema de arquivos para obter mais detalhes." +msgid "In actuality, *mkfs* is simply a front-end for the various filesystem builders (**mkfs.**__fstype__) available under Linux. The filesystem-specific builder is searched for via your *PATH* environment setting only. Please see the filesystem-specific builder manual pages for further details." +msgstr "Na verdade, *mkfs* é simplesmente um front-end para os vários construtores de sistema de arquivos (**mkfs.**__tipo__) disponíveis no Linux. O construtor específico do sistema de arquivos é pesquisado apenas por meio da configuração do ambiente *PATH*. Consulte as páginas de manual do construtor específicas do sistema de arquivos para obter mais detalhes." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default " -"filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o _tipo_ do sistema de arquivos a ser construído. Se não for " -"especificado, o tipo de sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado." +msgid "Specify the _type_ of filesystem to be built. If not specified, the default filesystem type (currently ext2) is used." +msgstr "Especifica o _tipo_ do sistema de arquivos a ser construído. Se não for especificado, o tipo de sistema de arquivos padrão (atualmente ext2) é usado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:32 @@ -4603,11 +3271,8 @@ msgstr "_opções-sist.arq._" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder." -msgstr "" -"Opções específicas do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o construtor " -"do sistema de arquivos real." +msgid "Filesystem-specific options to be passed to the real filesystem builder." +msgstr "Opções específicas do sistema de arquivos a serem passadas para o construtor do sistema de arquivos real." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:35 @@ -4617,30 +3282,15 @@ msgstr "*-V*, *--verbose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are " -"executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any " -"filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing." -msgstr "" -"Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do " -"sistema de arquivos que são executados. Especificar esta opção mais de uma " -"vez inibe a execução de quaisquer comandos específicos do sistema de " -"arquivos. Isso é realmente útil apenas para teste." +msgid "Produce verbose output, including all filesystem-specific commands that are executed. Specifying this option more than once inhibits execution of any filesystem-specific commands. This is really only useful for testing." +msgstr "Produz uma saída detalhada, incluindo todos os comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos que são executados. Especificar esta opção mais de uma vez inibe a execução de quaisquer comandos específicos do sistema de arquivos. Isso é realmente útil apenas para teste." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:40 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version " -#| "information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as " -#| "*--verbose*.)" -msgid "" -"(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only " -"parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" -msgstr "" -"Exibe informações da versão e sair. (A opção *-V* exibirá informações de " -"versão apenas quando for o único parâmetro, caso contrário, funcionará como " -"*--verbose*.)" +#| msgid "Display version information and exit. (Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" +msgid "(Option *-V* will display version information only when it is the only parameter, otherwise it will work as *--verbose*.)" +msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sair. (A opção *-V* exibirá informações de versão apenas quando for o único parâmetro, caso contrário, funcionará como *--verbose*.)" #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:41 ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:51 @@ -4659,33 +3309,18 @@ msgstr "BUGS" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-" -"specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically " -"detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified." -msgstr "" -"Todas as opções genéricas devem ser passadas antes e não ser combinadas com " -"opções específicas do sistema de arquivos. Alguns programas específicos do " -"sistema de arquivos não detectam automaticamente o tamanho do dispositivo e " -"exigem que o parâmetro _tamanho_ seja especificado." +msgid "All generic options must precede and not be combined with filesystem-specific options. Some filesystem-specific programs do not automatically detect the device size and require the _size_ parameter to be specified." +msgstr "Todas as opções genéricas devem ser passadas antes e não ser combinadas com opções específicas do sistema de arquivos. Alguns programas específicos do sistema de arquivos não detectam automaticamente o tamanho do dispositivo e exigem que o parâmetro _tamanho_ seja especificado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. " -"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." -msgstr "" -"mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. " -"van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." +msgid "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." +msgstr "mailto:david@ods.com[David Engel], mailto:waltje@uwalt.nl.mugnet.org[Fred N. van Kempen], mailto:sommel@sci.kun.nl[Ron Sommeling]." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the " -"ext2 filesystem." -msgstr "" -"A página de manual foi descaradamente adaptada da versão do Remy Card para o " -"sistema de arquivos ext2." +msgid "The manual page was shamelessly adapted from Remy Card's version for the ext2 filesystem." +msgstr "A página de manual foi descaradamente adaptada da versão do Remy Card para o sistema de arquivos ext2." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.8.adoc:68 @@ -4704,10 +3339,7 @@ msgstr "" #| "*mkfs.msdos*(8),\n" #| "*mkfs.vfat*(8),\n" #| "*mkfs.xfs*(8)\n" -msgid "" -"*fs*(5), *badblocks*(8), *fsck*(8), *mkdosfs*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mkfs." -"bfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.ext3*(8), *mkfs.ext4*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), " -"*mkfs.msdos*(8), *mkfs.vfat*(8), *mkfs.xfs*(8)" +msgid "*fs*(5), *badblocks*(8), *fsck*(8), *mkdosfs*(8), *mke2fs*(8), *mkfs.bfs*(8), *mkfs.ext2*(8), *mkfs.ext3*(8), *mkfs.ext4*(8), *mkfs.minix*(8), *mkfs.msdos*(8), *mkfs.vfat*(8), *mkfs.xfs*(8)" msgstr "" "*fs*(5),\n" "*badblocks*(8),\n" @@ -4746,25 +3378,14 @@ msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_contagem-bloco_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a " -#| "disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n" -msgid "" -"*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk " -"partition or a file accessed via the loop device)." -msgstr "" -"*mkfs.bfs* cria um sistema de arquivos SCO bfs em um dispositivo de bloco " -"(geralmente uma partição de disco ou um arquivo acessado por meio do " -"dispositivo de loop).\n" +#| msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device).\n" +msgid "*mkfs.bfs* creates an SCO bfs filesystem on a block device (usually a disk partition or a file accessed via the loop device)." +msgstr "*mkfs.bfs* cria um sistema de arquivos SCO bfs em um dispositivo de bloco (geralmente uma partição de disco ou um arquivo acessado por meio do dispositivo de loop).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in " -"blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used." -msgstr "" -"O parâmetro _contagem-bloco_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, em " -"blocos. Se nada for especificado, toda a partição será usada." +msgid "The _block-count_ parameter is the desired size of the filesystem, in blocks. If nothing is specified, the entire partition will be used." +msgstr "O parâmetro _contagem-bloco_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, em blocos. Se nada for especificado, toda a partição será usada." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:29 @@ -4774,14 +3395,8 @@ msgstr "*-N*, *--inodes* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is " -"specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on " -"the size of the partition." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o _número_ desejado de inodes (no máximo 512). Se nada for " -"especificado, algum número padrão no intervalo 48-512 é escolhido dependendo " -"do tamanho da partição." +msgid "Specify the desired _number_ of inodes (at most 512). If nothing is specified, some default number in the range 48-512 is picked depending on the size of the partition." +msgstr "Especifica o _número_ desejado de inodes (no máximo 512). Se nada for especificado, algum número padrão no intervalo 48-512 é escolhido dependendo do tamanho da partição." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:32 @@ -4803,9 +3418,7 @@ msgstr "*-F*, *--fname* _nome_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:37 msgid "Specify the filesystem _name_. I have no idea if/where this is used." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o sistema de arquivos _nome_. Não tenho ideia se/onde isso é " -"usado." +msgstr "Especifica o sistema de arquivos _nome_. Não tenho ideia se/onde isso é usado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:43 ../term-utils/mesg.1.adoc:73 @@ -4821,22 +3434,14 @@ msgstr "*-c*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:52 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Display version information and exit. Option *-V* only works as *--" -#| "version* when it is the only option." +#| msgid "Display version information and exit. Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option." msgid "Option *-V* only works as *--version* when it is the only option." -msgstr "" -"Exibe informações da versão e sair. A opção *-V* só funciona como *--" -"version* quando é a única opção." +msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sair. A opção *-V* só funciona como *--version* quando é a única opção." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when " -"something went wrong." -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.bfs* é 0 quando tudo correu bem e 1 " -"quando algo deu errado." +msgid "The exit status returned by *mkfs.bfs* is 0 when all went well, and 1 when something went wrong." +msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.bfs* é 0 quando tudo correu bem e 1 quando algo deu errado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.bfs.8.adoc:60 @@ -4865,28 +3470,13 @@ msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [opções] _diretório arquivo_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow " -"random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a " -"terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file " -"systems." -msgstr "" -"Os arquivos em sistemas de arquivos cramfs são compactados com zlib uma " -"página por vez para permitir acesso de leitura aleatório. Os metadados não " -"são compactados, mas são expressos em uma representação concisa que é mais " -"eficiente em termos de espaço do que os sistemas de arquivos convencionais." +msgid "Files on cramfs file systems are zlib-compressed one page at a time to allow random read access. The metadata is not compressed, but is expressed in a terse representation that is more space-efficient than conventional file systems." +msgstr "Os arquivos em sistemas de arquivos cramfs são compactados com zlib uma página por vez para permitir acesso de leitura aleatório. Os metadados não são compactados, mas são expressos em uma representação concisa que é mais eficiente em termos de espaço do que os sistemas de arquivos convencionais." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random " -"write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships " -"with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images." -msgstr "" -"O sistema de arquivos é intencionalmente somente leitura para simplificar " -"seu design; o acesso de escrita aleatório para arquivos compactados é " -"difícil de implementar. cramfs vem com um utilitário (*mkcramfs*(8)) para " -"compactar arquivos em novas imagens cramfs." +msgid "The file system is intentionally read-only to simplify its design; random write access for compressed files is difficult to implement. cramfs ships with a utility (*mkcramfs*(8)) to pack files into new cramfs images." +msgstr "O sistema de arquivos é intencionalmente somente leitura para simplificar seu design; o acesso de escrita aleatório para arquivos compactados é difícil de implementar. cramfs vem com um utilitário (*mkcramfs*(8)) para compactar arquivos em novas imagens cramfs." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:24 @@ -4895,13 +3485,8 @@ msgstr "Os tamanhos dos arquivos são limitados a menos de 16 MB." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the " -"file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)" -msgstr "" -"O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O " -"último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, " -"mas pode se estender além dele.)" +msgid "Maximum file system size is a little under 272 MB. (The last file on the file system must begin before the 256 MB block, but can extend past it.)" +msgstr "O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, mas pode se estender além dele.)" #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:27 ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:134 @@ -4913,20 +3498,13 @@ msgstr "ARGUMENTOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to " -"generate a compressed filesystem out of." -msgstr "" -"O _diretório_ é simplesmente a raiz da árvore de diretórios a partir da qual " -"queremos gerar um sistema de arquivos compactado." +msgid "The _directory_ is simply the root of the directory tree that we want to generate a compressed filesystem out of." +msgstr "O _diretório_ é simplesmente a raiz da árvore de diretórios a partir da qual queremos gerar um sistema de arquivos compactado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted." -msgstr "" -"O _arquivo_ conterá o sistema de arquivos cram, que mais tarde pode ser " -"montado." +msgid "The _file_ will contain the cram file system, which later can be mounted." +msgstr "O _arquivo_ conterá o sistema de arquivos cram, que mais tarde pode ser montado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:38 @@ -4936,11 +3514,8 @@ msgstr "*-E*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status." -msgstr "" -"Trata todos os avisos como erros, os quais são refletidos como status de " -"saída de comando." +msgid "Treat all warnings as errors, which are reflected as command exit status." +msgstr "Trata todos os avisos como erros, os quais são refletidos como status de saída de comando." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:41 @@ -4951,9 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "*-b* _tamanho-bloco_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:43 msgid "Use defined block size, which has to be divisible by page size." -msgstr "" -"Usa o tamanho de bloco definido, o qual deve ser divisível pelo tamanho de " -"páginas." +msgstr "Usa o tamanho de bloco definido, o qual deve ser divisível pelo tamanho de páginas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:44 @@ -4975,8 +3548,7 @@ msgstr "*-N* _big, little, host_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:49 msgid "Use defined endianness. Value defaults to _host_." -msgstr "" -"Usa o nível de endian (extremidade) definido. O valor tem como padrão _host_." +msgstr "Usa o nível de endian (extremidade) definido. O valor tem como padrão _host_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:50 @@ -5013,12 +3585,8 @@ msgstr "Preenche em 512 bytes para código de inicialização." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry " -"sorting." -msgstr "" -"Esta opção é ignorada. Originalmente, a opção *-s* ativava a classificação " -"de entrada de diretórios." +msgid "This option is ignored. Originally the *-s* turned on directory entry sorting." +msgstr "Esta opção é ignorada. Originalmente, a opção *-s* ativava a classificação de entrada de diretórios." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:62 @@ -5041,27 +3609,9 @@ msgstr "*--lock*[=_modo_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional " -#| "argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the " -#| "_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option " -#| "overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not " -#| "to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with " -#| "udevd or other tools." -msgid "" -"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional " -"argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_. If the " -"_mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_. This option " -"overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to " -"use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or " -"other tools." -msgstr "" -"Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O " -"argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se " -"o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve " -"a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma " -"trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras " -"ferramentas." +#| msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be _yes_, _no_ (or 1 and 0) or _nonblock_. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to _\"yes\"_. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgstr "Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras ferramentas." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.cramfs.8.adoc:86 @@ -5100,15 +3650,9 @@ msgstr "*mkfs.minix* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho-em-blocos_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk " -#| "partition).\n" -msgid "" -"*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk " -"partition)." -msgstr "" -"*mkfs.minix* cria um sistema de arquivos Linux MINIX em um dispositivo " -"(geralmente uma partição de disco).\n" +#| msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition).\n" +msgid "*mkfs.minix* creates a Linux MINIX filesystem on a device (usually a disk partition)." +msgstr "*mkfs.minix* cria um sistema de arquivos Linux MINIX em um dispositivo (geralmente uma partição de disco).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:29 @@ -5131,27 +3675,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not " -"enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)." -msgstr "" -"O dispositivo pode ser um dispositivo de bloco ou um arquivo de imagem de " -"um, mas isso não é obrigatório. Não espere muita diversão em um dispositivo " -"de caracteres :-)." +msgid "The device may be a block device or an image file of one, but this is not enforced. Expect not much fun on a character device :-)." +msgstr "O dispositivo pode ser um dispositivo de bloco ou um arquivo de imagem de um, mas isso não é obrigatório. Não espere muita diversão em um dispositivo de caracteres :-)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in " -"blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size " -"will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 " -"and strictly less than 65536 are allowed." -msgstr "" -"O parâmetro _tamanho-em-blocos_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, " -"em blocos. Ele está presente apenas para compatibilidade com versões " -"anteriores. Se omitido, o tamanho será determinado automaticamente. Somente " -"contagens de blocos estritamente maiores que 10 e estritamente menores que " -"65536 são permitidas." +msgid "The _size-in-blocks_ parameter is the desired size of the file system, in blocks. It is present only for backwards compatibility. If omitted the size will be determined automatically. Only block counts strictly greater than 10 and strictly less than 65536 are allowed." +msgstr "O parâmetro _tamanho-em-blocos_ é o tamanho desejado do sistema de arquivos, em blocos. Ele está presente apenas para compatibilidade com versões anteriores. Se omitido, o tamanho será determinado automaticamente. Somente contagens de blocos estritamente maiores que 10 e estritamente menores que 65536 são permitidas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:43 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:43 @@ -5162,12 +3692,8 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--check*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are " -"found, the count is printed." -msgstr "" -"Verifica se há blocos defeituosos no dispositivo antes de criar o sistema de " -"arquivos. Se algum for encontrado, a contagem é impressa." +msgid "Check the device for bad blocks before creating the filesystem. If any are found, the count is printed." +msgstr "Verifica se há blocos defeituosos no dispositivo antes de criar o sistema de arquivos. Se algum for encontrado, a contagem é impressa." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:46 @@ -5177,14 +3703,8 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--namelength* _comprimento_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable " -"values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only " -"value 60. The default is 30." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o comprimento máximo dos nomes de arquivo. Atualmente, os únicos " -"valores permitidos são 14 e 30 para as versões 1 e 2 do sistema de arquivos. " -"A versão 3 permite apenas o valor 60. O padrão é 30." +msgid "Specify the maximum length of filenames. Currently, the only allowable values are 14 and 30 for file system versions 1 and 2. Version 3 allows only value 60. The default is 30." +msgstr "Especifica o comprimento máximo dos nomes de arquivo. Atualmente, os únicos valores permitidos são 14 e 30 para as versões 1 e 2 do sistema de arquivos. A versão 3 permite apenas o valor 60. O padrão é 30." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:52 @@ -5205,12 +3725,8 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--badblocks* _arquivo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block " -"number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." -msgstr "" -"Lê a lista de blocos inválidos de _arquivo_. O arquivo tem um número de " -"bloco inválido por linha. A contagem de blocos inválidos lidos é impressa." +msgid "Read the list of bad blocks from _filename_. The file has one bad-block number per line. The count of bad blocks read is printed." +msgstr "Lê a lista de blocos inválidos de _arquivo_. O arquivo tem um número de bloco inválido por linha. A contagem de blocos inválidos lidos é impressa." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:58 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:45 @@ -5248,13 +3764,9 @@ msgstr "Cria um sistema de arquivos Minix versão 3." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:69 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Display version information and exit. The long option cannot be combined " -#| "with other options." +#| msgid "Display version information and exit. The long option cannot be combined with other options." msgid "The long option cannot be combined with other options." -msgstr "" -"Exibe informações da versão e sai. A opção longa não pode ser combinada com " -"outras opções." +msgstr "Exibe informações da versão e sai. A opção longa não pode ser combinada com outras opções." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkfs.minix.8.adoc:72 ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:100 @@ -5333,107 +3845,48 @@ msgstr "*mkswap* [opções] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n" #, fuzzy #| msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file.\n" msgid "*mkswap* sets up a Linux swap area on a device or in a file." -msgstr "" -"*mkswap* prepara uma área de swap Linux em um dispositivo ou em um arquivo.\n" +msgstr "*mkswap* prepara uma área de swap Linux em um dispositivo ou em um arquivo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/" -"sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition " -"IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type " -"82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also " -"uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)" -msgstr "" -"O argumento _dispositivo_ normalmente será uma partição de disco (algo como " -"_/dev/sdb7_), mas também pode ser um arquivo. O kernel Linux não olha para " -"os IDs de partição, mas muitos scripts de instalação presumirão que as " -"partições hexadecimais tipo 82 (LINUX_SWAP) são partições swap. (*Aviso: " -"Solaris também usa este tipo. Tenha cuidado para não eliminar suas partições " -"Solaris.*)" +msgid "The _device_ argument will usually be a disk partition (something like _/dev/sdb7_) but can also be a file. The Linux kernel does not look at partition IDs, but many installation scripts will assume that partitions of hex type 82 (LINUX_SWAP) are meant to be swap partitions. (*Warning: Solaris also uses this type. Be careful not to kill your Solaris partitions.*)" +msgstr "O argumento _dispositivo_ normalmente será uma partição de disco (algo como _/dev/sdb7_), mas também pode ser um arquivo. O kernel Linux não olha para os IDs de partição, mas muitos scripts de instalação presumirão que as partições hexadecimais tipo 82 (LINUX_SWAP) são partições swap. (*Aviso: Solaris também usa este tipo. Tenha cuidado para não eliminar suas partições Solaris.*)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:30 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards " -#| "compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-" -#| "byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is " -#| "omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" -msgid "" -"The _blocks_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards " -"compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte " -"blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. " -"Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" -msgstr "" -"O parâmetro _tamanho_ é supérfluo, mas mantido para compatibilidade com " -"versões anteriores. (Ele especifica o tamanho desejado da área de swap em " -"blocos de 1024 bytes. O *mkswap* usará toda a partição ou arquivo se for " -"omitido. Especificá-lo é imprudente -- um erro de digitação pode destruir " -"seu disco.)" +#| msgid "The _size_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" +msgid "The _blocks_ parameter is superfluous but retained for backwards compatibility. (It specifies the desired size of the swap area in 1024-byte blocks. *mkswap* will use the entire partition or file if it is omitted. Specifying it is unwise - a typo may destroy your disk.)" +msgstr "O parâmetro _tamanho_ é supérfluo, mas mantido para compatibilidade com versões anteriores. (Ele especifica o tamanho desejado da área de swap em blocos de 1024 bytes. O *mkswap* usará toda a partição ou arquivo se for omitido. Especificá-lo é imprudente -- um erro de digitação pode destruir seu disco.)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon* command to start " -#| "using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can " -#| "be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot " -#| "script." -msgid "" -"After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start " -"using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be " -"taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." -msgstr "" -"Depois de criar a área de swap, você precisa do comando *swapon* para " -"começar a usá-la. Normalmente, as áreas de swap são listadas em _/etc/fstab_ " -"para que possam ser utilizadas no momento da inicialização por um comando " -"*swapon -a* em algum script de inicialização." +#| msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon* command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." +msgid "After creating the swap area, you need the *swapon*(8) command to start using it. Usually swap areas are listed in _/etc/fstab_ so that they can be taken into use at boot time by a *swapon -a* command in some boot script." +msgstr "Depois de criar a área de swap, você precisa do comando *swapon* para começar a usá-la. Normalmente, as áreas de swap são listadas em _/etc/fstab_ para que possam ser utilizadas no momento da inicialização por um comando *swapon -a* em algum script de inicialização." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label " -"can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to " -"use a separate partition for a Linux swap area." -msgstr "" -"O cabeçalho de swap não toca o primeiro bloco. Um carregador de " -"inicialização (bootloader) ou rótulo de disco pode estar lá, mas não é uma " -"configuração recomendada. A configuração recomendada é usar uma partição " -"separada para uma área de swap do Linux." +msgid "The swap header does not touch the first block. A boot loader or disk label can be there, but it is not a recommended setup. The recommended setup is to use a separate partition for a Linux swap area." +msgstr "O cabeçalho de swap não toca o primeiro bloco. Um carregador de inicialização (bootloader) ou rótulo de disco pode estar lá, mas não é uma configuração recomendada. A configuração recomendada é usar uma partição separada para uma área de swap do Linux." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:38 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition " -#| "block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n" -msgid "" -"*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition " -"block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*" -msgstr "" -"*mkswap*, como muitos outros utilitários do tipo mkfs, *apaga o primeiro " -"bloco de partição para tornar qualquer sistema de arquivos anterior " -"invisível.*\n" +#| msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*\n" +msgid "*mkswap*, like many others mkfs-like utils, *erases the first partition block to make any previous filesystem invisible.*" +msgstr "*mkswap*, como muitos outros utilitários do tipo mkfs, *apaga o primeiro bloco de partição para tornar qualquer sistema de arquivos anterior invisível.*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk " -"label (SUN, BSD, ...)." -msgstr "" -"No entanto, *mkswap* se recusa a apagar o primeiro bloco em um dispositivo " -"com um rótulo de disco (SUN, BSD, ...)." +msgid "However, *mkswap* refuses to erase the first block on a device with a disk label (SUN, BSD, ...)." +msgstr "No entanto, *mkswap* se recusa a apagar o primeiro bloco em um dispositivo com um rótulo de disco (SUN, BSD, ...)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating " -"the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed." -msgstr "" -"Verifica o dispositivo (se for um dispositivo de bloco) por blocos " -"defeituosos antes de criar a área de swap. Se forem encontrados blocos " -"defeituosos, a contagem é impressa." +msgid "Check the device (if it is a block device) for bad blocks before creating the swap area. If any bad blocks are found, the count is printed." +msgstr "Verifica o dispositivo (se for um dispositivo de bloco) por blocos defeituosos antes de criar a área de swap. Se forem encontrados blocos defeituosos, a contagem é impressa." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:46 @@ -5443,28 +3896,18 @@ msgstr " -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do us #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Create a swap file with the appropriate file permissions and populated " -"blocks on disk." +msgid "Create a swap file with the appropriate file permissions and populated blocks on disk." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap " -"area larger than the file or partition it resides on." -msgstr "" -"Segue em frente, ainda que o comando seja estúpido. Isso permite a criação " -"de uma área de swap maior do que o arquivo ou partição em que reside." +msgid "Go ahead even if the command is stupid. This allows the creation of a swap area larger than the file or partition it resides on." +msgstr "Segue em frente, ainda que o comando seja estúpido. Isso permite a criação de uma área de swap maior do que o arquivo ou partição em que reside." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on " -"a device with a partition table." -msgstr "" -"Além disso, sem esta opção, *mkswap* se recusará a apagar o primeiro bloco " -"em um dispositivo com uma tabela de partição." +msgid "Also, without this option, *mkswap* will refuse to erase the first block on a device with a partition table." +msgstr "Além disso, sem esta opção, *mkswap* se recusará a apagar o primeiro bloco em um dispositivo com uma tabela de partição." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:54 ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:201 @@ -5496,9 +3939,7 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--label* _rótulo_" #, fuzzy #| msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon* by label." msgid "Specify a _label_ for the device, to allow *swapon*(8) by label." -msgstr "" -"Especifica um _rótulo_ para o dispositivo, para permitir *swapon* por um " -"rótulo." +msgstr "Especifica um _rótulo_ para o dispositivo, para permitir *swapon* por um rótulo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:63 @@ -5508,12 +3949,8 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _tamanho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually " -"unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel." -msgstr "" -"Especifica a página _tamanho_ (em bytes) a ser usada. Essa opção geralmente " -"é desnecessária; *mkswap* lê o tamanho do kernel." +msgid "Specify the page _size_ (in bytes) to use. This option is usually unnecessary; *mkswap* reads the size from the kernel." +msgstr "Especifica a página _tamanho_ (em bytes) a ser usada. Essa opção geralmente é desnecessária; *mkswap* lê o tamanho do kernel." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:66 ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:36 @@ -5523,11 +3960,7 @@ msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _UUID_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of " -"the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: " -"\"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one " -"of the following:" +msgid "Specify the _UUID_ to use. The default is to generate a UUID. The format of the UUID is a series of hex digits separated by hyphens, like this: \"c1b9d5a2-f162-11cf-9ece-0020afc76f16\". The UUID parameter may also be one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5573,9 +4006,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or " -"*big*. The default is *native*." +msgid "Specify the _ENDIANNESS_ to use, valid arguments are *native*, *little* or *big*. The default is *native*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -5600,21 +4031,9 @@ msgstr " -S, --size sobrescreve o tamanho do dispositivo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:86 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB " -#| "(=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" " -#| "is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgid "" -"Specify the size of the created swap file in bytes and may be followed by a " -"multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\"). If the file exists and is larger than _size_, it will " -"be truncated to this size. This option only makes sense when used with *--" -"file*." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho pode ser seguido por um sufixo multiplicativo: KiB (=1024), MiB " -"(=1024*1024) e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB (o \"iB\" " -"é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\")." +#| msgid "The size may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgid "Specify the size of the created swap file in bytes and may be followed by a multiplicative suffix: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"). If the file exists and is larger than _size_, it will be truncated to this size. This option only makes sense when used with *--file*." +msgstr "O tamanho pode ser seguido por um sufixo multiplicativo: KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024) e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB (o \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\")." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:87 @@ -5624,17 +4043,8 @@ msgstr "*-v*, *--swapversion 1*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the " -"old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The " -"kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The " -"new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)" -msgstr "" -"Especifica a versão do espaço de swap. (Esta opção não tem sentido " -"atualmente, já que a antiga opção *-v 0* se tornou obsoleta e agora apenas *-" -"v 1* é suportado. O kernel não tem suporte para o formato de espaço de swap " -"v0 desde 2.5.22 (junho de 2002). a nova versão v1 é compatível desde 2.1.117 " -"(agosto de 1998).)" +msgid "Specify the swap-space version. (This option is currently pointless, as the old *-v 0* option has become obsolete and now only *-v 1* is supported. The kernel has not supported v0 swap-space format since 2.5.22 (June 2002). The new version v1 is supported since 2.1.117 (August 1998).)" +msgstr "Especifica a versão do espaço de swap. (Esta opção não tem sentido atualmente, já que a antiga opção *-v 0* se tornou obsoleta e agora apenas *-v 1* é suportado. O kernel não tem suporte para o formato de espaço de swap v0 desde 2.5.22 (junho de 2002). a nova versão v1 é compatível desde 2.1.117 (agosto de 1998).)" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:90 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:178 @@ -5646,12 +4056,8 @@ msgstr "*--verbose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about " -"detected problems during swap area set up." -msgstr "" -"Execução detalhada. Com esta opção, *mkswap* produzirá mais detalhes sobre " -"os problemas detectados durante a configuração da área de swap." +msgid "Verbose execution. With this option *mkswap* will output more details about detected problems during swap area set up." +msgstr "Execução detalhada. Com esta opção, *mkswap* produzirá mais detalhes sobre os problemas detectados durante a configuração da área de swap." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:97 ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:103 @@ -5663,32 +4069,18 @@ msgstr "LIBBLKID_DEBUG=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the " -"kernel version." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho máximo útil de uma área de swap depende da arquitetura e da versão " -"do kernel." +msgid "The maximum useful size of a swap area depends on the architecture and the kernel version." +msgstr "O tamanho máximo útil de uma área de swap depende da arquitetura e da versão do kernel." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area " -"header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap " -"device is ignored." -msgstr "" -"O número máximo de páginas que é possível endereçar pelo cabeçalho da área " -"de swap é 4294967295 (int sem sinal de 32 bits). O espaço restante no " -"dispositivo de swap é ignorado." +msgid "The maximum number of the pages that is possible to address by swap area header is 4294967295 (32-bit unsigned int). The remaining space on the swap device is ignored." +msgstr "O número máximo de páginas que é possível endereçar pelo cabeçalho da área de swap é 4294967295 (int sem sinal de 32 bits). O espaço restante no dispositivo de swap é ignorado." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the " -"file _/proc/swaps_." -msgstr "" -"Atualmente, o Linux permite 32 áreas de swap. As áreas em uso podem ser " -"vistas no arquivo _/proc/swaps_." +msgid "Presently, Linux allows 32 swap areas. The areas in use can be seen in the file _/proc/swaps_." +msgstr "Atualmente, o Linux permite 32 áreas de swap. As áreas em uso podem ser vistas no arquivo _/proc/swaps_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:112 @@ -5699,23 +4091,13 @@ msgstr "*mkswap* recusa áreas menores que 10 páginas.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up " -"with *getconf PAGESIZE*." +msgid "If you don't know the page size that your machine uses, you can look it up with *getconf PAGESIZE*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:116 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before " -#| "initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" -msgid "" -"Aside from *mkswap --file*, it is also possible to create the swapfile " -"manually before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" -msgstr "" -"Para configurar um arquivo de swap, é necessário criar esse arquivo antes de " -"inicializá-lo com *mkswap*, por exemplo, usando um comando como" +msgid "To set up a swap file, it is necessary to create that file before initializing it with *mkswap*, e.g. using a command like" +msgstr "Para configurar um arquivo de swap, é necessário criar esse arquivo antes de inicializá-lo com *mkswap*, por exemplo, usando um comando como" #. type: delimited block . #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:119 @@ -5730,16 +4112,8 @@ msgstr "para criar um swapfile 8GiB." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:124 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* " -#| "(holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." -msgid "" -"In such a case, please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use " -"restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." -msgstr "" -"Leia as notas de *swapon*(8) sobre *as restrições de uso do arquivo de swap* " -"(falhas, pré-alocação e problemas de cópia na gravação)." +msgid "Please read notes from *swapon*(8) about *the swap file use restrictions* (holes, preallocation and copy-on-write issues)." +msgstr "Leia as notas de *swapon*(8) sobre *as restrições de uso do arquivo de swap* (falhas, pré-alocação e problemas de cópia na gravação)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/mkswap.8.adoc:129 @@ -5765,58 +4139,32 @@ msgstr "partx(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:19 -msgid "" -"partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk " -"partitions" -msgstr "" -"partx - avisa o kernel sobre a presença e quantidade de partições no disco." +msgid "partx - tell the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions" +msgstr "partx - avisa o kernel sobre a presença e quantidade de partições no disco." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:23 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] " -#| "_disk_\n" -msgid "" -"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] " -"_disk_" -msgstr "" -"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] " -"disco_\n" +#| msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_\n" +msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] _disk_" +msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] [*-n* _M_:_N_] [-] disco_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:25 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ " -#| "[_disk_]\n" -msgid "" -"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]" -msgstr "" -"*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] _partição_ [_disco_]\n" +#| msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]\n" +msgid "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _type_] _partition_ [_disk_]" +msgstr "*partx* [*-a*|*-d*|*-P*|*-r*|*-s*|*-u*] [*-t* _tipo_] _partição_ [_disco_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and " -"list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions " -"from its bookkeeping." -msgstr "" -"Dado um dispositivo ou imagem de disco, *partx* tenta analisar a tabela de " -"partição e listar seu conteúdo. Ele também pode dizer ao kernel para " -"adicionar ou remover partições de sua contabilidade." +msgid "Given a device or disk-image, *partx* tries to parse the partition table and list its contents. It can also tell the kernel to add or remove partitions from its bookkeeping." +msgstr "Dado um dispositivo ou imagem de disco, *partx* tenta analisar a tabela de partição e listar seu conteúdo. Ele também pode dizer ao kernel para adicionar ou remover partições de sua contabilidade." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To " -"force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list " -"nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:" -msgstr "" -"O argumento _disco_ é opcional quando um argumento _partição_ é fornecido. " -"Para forçar a varredura de uma partição como se fosse um disco inteiro (por " -"exemplo, para listar subpartições aninhadas), use o argumento \"-\" (hífen, " -"menos). Por exemplo:" +msgid "The _disk_ argument is optional when a _partition_ argument is provided. To force scanning a partition as if it were a whole disk (for example to list nested subpartitions), use the argument \"-\" (hyphen-minus). For example:" +msgstr "O argumento _disco_ é opcional quando um argumento _partição_ é fornecido. Para forçar a varredura de uma partição como se fosse um disco inteiro (por exemplo, para listar subpartições aninhadas), use o argumento \"-\" (hífen, menos). Por exemplo:" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:34 @@ -5831,18 +4179,9 @@ msgstr "Isso verá o sda3 como um disco inteiro em vez de uma partição." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:39 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not " -#| "change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and " -#| "numbering of on-disk partitions.\n" -msgid "" -"*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not " -"change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering " -"of on-disk partitions." -msgstr "" -"*partx não é um programa fdisk* - adicionar e remover partições não altera o " -"disco, apenas informa ao kernel sobre a presença e numeração de partições no " -"disco.\n" +#| msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions.\n" +msgid "*partx is not an fdisk program* - adding and removing partitions does not change the disk, it just tells the kernel about the presence and numbering of on-disk partitions." +msgstr "*partx não é um programa fdisk* - adicionar e remover partições não altera o disco, apenas informa ao kernel sobre a presença e numeração de partições no disco.\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:42 @@ -5853,8 +4192,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--add*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:44 msgid "Add the specified partitions, or read the disk and add all partitions." -msgstr "" -"Adiciona as partições especificadas ou lê o disco e todas as partições." +msgstr "Adiciona as partições especificadas ou lê o disco e todas as partições." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:45 ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:34 @@ -5873,16 +4211,8 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--delete*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove " -"non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with " -"large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the " -"device." -msgstr "" -"Exclui as partições especificadas ou todas as partições. Não é um erro " -"remover partições não existentes, então esta opção é possível usar junto com " -"grandes intervalos *--nr* sem se preocupar com as partições atuais definidas " -"no dispositivo." +msgid "Delete the specified partitions or all partitions. It is not error to remove non-existing partitions, so this option is possible to use together with large *--nr* ranges without care about the current partitions set on the device." +msgstr "Exclui as partições especificadas ou todas as partições. Não é um erro remover partições não existentes, então esta opção é possível usar junto com grandes intervalos *--nr* sem se preocupar com as partições atuais definidas no dispositivo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:51 @@ -5897,14 +4227,8 @@ msgstr "Não exibe uma linha de cabeçalho com *--show* ou *--raw*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This " -"output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly " -"written scripts." -msgstr "" -"Lista as partições. Observe que todos os números estão em setores de 512 " -"bytes. Este formato de saída foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *--show*. Não o " -"use em scripts recém-escritos." +msgid "List the partitions. Note that all numbers are in 512-byte sectors. This output format is DEPRECATED in favour of *--show*. Do not use it in newly written scripts." +msgstr "Lista as partições. Observe que todos os números estão em setores de 512 bytes. Este formato de saída foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *--show*. Não o use em scripts recém-escritos." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:57 @@ -5914,17 +4238,8 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--nr* __M__**:**_N_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format " -"__M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for " -"example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the " -"last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:" -msgstr "" -"Especifica o intervalo de partições. Para compatibilidade com versões " -"anteriores, também o formato __M__**-**_N_ é suportado. O intervalo pode " -"conter números negativos, por exemplo, *--nr -1:-1* significa a última " -"partição, e *--nr -2:-1* significa as duas últimas partições. As " -"especificações de alcance suportadas são:" +msgid "Specify the range of partitions. For backward compatibility also the format __M__**-**_N_ is supported. The range may contain negative numbers, for example *--nr -1:-1* means the last partition, and *--nr -2:-1* means the last two partitions. Supported range specifications are:" +msgstr "Especifica o intervalo de partições. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, também o formato __M__**-**_N_ é suportado. O intervalo pode conter números negativos, por exemplo, *--nr -1:-1* significa a última partição, e *--nr -2:-1* significa as duas últimas partições. As especificações de alcance suportadas são:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:60 @@ -5972,17 +4287,8 @@ msgstr "Especifica os limites inferiores e superiores (ex.: *--nr 2:4*)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. " -"If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--" -"help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined " -"with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options." -msgstr "" -"Define as colunas de saída a serem usadas para a saída *--show*, *--pairs* e " -"*--raw*. Se nenhuma disposição de saída for especificada, um conjunto padrão " -"será usado. Use *--help* para obter _lista_ de todas as colunas suportadas. " -"Esta opção não pode ser combinada com as opções *--add*, *--delete*, *--" -"update* ou *--list*." +msgid "Define the output columns to use for *--show*, *--pairs* and *--raw* output. If no output arrangement is specified, then a default set is used. Use *--help* to get _list_ of all supported columns. This option cannot be combined with the *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* or *--list* options." +msgstr "Define as colunas de saída a serem usadas para a saída *--show*, *--pairs* e *--raw*. Se nenhuma disposição de saída for especificada, um conjunto padrão será usado. Use *--help* para obter _lista_ de todas as colunas suportadas. Esta opção não pode ser combinada com as opções *--add*, *--delete*, *--update* ou *--list*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:72 ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:72 @@ -6044,13 +4350,8 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--show*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with " -"the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors." -msgstr "" -"Lista as partições. As colunas de saída podem ser selecionadas e " -"reorganizadas com a opção *--output*. Todos os números (exceto SIZE) estão " -"em setores de 512 bytes." +msgid "List the partitions. The output columns can be selected and rearranged with the *--output* option. All numbers (except SIZE) are in 512-byte sectors." +msgstr "Lista as partições. As colunas de saída podem ser selecionadas e reorganizadas com a opção *--output*. Todos os números (exceto SIZE) estão em setores de 512 bytes." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:86 @@ -6141,11 +4442,8 @@ msgstr "partx --show - /dev/sdb3" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)." -msgstr "" -"Lista todas as subpartições em _/dev/sdb3_ (o dispositivo é usado como um " -"disco inteiro)." +msgid "Lists all subpartitions on _/dev/sdb3_ (the device is used as whole-disk)." +msgstr "Lista todas as subpartições em _/dev/sdb3_ (o dispositivo é usado como um disco inteiro)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:116 @@ -6166,12 +4464,8 @@ msgstr "partx -o SECTORS,SIZE /dev/sda5 /dev/sda" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/" -"sda_." -msgstr "" -"Lista o comprimento em setores e o tamanho legível por humanos da partição 5 " -"em _/dev/sda_." +msgid "Lists the length in sectors and human-readable size of partition 5 on _/dev/sda_." +msgstr "Lista o comprimento em setores e o tamanho legível por humanos da partição 5 em _/dev/sda_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:122 @@ -6182,8 +4476,7 @@ msgstr "partx --add --nr 3:5 /dev/sdd" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:124 msgid "Adds all available partitions from 3 to 5 (inclusive) on _/dev/sdd_." -msgstr "" -"Adiciona todas as partições disponíveis de 3 a 5 (inclusive) em _/dev/sdd_." +msgstr "Adiciona todas as partições disponíveis de 3 a 5 (inclusive) em _/dev/sdd_." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:125 @@ -6199,15 +4492,12 @@ msgstr "Remove a última partição em _/dev/sdd_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:132 msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" -msgstr "" -"A versão original foi escrita por mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" +msgid "The original version was written by mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" +msgstr "A versão original foi escrita por mailto:aeb@cwi.nl[Andries E. Brouwer]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/partx.8.adoc:142 @@ -6268,60 +4558,21 @@ msgstr "*raw* *-qa*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:26 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any " -#| "block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does " -#| "not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel " -#| "module later).\n" -msgid "" -"*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any " -"block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not " -"even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module " -"later)." -msgstr "" -"*raw* é usado para vincular um dispositivo de caracteres não tratado do " -"Linux a um dispositivo de bloco. Qualquer dispositivo de bloco pode ser " -"usado: no momento da vinculação, o driver de dispositivo nem precisa estar " -"acessível (ele pode ser carregado sob demanda como um módulo de kernel " -"posteriormente).\n" +#| msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later).\n" +msgid "*raw* is used to bind a Linux raw character device to a block device. Any block device may be used: at the time of binding, the device driver does not even have to be accessible (it may be loaded on demand as a kernel module later)." +msgstr "*raw* é usado para vincular um dispositivo de caracteres não tratado do Linux a um dispositivo de bloco. Qualquer dispositivo de bloco pode ser usado: no momento da vinculação, o driver de dispositivo nem precisa estar acessível (ele pode ser carregado sob demanda como um módulo de kernel posteriormente).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:28 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it " -#| "queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw_ " -#| "is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The " -#| "block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms " -#| "of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/" -#| "_ to an existing block device file.\n" -msgid "" -"*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it " -"queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw_ is " -"the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block " -"device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its " -"_major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/_ to " -"an existing block device file." -msgstr "" -"*raw* é usado em dois modos: ele define vínculos de dispositivos não " -"tratados ou consulta os vínculos existentes. Ao configurar um dispositivo " -"não tratados, _/dev/raw/raw_ é o nome do dispositivo de um nó de " -"dispositivo não tratado existente no sistema de arquivos. O dispositivo de " -"bloco ao qual ele deve ser vinculado pode ser especificado em termos de seus " -"números de dispositivo _maior_ e _menor_ ou como um nome de caminho _/dev/" -"_ para um arquivo de dispositivo de bloco existente.\n" +#| msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/_ to an existing block device file.\n" +msgid "*raw* is used in two modes: it either sets raw device bindings, or it queries existing bindings. When setting a raw device, _/dev/raw/raw_ is the device name of an existing raw device node in the filesystem. The block device to which it is to be bound can be specified either in terms of its _major_ and _minor_ device numbers, or as a path name _/dev/_ to an existing block device file." +msgstr "*raw* é usado em dois modos: ele define vínculos de dispositivos não tratados ou consulta os vínculos existentes. Ao configurar um dispositivo não tratados, _/dev/raw/raw_ é o nome do dispositivo de um nó de dispositivo não tratado existente no sistema de arquivos. O dispositivo de bloco ao qual ele deve ser vinculado pode ser especificado em termos de seus números de dispositivo _maior_ e _menor_ ou como um nome de caminho _/dev/_ para um arquivo de dispositivo de bloco existente.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which " -"is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with " -"the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices." -msgstr "" -"Os vínculos já existentes podem ser consultados com a opção *-q*, que é " -"usada com um nome de arquivo de dispositivo não tratado para consultar " -"aquele dispositivo, ou com a opção *-a* para consultar todos os dispositivos " -"não tratados vinculados." +msgid "The bindings already in existence can be queried with the *-q* option, which is used either with a raw device filename to query that one device, or with the *-a* option to query all bound raw devices." +msgstr "Os vínculos já existentes podem ser consultados com a opção *-q*, que é usada com um nome de arquivo de dispositivo não tratado para consultar aquele dispositivo, ou com a opção *-a* para consultar todos os dispositivos não tratados vinculados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:32 @@ -6330,41 +4581,13 @@ msgstr "A desvinculação pode ser feita especificando-se 0 maior e menor." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, " -"just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not " -"behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw " -"device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done " -"directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If " -"the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at " -"all is required to complete the I/O." -msgstr "" -"Uma vez vinculado a um dispositivo de bloco, um dispositivo não tratado pode " -"ser aberto, lido e escrito, assim como o dispositivo de bloco ao qual está " -"vinculado. No entanto, o dispositivo não tratado não se comporta exatamente " -"como o dispositivo de bloco. Em particular, o acesso ao dispositivo bruto " -"ignora inteiramente o cache de buffer de bloco do kernel: toda E/S é feita " -"diretamente de e para o espaço de endereço do processo que executa a E/S. Se " -"o driver de dispositivo de bloco subjacente puder suportar DMA, nenhuma " -"cópia de dados será necessária para concluir a E/S." +msgid "Once bound to a block device, a raw device can be opened, read and written, just like the block device it is bound to. However, the raw device does not behave exactly like the block device. In particular, access to the raw device bypasses the kernel's block buffer cache entirely: all I/O is done directly to and from the address space of the process performing the I/O. If the underlying block device driver can support DMA, then no data copying at all is required to complete the I/O." +msgstr "Uma vez vinculado a um dispositivo de bloco, um dispositivo não tratado pode ser aberto, lido e escrito, assim como o dispositivo de bloco ao qual está vinculado. No entanto, o dispositivo não tratado não se comporta exatamente como o dispositivo de bloco. Em particular, o acesso ao dispositivo bruto ignora inteiramente o cache de buffer de bloco do kernel: toda E/S é feita diretamente de e para o espaço de endereço do processo que executa a E/S. Se o driver de dispositivo de bloco subjacente puder suportar DMA, nenhuma cópia de dados será necessária para concluir a E/S." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few " -"extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in " -"memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be " -"an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must " -"also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 " -"bytes for most devices." -msgstr "" -"Como a E/S não tratada envolve acesso direto de hardware à memória de um " -"processo, algumas restrições extras devem ser observadas. Todas as E/Ss " -"devem ser alinhadas corretamente na memória e no disco: eles devem começar " -"em um deslocamento de setor no disco, devem ter um número exato de setores " -"de comprimento e o buffer de dados na memória virtual também deve ser " -"alinhado a um múltiplo de tamanho do setor. O tamanho do setor é de 512 " -"bytes para a maioria dos dispositivos." +msgid "Because raw I/O involves direct hardware access to a process's memory, a few extra restrictions must be observed. All I/Os must be correctly aligned in memory and on disk: they must start at a sector offset on disk, they must be an exact number of sectors long, and the data buffer in virtual memory must also be aligned to a multiple of the sector size. The sector size is 512 bytes for most devices." +msgstr "Como a E/S não tratada envolve acesso direto de hardware à memória de um processo, algumas restrições extras devem ser observadas. Todas as E/Ss devem ser alinhadas corretamente na memória e no disco: eles devem começar em um deslocamento de setor no disco, devem ter um número exato de setores de comprimento e o buffer de dados na memória virtual também deve ser alinhado a um múltiplo de tamanho do setor. O tamanho do setor é de 512 bytes para a maioria dos dispositivos." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:39 @@ -6374,12 +4597,8 @@ msgstr "*-q*, *--query*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a " -"new one." -msgstr "" -"Define o modo de consulta. *raw* irá consultar um vínculo existente em vez " -"de definir um novo." +msgid "Set query mode. *raw* will query an existing binding instead of setting a new one." +msgstr "Define o modo de consulta. *raw* irá consultar um vínculo existente em vez de definir um novo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:42 ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61 @@ -6396,51 +4615,24 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--all*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:44 msgid "With *-q*, specify that all bound raw devices should be queried." -msgstr "" -"Com *-q*, especifica que todos os dispositivos não tratados vinculados devem " -"ser consultados." +msgstr "Com *-q*, especifica que todos os dispositivos não tratados vinculados devem ser consultados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:50 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer open2 devices, " -#| "such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." -msgid "" -"Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, " -"such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." -msgstr "" -"Em vez de usar dispositivos não tratados, os aplicativos devem preferir " -"dispositivos open2, como _/dev/sda1_, com o sinalizador *O_DIRECT*." +#| msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer open2 devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." +msgid "Rather than using raw devices applications should prefer *open*(2) devices, such as _/dev/sda1_, with the *O_DIRECT* flag." +msgstr "Em vez de usar dispositivos não tratados, os aplicativos devem preferir dispositivos open2, como _/dev/sda1_, com o sinalizador *O_DIRECT*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the " -"blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes " -"usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages " -"(*EINVAL*)." -msgstr "" -"O comando Linux *dd*(1) deve ser usado sem a opção *bs=*, ou o tamanho do " -"bloco precisa ser um múltiplo do tamanho do setor do dispositivo (geralmente " -"512 bytes), caso contrário, ele falhará com mensagens \"Argumento " -"inválido\" (*EINVAL*)." +msgid "The Linux *dd*(1) command should be used without the *bs=* option, or the blocksize needs to be a multiple of the sector size of the device (512 bytes usually), otherwise it will fail with \"Invalid Argument\" messages (*EINVAL*)." +msgstr "O comando Linux *dd*(1) deve ser usado sem a opção *bs=*, ou o tamanho do bloco precisa ser um múltiplo do tamanho do setor do dispositivo (geralmente 512 bytes), caso contrário, ele falhará com mensagens \"Argumento inválido\" (*EINVAL*)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device " -"buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer " -"cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the " -"actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as " -"either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!" -msgstr "" -"Os dispositivos de E/S não tratadas não mantêm a coerência do cache com o " -"cache de buffer do dispositivo de bloco do Linux. Se você usar E/S não " -"tratadas para sobrescrever dados já no cache do buffer, o cache do buffer " -"não corresponderá mais ao conteúdo do dispositivo de armazenamento real por " -"baixo. Isso é proposital, mas é considerado um bug ou um recurso, dependendo " -"de para quem você perguntar!" +msgid "Raw I/O devices do not maintain cache coherency with the Linux block device buffer cache. If you use raw I/O to overwrite data already in the buffer cache, the buffer cache will no longer correspond to the contents of the actual storage device underneath. This is deliberate, but is regarded as either a bug or a feature, depending on who you ask!" +msgstr "Os dispositivos de E/S não tratadas não mantêm a coerência do cache com o cache de buffer do dispositivo de bloco do Linux. Se você usar E/S não tratadas para sobrescrever dados já no cache do buffer, o cache do buffer não corresponderá mais ao conteúdo do dispositivo de armazenamento real por baixo. Isso é proposital, mas é considerado um bug ou um recurso, dependendo de para quem você perguntar!" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/raw.8.adoc:60 @@ -6472,18 +4664,9 @@ msgstr "*resizepart* _dispositivo partição comprimento_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:26 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified " -#| "partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize " -#| "partition\" ioctl.\n" -msgid "" -"*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified " -"partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" " -"ioctl." -msgstr "" -"*resizepart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre o novo tamanho da partição " -"especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl " -"\"redimensionar partição\".\n" +#| msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl.\n" +msgid "*resizepart* tells the Linux kernel about the new size of the specified partition. The command is a simple wrapper around the \"resize partition\" ioctl." +msgstr "*resizepart* informa ao kernel Linux sobre o novo tamanho da partição especificada. O comando é um invólucro simples em torno do ioctl \"redimensionar partição\".\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/resizepart.8.adoc:39 @@ -6500,9 +4683,7 @@ msgstr "O novo comprimento da partição (em setores de 512 setores)." #| "*parted*(8),\n" #| "*partprobe*(8),\n" #| "*partx*(8)\n" -msgid "" -"*addpart*(8), *delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), " -"*partx*(8)" +msgid "*addpart*(8), *delpart*(8), *fdisk*(8), *parted*(8), *partprobe*(8), *partx*(8)" msgstr "" "*addpart*(8),\n" "*delpart*(8),\n" @@ -6550,147 +4731,52 @@ msgstr "*sfdisk* [opções] _comando_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:37 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It " -#| "runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a " -#| "terminal).\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It " -"runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a " -"terminal)." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* é uma ferramenta orientada a script para particionar qualquer " -"dispositivo de bloco. Ele é executado no modo interativo se executado em um " -"terminal (stdin se refere a um terminal).\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal).\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* is a script-oriented tool for partitioning any block device. It runs in interactive mode if executed on a terminal (stdin refers to a terminal)." +msgstr "*sfdisk* é uma ferramenta orientada a script para particionar qualquer dispositivo de bloco. Ele é executado no modo interativo se executado em um terminal (stdin se refere a um terminal).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk " -"labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-" -"Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this " -"addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." -msgstr "" -"Desde a versão 2.26, o *sfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), " -"GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para " -"endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o " -"Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos " -"dispositivos." +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* supports MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN and SGI disk labels, but no longer provides any functionality for CHS (Cylinder-Head-Sector) addressing. CHS has never been important for Linux, and this addressing concept does not make any sense for new devices." +msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, o *sfdisk* tem suporte aos rótulos de disco MBR (DOS), GPT, SUN e SGI, mas não fornece mais nenhuma funcionalidade para endereçamento CHS (Cilindro-Cabeça-Setor). CHS nunca foi importante para o Linux e esse conceito de endereçamento não faz sentido para novos dispositivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:41 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The " -#| "option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and " -#| "*cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The " -"option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and " -"*cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* protege o primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de disco. " -"A opção *--wipe always* desativa essa proteção. Observe que *fdisk*(8) e " -"*cfdisk*(8) apagam completamente esta área por padrão.\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default.\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* protects the first disk sector when create a new disk label. The option *--wipe always* disables this protection. Note that *fdisk*(8) and *cfdisk*(8) completely erase this area by default." +msgstr "*sfdisk* protege o primeiro setor do disco ao criar um novo rótulo de disco. A opção *--wipe always* desativa essa proteção. Observe que *fdisk*(8) e *cfdisk*(8) apagam completamente esta área por padrão.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:43 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to " -#| "block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the " -#| "default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are " -#| "used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized " -#| "(reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified " -#| "exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative " -#| "suffixes.\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to " -"block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default " -"values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for " -"sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or " -"enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in " -"sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* (desde a versão 2.26) *alinha o início e o fim das partições* aos " -"limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco quando tamanhos relativos são " -"especificados, quando os valores padrão são usados ou quando sufixos " -"multiplicativos (por exemplo, MiB) são usados para tamanhos. É possível que " -"o tamanho da partição seja otimizado (reduzido ou ampliado) devido ao " -"alinhamento se a posição inicial for especificada exatamente em setores e " -"tamanho da partição relativo ou por sufixos multiplicativos.\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes.\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* (since version 2.26) *aligns the start and end of partitions* to block-device I/O limits when relative sizes are specified, when the default values are used or when multiplicative suffixes (e.g., MiB) are used for sizes. It is possible that partition size will be optimized (reduced or enlarged) due to alignment if the start offset is specified exactly in sectors and partition size relative or by multiplicative suffixes." +msgstr "*sfdisk* (desde a versão 2.26) *alinha o início e o fim das partições* aos limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco quando tamanhos relativos são especificados, quando os valores padrão são usados ou quando sufixos multiplicativos (por exemplo, MiB) são usados para tamanhos. É possível que o tamanho da partição seja otimizado (reduzido ou ampliado) devido ao alinhamento se a posição inicial for especificada exatamente em setores e tamanho da partição relativo ou por sufixos multiplicativos.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify " -"partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all " -"partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then " -"to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default " -"behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify " -"offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows " -"specified numbers without any optimization." -msgstr "" -"A maneira recomendada é não especificar as posições iniciais e especificar o " -"tamanho da partição em MiB, GiB (ou assim). Nesse caso, o *sfdisk* alinha " -"todas as partições aos limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco (ou quando os " -"limites de E/S são muito pequenos, então ao limite de megabytes para manter " -"o layout do disco portátil). Se este comportamento padrão for indesejado " -"(geralmente para partições muito pequenas), especifique posições e tamanhos " -"em setores. Nesse caso, *sfdisk* segue inteiramente os números especificados " -"sem nenhuma otimização." +msgid "The recommended way is not to specify start offsets at all and specify partition size in MiB, GiB (or so). In this case *sfdisk* aligns all partitions to block-device I/O limits (or when I/O limits are too small then to megabyte boundary to keep disk layout portable). If this default behaviour is unwanted (usually for very small partitions) then specify offsets and sizes in sectors. In this case *sfdisk* entirely follows specified numbers without any optimization." +msgstr "A maneira recomendada é não especificar as posições iniciais e especificar o tamanho da partição em MiB, GiB (ou assim). Nesse caso, o *sfdisk* alinha todas as partições aos limites de E/S do dispositivo de bloco (ou quando os limites de E/S são muito pequenos, então ao limite de megabytes para manter o layout do disco portátil). Se este comportamento padrão for indesejado (geralmente para partições muito pequenas), especifique posições e tamanhos em setores. Nesse caso, *sfdisk* segue inteiramente os números especificados sem nenhuma otimização." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:47 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN " -#| "disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create " -#| "all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk " -"labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all " -"partitions including whole-disk system partitions." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* não cria as partições de sistema padrão para rótulos de disco SGI e " -"SUN como *fdisk*(8) faz. É necessário criar explicitamente todas as " -"partições, incluindo partições de sistema de disco inteiro.\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions.\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* does not create the standard system partitions for SGI and SUN disk labels like *fdisk*(8) does. It is necessary to explicitly create all partitions including whole-disk system partitions." +msgstr "*sfdisk* não cria as partições de sistema padrão para rótulos de disco SGI e SUN como *fdisk*(8) faz. É necessário criar explicitamente todas as partições, incluindo partições de sistema de disco inteiro.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:49 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure " -#| "that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-" -#| "reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity " -#| "races with *udevd*. The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions " -#| "is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause udevd to skip " -#| "the event handling on the device.\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that " -"the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). " -"It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with " -"*systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is " -"to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to " -"skip the event handling on the device." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* usa *BLKRRPART* (reler tabela de partição) ioctl para se certificar " -"de que o dispositivo não é usado pelo sistema ou outras ferramentas " -"(consulte também *--no-reread*). É possível que este recurso ou outra " -"atividade *sfdisk* seja executada com *udevd*. A maneira recomendada de como " -"evitar possíveis colisões é usar a opção *--lock*. A trava exclusiva fará " -"com que o udevd ignore a manipulação de eventos no dispositivo.\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *udevd*. The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause udevd to skip the event handling on the device.\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* uses *BLKRRPART* (reread partition table) ioctl to make sure that the device is not used by system or other tools (see also *--no-reread*). It's possible that this feature or another *sfdisk* activity races with *systemd-udevd*(8). The recommended way how to avoid possible collisions is to use *--lock* option. The exclusive lock will cause *systemd-udevd* to skip the event handling on the device." +msgstr "*sfdisk* usa *BLKRRPART* (reler tabela de partição) ioctl para se certificar de que o dispositivo não é usado pelo sistema ou outras ferramentas (consulte também *--no-reread*). É possível que este recurso ou outra atividade *sfdisk* seja executada com *udevd*. A maneira recomendada de como evitar possíveis colisões é usar a opção *--lock*. A trava exclusiva fará com que o udevd ignore a manipulação de eventos no dispositivo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition " -"number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if " -"*-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps." -msgstr "" -"O prompt *sfdisk* é apenas uma dica para os usuários e um número de partição " -"exibido não significa que a mesma entrada da tabela de partição será criada " -"(se *-N* não for especificado), especialmente para tabelas com lacunas." +msgid "The *sfdisk* prompt is only a hint for users and a displayed partition number does not mean that the same partition table entry will be created (if *-N* not specified), especially for tables with gaps." +msgstr "O prompt *sfdisk* é apenas uma dica para os usuários e um número de partição exibido não significa que a mesma entrada da tabela de partição será criada (se *-N* não for especificado), especialmente para tabelas com lacunas." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:55 @@ -6705,44 +4791,18 @@ msgstr "[*-N* _número-da-partição_] __dispositivo__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired " -"partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition " -"table according to the specification. See below for the description of the " -"input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an " -"interactive session." -msgstr "" -"O padrão do comando *sfdisk* é ler a especificação para o particionamento " -"desejado de _dispositivo_ da entrada padrão e, em seguida, criar uma tabela " -"de partição de acordo com a especificação. Veja abaixo a descrição do " -"formato de entrada. Se a entrada padrão for um terminal, *sfdisk* iniciará " -"uma sessão interativa." +msgid "The default *sfdisk* command is to read the specification for the desired partitioning of _device_ from standard input, and then create a partition table according to the specification. See below for the description of the input format. If standard input is a terminal, then *sfdisk* starts an interactive session." +msgstr "O padrão do comando *sfdisk* é ler a especificação para o particionamento desejado de _dispositivo_ da entrada padrão e, em seguida, criar uma tabela de partição de acordo com a especificação. Veja abaixo a descrição do formato de entrada. Se a entrada padrão for um terminal, *sfdisk* iniciará uma sessão interativa." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the " -"partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the " -"partition are not modified." -msgstr "" -"Se a opção *-N* for especificada, as alterações serão aplicadas à partição " -"endereçada por _número-da-partição_. Os campos não especificados da partição " -"não são modificados." +msgid "If the option *-N* is specified, then the changes are applied to the partition addressed by _partition-number_. The unspecified fields of the partition are not modified." +msgstr "Se a opção *-N* for especificada, as alterações serão aplicadas à partição endereçada por _número-da-partição_. Os campos não especificados da partição não são modificados." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For " -"example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used " -"partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values " -"from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused " -"partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*." -msgstr "" -"Observe que é possível endereçar uma partição não utilizada com *-N*. Por " -"exemplo, um MBR sempre contém 4 partições, mas o número de partições usadas " -"pode ser menor. Neste caso, *sfdisk* segue os valores padrão da tabela de " -"partição e não usa padrões embutidos para a partição não usada fornecida com " -"*-N*. Veja também *--append*." +msgid "Note that it's possible to address an unused partition with *-N*. For example, an MBR always contains 4 partitions, but the number of used partitions may be smaller. In this case *sfdisk* follows the default values from the partition table and does not use built-in defaults for the unused partition given with *-N*. See also *--append*." +msgstr "Observe que é possível endereçar uma partição não utilizada com *-N*. Por exemplo, um MBR sempre contém 4 partições, mas o número de partições usadas pode ser menor. Neste caso, *sfdisk* segue os valores padrão da tabela de partição e não usa padrões embutidos para a partição não usada fornecida com *-N*. Veja também *--append*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:63 @@ -6752,35 +4812,18 @@ msgstr "*-A*, *--activate* __dispositivo__ [__número-da-partição__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the " -"bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may " -"be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on " -"all partitions." -msgstr "" -"Ativa o sinalizador de inicialização para as partições especificadas e " -"desativa o sinalizador de inicialização em todas as partições não " -"especificadas. O espaço reservado especial \"-\" pode ser usado em vez dos " -"números de partição para desativar o sinalizador de inicialização em todas " -"as partições." +msgid "Switch on the bootable flag for the specified partitions and switch off the bootable flag on all unspecified partitions. The special placeholder '-' may be used instead of the partition numbers to switch off the bootable flag on all partitions." +msgstr "Ativa o sinalizador de inicialização para as partições especificadas e desativa o sinalizador de inicialização em todas as partições não especificadas. O espaço reservado especial \"-\" pode ser usado em vez dos números de partição para desativar o sinalizador de inicialização em todas as partições." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is " -"detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR." -msgstr "" -"O comando de ativação é compatível apenas com MBR e PMBR. Se um rótulo GPT " -"for detectado, o *sfdisk* exibirá um aviso e entrará automaticamente no PMBR." +msgid "The activation command is supported for MBR and PMBR only. If a GPT label is detected, then *sfdisk* prints warning and automatically enters PMBR." +msgstr "O comando de ativação é compatível apenas com MBR e PMBR. Se um rótulo GPT for detectado, o *sfdisk* exibirá um aviso e entrará automaticamente no PMBR." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an " -"enabled flag." -msgstr "" -"Se nenhum _número-da-partição_ for especificado, lista as partições com um " -"sinalizador ativado." +msgid "If no _partition-number_ is specified, then list the partitions with an enabled flag." +msgstr "Se nenhum _número-da-partição_ for especificado, lista as partições com um sinalizador ativado." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:70 @@ -6791,16 +4834,9 @@ msgstr "dispositivo fonte" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:72 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to " -#| "*sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*." -msgid "" -"Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See " -"the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." -msgstr "" -"Despeja as partições de um dispositivo em um formato que possa ser usado " -"como entrada para *sfdisk*. Veja a seção *FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE " -"PARTIÇÃO*." +#| msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*." +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors in binary format and exit. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgstr "Despeja as partições de um dispositivo em um formato que possa ser usado como entrada para *sfdisk*. Veja a seção *FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE PARTIÇÃO*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:73 @@ -6822,16 +4858,9 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--dump* _dispositivo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:78 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to " -#| "*sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*." -msgid "" -"Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to " -"*sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." -msgstr "" -"Despeja as partições de um dispositivo em um formato que possa ser usado " -"como entrada para *sfdisk*. Veja a seção *FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE " -"PARTIÇÃO*." +#| msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE*." +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in a format that is usable as input to *sfdisk*. See the *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* section." +msgstr "Despeja as partições de um dispositivo em um formato que possa ser usado como entrada para *sfdisk*. Veja a seção *FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE PARTIÇÃO*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:79 @@ -6841,14 +4870,8 @@ msgstr "*-g*, *--show-geometry* [__dispositivo__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward " -"compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same " -"meaning as this one." -msgstr "" -"Lista a geometria de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Para " -"compatibilidade com versões anteriores, a opção descontinuada *--show-pt-" -"geometry* tem o mesmo significado que esta." +msgid "List the geometry of all or the specified devices. For backward compatibility the deprecated option *--show-pt-geometry* have the same meaning as this one." +msgstr "Lista a geometria de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, a opção descontinuada *--show-pt-geometry* tem o mesmo significado que esta." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:82 @@ -6858,12 +4881,8 @@ msgstr "*-J*, *--json* _dispositivo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not " -"able to use JSON as input format." -msgstr "" -"Despeja as partições de um dispositivo no formato JSON. Observe que *sfdisk* " -"não pode usar JSON como formato de entrada." +msgid "Dump the partitions of a device in JSON format. Note that *sfdisk* is not able to use JSON as input format." +msgstr "Despeja as partições de um dispositivo no formato JSON. Observe que *sfdisk* não pode usar JSON como formato de entrada." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:85 @@ -6873,12 +4892,8 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--list* [__dispositivo__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be " -"used together with *--verify*." -msgstr "" -"Lista as partições de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Este comando " -"pode ser usado junto com *--verify*." +msgid "List the partitions of all or the specified devices. This command can be used together with *--verify*." +msgstr "Lista as partições de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados. Este comando pode ser usado junto com *--verify*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:88 @@ -6889,9 +4904,7 @@ msgstr "*-F*, *--list-free* [__dispositivo__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:90 msgid "List the free unpartitioned areas on all or the specified devices." -msgstr "" -"Lista as áreas livres não particionadas em todos ou nos dispositivos " -"especificados." +msgstr "Lista as áreas livres não particionadas em todos ou nos dispositivos especificados." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:91 @@ -6901,18 +4914,8 @@ msgstr "*--part-attrs* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__atributos__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, " -"then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a " -"comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, " -"the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently " -"supported attribute bits are:" -msgstr "" -"Altera os bits de atributo de partição GPT. Se _atributos_ não for " -"especificado, exibe as configurações de partição atuais. O argumento " -"_atributos_ é uma lista delimitada por vírgulas ou espaços de números de " -"bits ou nomes de bits. Por exemplo, a string \"RequiredPartition, 50,51\" " -"define três bits. Os bits de atributo atualmente suportados são:" +msgid "Change the GPT partition attribute bits. If _attributes_ is not specified, then print the current partition settings. The _attributes_ argument is a comma- or space-delimited list of bits numbers or bit names. For example, the string \"RequiredPartition,50,51\" sets three bits. The currently supported attribute bits are:" +msgstr "Altera os bits de atributo de partição GPT. Se _atributos_ não for especificado, exibe as configurações de partição atuais. O argumento _atributos_ é uma lista delimitada por vírgulas ou espaços de números de bits ou nomes de bits. Por exemplo, a string \"RequiredPartition, 50,51\" define três bits. Os bits de atributo atualmente suportados são:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:94 @@ -6922,19 +4925,8 @@ msgstr "*Bit 0 (RequiredPartition)*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. " -"The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the " -"contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform " -"to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is " -"removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system." -msgstr "" -"Se este bit for definido, a partição será necessária para que a plataforma " -"funcione. O criador da partição indica que a exclusão ou modificação do " -"conteúdo pode resultar na perda de recursos da plataforma ou falha na " -"inicialização ou operação da plataforma. O sistema não pode funcionar " -"normalmente se esta partição for removida e deve ser considerada parte do " -"hardware do sistema." +msgid "If this bit is set, the partition is required for the platform to function. The creator of the partition indicates that deletion or modification of the contents can result in loss of platform features or failure for the platform to boot or operate. The system cannot function normally if this partition is removed, and it should be considered part of the hardware of the system." +msgstr "Se este bit for definido, a partição será necessária para que a plataforma funcione. O criador da partição indica que a exclusão ou modificação do conteúdo pode resultar na perda de recursos da plataforma ou falha na inicialização ou operação da plataforma. O sistema não pode funcionar normalmente se esta partição for removida e deve ser considerada parte do hardware do sistema." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:96 @@ -6944,9 +4936,7 @@ msgstr "*Bit 1 (NoBlockIOProtocol)*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read " -"from it." +msgid "EFI firmware should ignore the content of the partition and not try to read from it." msgstr "Firmware EFI deve ignorar o conteúdo da partição e não tentar lê-la." #. type: Labeled list @@ -6968,12 +4958,8 @@ msgstr "*Bits 3-47*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the " -"UEFI specification." -msgstr "" -"Indefinido e deve ser zero. Reservado para expansão por versões futuras da " -"especificação UEFI." +msgid "Undefined and must be zero. Reserved for expansion by future versions of the UEFI specification." +msgstr "Indefinido e deve ser zero. Reservado para expansão por versões futuras da especificação UEFI." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:102 @@ -6983,16 +4969,8 @@ msgstr "*Bits 48-63*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on " -"the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, " -"61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to " -"disable automount." -msgstr "" -"Reservado para uso específico do GUID. O uso desses bits varia de acordo com " -"o tipo de partição. Por exemplo, a Microsoft usa o bit 60 para indicar " -"somente leitura, 61 para cópia de sombra de outra partição, 62 para " -"partições ocultas e 63 para desabilitar a montagem automática." +msgid "Reserved for GUID specific use. The use of these bits will vary depending on the partition type. For example Microsoft uses bit 60 to indicate read-only, 61 for shadow copy of another partition, 62 for hidden partitions and 63 to disable automount." +msgstr "Reservado para uso específico do GUID. O uso desses bits varia de acordo com o tipo de partição. Por exemplo, a Microsoft usa o bit 60 para indicar somente leitura, 61 para cópia de sombra de outra partição, 62 para partições ocultas e 63 para desabilitar a montagem automática." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:105 @@ -7002,12 +4980,8 @@ msgstr "*--part-label* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__rótulo__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then " -"print the current partition label." -msgstr "" -"Altera o nome (rótulo) da partição GPT. Se _rótulo_ não for especificado, " -"exibe o rótulo da partição atual." +msgid "Change the GPT partition name (label). If _label_ is not specified, then print the current partition label." +msgstr "Altera o nome (rótulo) da partição GPT. Se _rótulo_ não for especificado, exibe o rótulo da partição atual." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:108 @@ -7017,24 +4991,13 @@ msgstr "*--part-type* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__tipo__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the " -"current partition type." -msgstr "" -"Altera o tipo de partição. Se _tipo_ não for especificado, exibe o tipo de " -"partição atual." +msgid "Change the partition type. If _type_ is not specified, then print the current partition type." +msgstr "Altera o tipo de partição. Se _tipo_ não for especificado, exibe o tipo de partição atual." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. " -"\"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the " -"options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one." -msgstr "" -"O argumento _tipo_ é hexadecimal para MBR, GUID para GPT, apelido de tipo " -"(por exemplo, \"linux\") ou atalho de tipo (por exemplo, \"L\"). Para " -"compatibilidade com versões anteriores, as opções *-c* e *--id* têm o mesmo " -"significado que esta." +msgid "The _type_ argument is hexadecimal for MBR, GUID for GPT, type alias (e.g. \"linux\") or type shortcut (e.g. 'L'). For backward compatibility the options *-c* and *--id* have the same meaning as this one." +msgstr "O argumento _tipo_ é hexadecimal para MBR, GUID para GPT, apelido de tipo (por exemplo, \"linux\") ou atalho de tipo (por exemplo, \"L\"). Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, as opções *-c* e *--id* têm o mesmo significado que esta." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:113 @@ -7044,12 +5007,8 @@ msgstr "*--part-uuid* _dispositivo número-da-partição_ [__uuid__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the " -"current partition UUID." -msgstr "" -"Altera o UUID da partição GPT. Se _uuid_ não for especificado, exibe o UUID " -"da partição atual." +msgid "Change the GPT partition UUID. If _uuid_ is not specified, then print the current partition UUID." +msgstr "Altera o UUID da partição GPT. Se _uuid_ não for especificado, exibe o UUID da partição atual." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:116 @@ -7059,13 +5018,8 @@ msgstr "*--disk-id* _dispositivo_ [__id__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current " -"identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR." -msgstr "" -"Altera o identificador do disco. Se _id_ não for especificado, exibe o " -"identificador atual. O identificador é UUID para GPT ou inteiro sem sinal " -"para MBR." +msgid "Change the disk identifier. If _id_ is not specified, then print the current identifier. The identifier is UUID for GPT or unsigned integer for MBR." +msgstr "Altera o identificador do disco. Se _id_ não for especificado, exibe o identificador atual. O identificador é UUID para GPT ou inteiro sem sinal para MBR." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:119 @@ -7086,12 +5040,8 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--show-size* [__dispositivo__...]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. " -"This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." -msgstr "" -"Lista os tamanhos de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados em unidades de " -"1024 bytes. Este comando foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *blockdev*(8)." +msgid "List the sizes of all or the specified devices in units of 1024 byte size. This command is DEPRECATED in favour of *blockdev*(8)." +msgstr "Lista os tamanhos de todos ou dos dispositivos especificados em unidades de 1024 bytes. Este comando foi DESCONTINUADO em favor de *blockdev*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:125 @@ -7101,12 +5051,8 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--list-types*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified " -"by *--label*." -msgstr "" -"Exibe todos os tipos suportados para o rótulo de disco atual ou o rótulo " -"especificado por *--lable*." +msgid "Print all supported types for the current disk label or the label specified by *--label*." +msgstr "Exibe todos os tipos suportados para o rótulo de disco atual ou o rótulo especificado por *--label*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:128 @@ -7127,12 +5073,8 @@ msgstr "*--relocate* _operador_ _dispositivo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:133 -msgid "" -"Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT " -"header only. The argument _oper_ can be:" -msgstr "" -"Realoca o cabeçalho da tabela de partição. Este comando é atualmente " -"compatível apenas com o cabeçalho GPT. O argumento _operador_ pode ser:" +msgid "Relocate partition table header. This command is currently supported for GPT header only. The argument _oper_ can be:" +msgstr "Realoca o cabeçalho da tabela de partição. Este comando é atualmente compatível apenas com o cabeçalho GPT. O argumento _operador_ pode ser:" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:134 @@ -7142,10 +5084,8 @@ msgstr "*gpt-bak-std*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device." -msgstr "" -"Move o cabeçalho de backup GPT para o local padrão no final do dispositivo." +msgid "Move GPT backup header to the standard location at the end of the device." +msgstr "Move o cabeçalho de backup GPT para o local padrão no final do dispositivo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:136 @@ -7155,15 +5095,8 @@ msgstr "*gpt-bak-mini*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:138 -msgid "" -"Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard " -"requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools " -"can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard." -msgstr "" -"Move o cabeçalho do backup GPT para trás da última partição. Observe que o " -"padrão UEFI requer o cabeçalho de backup no final do dispositivo e as " -"ferramentas de particionamento podem realocar automaticamente o cabeçalho " -"para seguir o padrão." +msgid "Move GPT backup header behind the last partition. Note that UEFI standard requires the backup header at the end of the device and partitioning tools can automatically relocate the header to follow the standard." +msgstr "Move o cabeçalho do backup GPT para trás da última partição. Observe que o padrão UEFI requer o cabeçalho de backup no final do dispositivo e as ferramentas de particionamento podem realocar automaticamente o cabeçalho para seguir o padrão." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:141 ../term-utils/script.1.adoc:66 @@ -7173,22 +5106,13 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--append*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions." -msgstr "" -"Não cria uma nova tabela de partição, mas apenas anexa as partições " -"especificadas." +msgid "Don't create a new partition table, but only append the specified partitions." +msgstr "Não cria uma nova tabela de partição, mas apenas anexa as partições especificadas." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not " -"the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in " -"the partition table." -msgstr "" -"Observe que a partição não usada pode ser reutilizada neste caso, embora não " -"seja a última partição na tabela de partição. Consulte também *-N* para " -"especificar a entrada na tabela de partição." +msgid "Note that unused partition maybe be re-used in this case although it is not the last partition in the partition table. See also *-N* to specify entry in the partition table." +msgstr "Observe que a partição não usada pode ser reutilizada neste caso, embora não seja a última partição na tabela de partição. Consulte também *-N* para especificar a entrada na tabela de partição." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:146 @@ -7199,20 +5123,9 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:148 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the " -#| "partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--." -#| "bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*." -msgid "" -"Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the " -"partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--." -"bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section " -"*BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details." -msgstr "" -"Faz backup dos setores da tabela de partição atuais antes de iniciar o " -"particionamento. O nome do arquivo padrão de backup é _~/sfdisk-" -"-.bak_; para usar outro nome, veja a opção *-O*, *--" -"backup-file*." +#| msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*." +msgid "Back up the current partition table sectors before starting the partitioning. The default backup file name is _~/sfdisk--.bak_; to use another name see option *-O*, *--backup-file*. See section *BACKING UP THE PARTITION TABLE* for more details." +msgstr "Faz backup dos setores da tabela de partição atuais antes de iniciar o particionamento. O nome do arquivo padrão de backup é _~/sfdisk--.bak_; para usar outro nome, veja a opção *-O*, *--backup-file*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:149 @@ -7233,12 +5146,8 @@ msgstr "*--Linux*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux " -"(and other modern operating systems) is the default." -msgstr "" -"Opção descontinuada e ignorada. O particionamento compatível com Linux (e " -"outros sistemas operacionais modernos) é o padrão." +msgid "Deprecated and ignored option. Partitioning that is compatible with Linux (and other modern operating systems) is the default." +msgstr "Opção descontinuada e ignorada. O particionamento compatível com Linux (e outros sistemas operacionais modernos) é o padrão." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:161 ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:35 @@ -7260,12 +5169,8 @@ msgstr "*--no-reread*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:166 -msgid "" -"Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is " -"in use." -msgstr "" -"Não verifica por meio de ioctl de releitura da tabela de partição se o " -"dispositivo está em uso." +msgid "Do not check through the re-read-partition-table ioctl whether the device is in use." +msgstr "Não verifica por meio de ioctl de releitura da tabela de partição se o dispositivo está em uso." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:167 @@ -7275,14 +5180,8 @@ msgstr "*--no-tell-kernel*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:169 -msgid "" -"Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended " -"together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified " -"partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)." -msgstr "" -"Não informa o kernel sobre mudanças de partição. Esta opção é recomendada " -"junto com *--no-reread* para modificar uma partição no disco usado. A " -"partição modificada não deve ser usada (por exemplo, montada)." +msgid "Don't tell the kernel about partition changes. This option is recommended together with *--no-reread* to modify a partition on used disk. The modified partition should not be used (e.g., mounted)." +msgstr "Não informa o kernel sobre mudanças de partição. Esta opção é recomendada junto com *--no-reread* para modificar uma partição no disco usado. A partição modificada não deve ser usada (por exemplo, montada)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:170 @@ -7292,12 +5191,8 @@ msgstr "*-O*, *--backup-file* _caminho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:172 -msgid "" -"Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset " -"are always appended to the file name." -msgstr "" -"Substitui o nome do arquivo padrão de backup. Observe que o nome do " -"dispositivo e a posição são sempre anexados ao nome do arquivo." +msgid "Override the default backup file name. Note that the device name and offset are always appended to the file name." +msgstr "Substitui o nome do arquivo padrão de backup. Observe que o nome do dispositivo e a posição são sempre anexados ao nome do arquivo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:173 @@ -7307,45 +5202,20 @@ msgstr "*--move-data*[**=**__caminho__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:175 -msgid "" -"Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning " -"of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has " -"to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option " -"requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only." -msgstr "" -"Move os dados após a realocação da partição, por exemplo, ao mover o início " -"de uma partição para outro local no disco. O tamanho da partição deve " -"permanecer o mesmo, o novo e o antigo local podem se sobrepor. Esta opção " -"requer a opção *-N* para ser processada em apenas uma partição específica." +msgid "Move data after partition relocation, for example when moving the beginning of a partition to another place on the disk. The size of the partition has to remain the same, the new and old location may overlap. This option requires option *-N* in order to be processed on one specific partition only." +msgstr "Move os dados após a realocação da partição, por exemplo, ao mover o início de uma partição para outro local no disco. O tamanho da partição deve permanecer o mesmo, o novo e o antigo local podem se sobrepor. Esta opção requer a opção *-N* para ser processada em apenas uma partição específica." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:177 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains " -#| "information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The " -#| "word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces sfdisk to use _~/sfdisk-." -#| "move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." -msgid "" -"The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains " -"information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word " -"\"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-.move_ " -"for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." -msgstr "" -"O _caminho_ opcional especifica o nome do arquivo de log. O arquivo de log " -"contém informações sobre todas as operações de leitura/gravação nos dados da " -"partição. A palavra \"@default\" como _comando_ força o sfdisk a usar _~/" -"sfdisk-.move_ para o log. O registro é opcional desde a " -"v2.35." +#| msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces sfdisk to use _~/sfdisk-.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." +msgid "The optional _path_ specifies log file name. The log file contains information about all read/write operations on the partition data. The word \"@default\" as a _path_ forces *sfdisk* to use _~/sfdisk-.move_ for the log. The log is optional since v2.35." +msgstr "O _caminho_ opcional especifica o nome do arquivo de log. O arquivo de log contém informações sobre todas as operações de leitura/gravação nos dados da partição. A palavra \"@default\" como _comando_ força o sfdisk a usar _~/sfdisk-.move_ para o log. O registro é opcional desde a v2.35." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:179 -msgid "" -"Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup " -"your data!*" -msgstr "" -"Observe que esta operação é arriscada e não atômica. *Não se esqueça de " -"fazer backup de seus dados!*" +msgid "Note that this operation is risky and not atomic. *Don't forget to backup your data!*" +msgstr "Observe que esta operação é arriscada e não atômica. *Não se esqueça de fazer backup de seus dados!*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:181 @@ -7354,25 +5224,13 @@ msgstr "See also *--move-use-fsync*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:183 -msgid "" -"In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before " -"the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the " -"next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), " -"and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original " -"sdc1 will become sdc2)." -msgstr "" -"No exemplo abaixo, o primeiro comando cria uma área livre de 100 MiB antes " -"da primeira partição e move os dados que ela contém (por exemplo, um sistema " -"de arquivos), o próximo comando cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço " -"livre (na posição 2048), e o último O comando reordena as partições para " -"corresponder à ordem do disco (o sdc1 original se tornará sdc2)." +msgid "In the example below, the first command creates a 100MiB free area before the first partition and moves the data it contains (e.g., a filesystem), the next command creates a new partition from the free space (at offset 2048), and the last command reorders partitions to match disk order (the original sdc1 will become sdc2)." +msgstr "No exemplo abaixo, o primeiro comando cria uma área livre de 100 MiB antes da primeira partição e move os dados que ela contém (por exemplo, um sistema de arquivos), o próximo comando cria uma nova partição a partir do espaço livre (na posição 2048), e o último O comando reordena as partições para corresponder à ordem do disco (o sdc1 original se tornará sdc2)." #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:186 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" msgid "*echo '+100M,' | sfdisk --move-data /dev/sdc -N 1*" -msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" +msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:188 @@ -7396,22 +5254,14 @@ msgstr "*--move-use-fsync*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:194 -msgid "" -"Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new " -"location by *--move-data*." -msgstr "" -"Use a chamada de sistema *fsync*(2) após cada gravação ao mover dados para " -"um novo local com *--move-data*." +msgid "Use the *fsync*(2) system call after each write when moving data to a new location by *--move-data*." +msgstr "Use a chamada de sistema *fsync*(2) após cada gravação ao mover dados para um novo local com *--move-data*." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:199 -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *-o +UUID*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:203 @@ -7426,12 +5276,8 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--unit S*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:206 -msgid "" -"Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not " -"supported when using the *--show-size* command." -msgstr "" -"Opção descontinuada. Apenas a unidade do setor é suportada. Esta opção não é " -"suportada ao usar o comando *--show-size*." +msgid "Deprecated option. Only the sector unit is supported. This option is not supported when using the *--show-size* command." +msgstr "Opção descontinuada. Apenas a unidade do setor é suportada. Esta opção não é suportada ao usar o comando *--show-size*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:207 @@ -7441,21 +5287,8 @@ msgstr "*-X*, *--label* _tipo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:209 -msgid "" -"Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not " -"given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no " -"label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the " -"current label may be overwritten by the \"label: \" script header " -"line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk " -"label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tipo de rótulo do disco (por exemplo, *dos*, *gpt*, ...). Se " -"esta opção não for fornecida, o *sfdisk* padroniza para o rótulo existente, " -"mas se ainda não houver nenhum rótulo no dispositivo, o tipo padrão será " -"*dos*. O rótulo padrão ou o rótulo atual pode ser substituído pela linha de " -"cabeçalho do script \"label: \". A opção *--label* não força *sfdisk* " -"a criar um rótulo de disco vazio (consulte a seção *RÓTULO DE DISCO VAZIO* " -"abaixo)." +msgid "Specify the disk label type (e.g., *dos*, *gpt*, ...). If this option is not given, then *sfdisk* defaults to the existing label, but if there is no label on the device yet, then the type defaults to *dos*. The default or the current label may be overwritten by the \"label: \" script header line. The option *--label* does not force *sfdisk* to create empty disk label (see the *EMPTY DISK LABEL* section below)." +msgstr "Especifica o tipo de rótulo do disco (por exemplo, *dos*, *gpt*, ...). Se esta opção não for fornecida, o *sfdisk* padroniza para o rótulo existente, mas se ainda não houver nenhum rótulo no dispositivo, o tipo padrão será *dos*. O rótulo padrão ou o rótulo atual pode ser substituído pela linha de cabeçalho do script \"label: \". A opção *--label* não força *sfdisk* a criar um rótulo de disco vazio (consulte a seção *RÓTULO DE DISCO VAZIO* abaixo)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:210 @@ -7465,68 +5298,20 @@ msgstr "*-Y*, *--label-nested* _tipo_" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:212 -msgid "" -"Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist " -"already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on " -"devices with GPT." -msgstr "" -"Força a edição de um rótulo de disco aninhado. O rótulo do disco primário já " -"deve existir. Esta opção permite a edição, por exemplo, de um MBR híbrido/" -"protetor em dispositivos com GPT." +msgid "Force editing of a nested disk label. The primary disk label has to exist already. This option allows editing for example a hybrid/protective MBR on devices with GPT." +msgstr "Força a edição de um rótulo de disco aninhado. O rótulo do disco primário já deve existir. Esta opção permite a edição, por exemplo, de um MBR híbrido/protetor em dispositivos com GPT." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:215 -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in " -"order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, " -"*never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, " -"in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the " -"old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new " -"partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also " -"does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the " -"*always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are " -"reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See " -"also the *wipefs*(8) command." -msgstr "" -"Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do " -"dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode " -"ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão " -"é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo; " -"exceto as antigas assinaturas da tabela de partição que são sempre apagadas " -"antes de criar uma nova tabela de partição se o argumento _quando_ não for " -"*nunca*. O modo *auto* também não apaga o primeiro setor (setor de " -"inicialização), é necessário usar o modo *always* para apagar esta área. Em " -"todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de " -"aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Veja também o " -"comando *wipefs*(8)." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from the device, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode; except the old partition-table signatures which are always wiped before create a new partition-table if the argument _when_ is not *never*. The *auto* mode also does not wipe the first sector (boot sector), it is necessary to use the *always* mode to wipe this area. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages before a new partition table is created. See also the *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabela de partição do dispositivo, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo; exceto as antigas assinaturas da tabela de partição que são sempre apagadas antes de criar uma nova tabela de partição se o argumento _quando_ não for *nunca*. O modo *auto* também não apaga o primeiro setor (setor de inicialização), é necessário usar o modo *always* para apagar esta área. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso antes que uma nova tabela de partição seja criada. Veja também o comando *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:218 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created " -#| "partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ " -#| "can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the " -#| "default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in " -#| "interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected " -#| "signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is " -#| "created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." -msgid "" -"Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created " -"partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be " -"*auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is " -"*auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and " -"after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by " -"warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) " -"command." -msgstr "" -"Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de " -"partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento " -"_quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é " -"fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas " -"no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as " -"assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso após a criação " -"de uma nova partição. Veja também o comando *wipefs*(8)." +#| msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partitions, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgid "Wipe filesystem, RAID and partition-table signatures from a newly created partition, in order to avoid possible collisions. The argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. When this option is not given, the default is *auto*, in which case signatures are wiped only when in interactive mode and after confirmation by user. In all cases detected signatures are reported by warning messages after a new partition is created. See also *wipefs*(8) command." +msgstr "Apaga o sistema de arquivos, RAID e assinaturas de tabelas de partição de partições recém-criadas, a fim de evitar possíveis colisões. O argumento _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Quando esta opção não é fornecida, o padrão é *auto*, caso em que as assinaturas são apagadas apenas no modo interativo e após a confirmação do usuário. Em todos os casos, as assinaturas detectadas são relatadas por mensagens de aviso após a criação de uma nova partição. Veja também o comando *wipefs*(8)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:219 @@ -7545,9 +5330,7 @@ msgstr "FORMATOS DE ENTRADA" #, fuzzy #| msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines.\n" msgid "*sfdisk* supports two input formats and generic header lines." -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* tem suporte a dois formatos de entrada e linhas de cabeçalho " -"genéricas.\n" +msgstr "*sfdisk* tem suporte a dois formatos de entrada e linhas de cabeçalho genéricas.\n" #. type: Title === #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:229 @@ -7557,12 +5340,8 @@ msgstr "Linhas de cabeçalho" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:232 -msgid "" -"The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the " -"partition table. The header-line format is:" -msgstr "" -"As linhas de cabeçalho opcionais especificam informações genéricas que se " -"aplicam à tabela de partição. O formato da linha de cabeçalho é:" +msgid "The optional header lines specify generic information that apply to the partition table. The header-line format is:" +msgstr "As linhas de cabeçalho opcionais especificam informações genéricas que se aplicam à tabela de partição. O formato da linha de cabeçalho é:" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:234 @@ -7585,9 +5364,7 @@ msgstr "*unit*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239 msgid "Specify the partitioning unit. The only supported unit is *sectors*." -msgstr "" -"Especifica a unidade de particionamento. A única unidade suportada é " -"*sectors*." +msgstr "Especifica a unidade de particionamento. A única unidade suportada é *sectors*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:239 @@ -7608,12 +5385,8 @@ msgstr "*label-id*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243 -msgid "" -"Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number " -"(with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o identificador da tabela de partição. Deve ser um número " -"hexadecimal (com um prefixo 0x) para MBR e um UUID para GPT." +msgid "Specify the partition table identifier. It should be a hexadecimal number (with a 0x prefix) for MBR and a UUID for GPT." +msgstr "Especifica o identificador da tabela de partição. Deve ser um número hexadecimal (com um prefixo 0x) para MBR e um UUID para GPT." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:243 @@ -7623,10 +5396,7 @@ msgstr "*first-lba*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:245 -msgid "" -"Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored " -"if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses " -"label specific default." +msgid "Specify the first usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -7637,10 +5407,7 @@ msgstr "*last-lba*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:247 -msgid "" -"Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if " -"the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label " -"specific default." +msgid "Specify the last usable sector for GPT partitions. This header is ignored if the script and device sector size differ. In this case *sfdisk* uses label specific default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -7662,14 +5429,8 @@ msgstr "*grain*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251 -msgid "" -"Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The " -"default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not " -"modify this variable if you're not sure." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tamanho mínimo em bytes usado para calcular o alinhamento das " -"partições. O padrão é 1 MiB e é altamente recomendável usar o padrão. Não " -"modifique esta variável se não tiver certeza." +msgid "Specify minimal size in bytes used to calculate partitions alignment. The default is 1MiB and it's strongly recommended to use the default. Do not modify this variable if you're not sure." +msgstr "Especifica o tamanho mínimo em bytes usado para calcular o alinhamento das partições. O padrão é 1 MiB e é altamente recomendável usar o padrão. Não modifique esta variável se não tiver certeza." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:251 @@ -7679,20 +5440,13 @@ msgstr "*sector-size*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:253 -msgid "" -"Specify sector size. *sfdisk* always uses device sector size. Since version " -"2.39 *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from dump if the script and device sector " -"size differ." +msgid "Specify sector size. *sfdisk* always uses device sector size. Since version 2.39 *sfdisk* recalculates sizes from dump if the script and device sector size differ." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:255 -msgid "" -"Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition " -"is specified in the input." -msgstr "" -"Observe que só é possível usar linhas de cabeçalho antes que a primeira " -"partição seja especificada na entrada." +msgid "Note that it is only possible to use header lines before the first partition is specified in the input." +msgstr "Observe que só é possível usar linhas de cabeçalho antes que a primeira partição seja especificada na entrada." #. type: Title === #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:256 @@ -7713,118 +5467,37 @@ msgstr "onde cada linha preenche um descritor de partição." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:265 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed " -#| "by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be " -#| "octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is " -#| "absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-" -#| "N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each " -#| "field is its previous value." -msgid "" -"Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon " -"possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. " -"Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a " -"field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when " -"the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each " -"field is its previous value." -msgstr "" -"Os campos são separados por espaço em branco, vírgula, ou ponto e vírgula, " -"possivelmente seguido por um espaço em branco; os espaços em branco iniciais " -"e finais são ignorados. Os números podem ser octais, decimais ou " -"hexadecimais; decimal é o padrão. Quando um campo está ausente, vazio ou " -"especificado como \"-\", um valor padrão é usado. Mas quando a opção *-N* " -"(alterar uma única partição) é fornecida, o padrão para cada campo é seu " -"valor anterior." +#| msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value." +msgid "Fields are separated by whitespace, comma (recommended) or semicolon possibly followed by whitespace; initial and trailing whitespace is ignored. Numbers can be octal, decimal or hexadecimal; decimal is the default. When a field is absent, empty or specified as '-' a default value is used. But when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, the default for each field is its previous value." +msgstr "Os campos são separados por espaço em branco, vírgula, ou ponto e vírgula, possivelmente seguido por um espaço em branco; os espaços em branco iniciais e finais são ignorados. Os números podem ser octais, decimais ou hexadecimais; decimal é o padrão. Quando um campo está ausente, vazio ou especificado como \"-\", um valor padrão é usado. Mas quando a opção *-N* (alterar uma única partição) é fornecida, o padrão para cada campo é seu valor anterior." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:267 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned " -#| "according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first " -#| "partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative " -#| "suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is " -#| "interpreted as offset in bytes." -msgid "" -"The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned " -"according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first " -"partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes " -"(KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted " -"as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single " -"partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move " -"start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition." -msgstr "" -"O valor padrão de _início_ é o primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de " -"acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a " -"primeira partição é 1 MiB. A posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos " -"multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é " -"interpretado como posição em bytes." +#| msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." +msgid "The default value of _start_ is the first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes. Since v2.38 when the *-N* option (change a single partition) is given, a '{plus}' can be used to enlarge partition by move start of the partition if there is a free space before the partition." +msgstr "O valor padrão de _início_ é o primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a primeira partição é 1 MiB. A posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é interpretado como posição em bytes." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:270 -msgid "" -"The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until " -"the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default " -"interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one " -"of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) " -"then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it " -"is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used " -"instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note " -"'{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; " -"existing partitions will be resized as required." -msgstr "" -"O valor padrão de _tamanho_ indica \"tanto quanto possível\"; ou seja, até a " -"próxima partição ou fim do dispositivo. Um argumento numérico é, por padrão, " -"interpretado como um número de setores, no entanto, se o tamanho for seguido " -"por um dos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e " -"YiB), o número é interpretado como o tamanho da partição em bytes e é então " -"alinhada de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. Um \"{plus}\" pode " -"ser usado em vez de um número para aumentar a partição tanto quanto " -"possível. Nota \"{plus}\" é equivalente ao comportamento padrão para uma " -"nova partição; as partições existentes serão redimensionadas conforme " -"necessário." +msgid "The default value of _size_ indicates \"as much as possible\"; i.e., until the next partition or end-of-device. A numerical argument is by default interpreted as a number of sectors, however if the size is followed by one of the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as the size of the partition in bytes and it is then aligned according to the device I/O limits. A '{plus}' can be used instead of a number to enlarge the partition as much as possible. Note '{plus}' is equivalent to the default behaviour for a new partition; existing partitions will be resized as required." +msgstr "O valor padrão de _tamanho_ indica \"tanto quanto possível\"; ou seja, até a próxima partição ou fim do dispositivo. Um argumento numérico é, por padrão, interpretado como um número de setores, no entanto, se o tamanho for seguido por um dos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), o número é interpretado como o tamanho da partição em bytes e é então alinhada de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. Um \"{plus}\" pode ser usado em vez de um número para aumentar a partição tanto quanto possível. Nota \"{plus}\" é equivalente ao comportamento padrão para uma nova partição; as partições existentes serão redimensionadas conforme necessário." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:272 -msgid "" -"The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is " -"optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to " -"use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated " -"shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* " -"tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in " -"partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) " -"it tries shortcuts as the last possibility." -msgstr "" -"O _tipo_ de partição é fornecido em hexadecimal para MBR (DOS) onde o " -"prefixo 0x é opcional; uma string GUID para GPT; um atalho ou apelido. " -"Recomenda-se usar duas letras para códigos hexadecimais MBR para evitar a " -"colisão entre o atalho descontinuado \"E\" e o código hexadecimal MBR " -"\"0E\". Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, *sfdisk* tenta " -"interpretar _tipo_ como um atalho como uma primeira possibilidade em scripts " -"de particionamento, embora em outros lugares (por exemplo, comando *--part-" -"type*) tente atalhos como a última possibilidade." +msgid "The partition _type_ is given in hex for MBR (DOS) where 0x prefix is optional; a GUID string for GPT; a shortcut or an alias. It's recommended to use two letters for MBR hex codes to avoid collision between deprecated shortcut 'E' and '0E' MBR hex code. For backward compatibility *sfdisk* tries to interpret _type_ as a shortcut as a first possibility in partitioning scripts although on other places (e.g. *--part-type* command) it tries shortcuts as the last possibility." +msgstr "O _tipo_ de partição é fornecido em hexadecimal para MBR (DOS) onde o prefixo 0x é opcional; uma string GUID para GPT; um atalho ou apelido. Recomenda-se usar duas letras para códigos hexadecimais MBR para evitar a colisão entre o atalho descontinuado \"E\" e o código hexadecimal MBR \"0E\". Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, *sfdisk* tenta interpretar _tipo_ como um atalho como uma primeira possibilidade em scripts de particionamento, embora em outros lugares (por exemplo, comando *--part-type*) tente atalhos como a última possibilidade." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:274 -msgid "" -"Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to " -"shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")." -msgstr "" -"Desde v2.36 libfdisk suporta apelidos de tipo de partição como extensão para " -"atalhos. O apelido é uma palavra simples legível por humanos (por exemplo, " -"\"linux\")." +msgid "Since v2.36 libfdisk supports partition type aliases as extension to shortcuts. The alias is a simple human readable word (e.g. \"linux\")." +msgstr "Desde v2.36 libfdisk suporta apelidos de tipo de partição como extensão para atalhos. O apelido é uma palavra simples legível por humanos (por exemplo, \"linux\")." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:276 -msgid "" -"Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the " -"case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in " -"the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")." -msgstr "" -"Desde v2.37 libfdisk suporta nomes de tipo de partição na entrada, ignorando " -"a caixa dos caracteres e todos os caracteres não alfanuméricos e não dígitos " -"no nome (por exemplo, \"Linux /usr x86\" é o mesmo que \"linux usr-x86\")." +msgid "Since v2.37 libfdisk supports partition type names on input, ignoring the case of the characters and all non-alphanumeric and non-digit characters in the name (e.g. \"Linux /usr x86\" is the same as \"linux usr-x86\")." +msgstr "Desde v2.37 libfdisk suporta nomes de tipo de partição na entrada, ignorando a caixa dos caracteres e todos os caracteres não alfanuméricos e não dígitos no nome (por exemplo, \"Linux /usr x86\" é o mesmo que \"linux usr-x86\")." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:278 @@ -7839,10 +5512,8 @@ msgstr "*L - apelido \"linux\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:281 -msgid "" -"Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT." -msgstr "" -"Linux; significa 83 para MBR e 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 para GPT." +msgid "Linux; means 83 for MBR and 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 for GPT." +msgstr "Linux; significa 83 para MBR e 0FC63DAF-8483-4772-8E79-3D69D8477DE4 para GPT." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:282 @@ -7852,11 +5523,8 @@ msgstr "*S - apelido \"swap\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:284 -msgid "" -"swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT" -msgstr "" -"área de swap; significa 82 para MBR e 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F " -"para GPT" +msgid "swap area; means 82 for MBR and 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F for GPT" +msgstr "área de swap; significa 82 para MBR e 0657FD6D-A4AB-43C4-84E5-0933C84B4F4F para GPT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:285 @@ -7866,12 +5534,8 @@ msgstr "*Ex - apelido \"extended\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:287 -msgid "" -"MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is " -"deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type." -msgstr "" -"partição estendida MBR; significa 05 para MBR. O atalho original \"E\" foi " -"descontinuado devido à colisão com o tipo de partição 0x0E do MBR." +msgid "MBR extended partition; means 05 for MBR. The original shortcut 'E' is deprecated due to collision with 0x0E MBR partition type." +msgstr "partição estendida MBR; significa 05 para MBR. O atalho original \"E\" foi descontinuado devido à colisão com o tipo de partição 0x0E do MBR." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:288 @@ -7892,12 +5556,8 @@ msgstr "*U - apelido \"uefi\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:293 -msgid "" -"EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-" -"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT" -msgstr "" -"partição do sistema EFI, significa EF para MBR e C12A7328-F81F-11D2-" -"BA4B-00A0C93EC93B para GPT" +msgid "EFI System partition, means EF for MBR and C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B for GPT" +msgstr "partição do sistema EFI, significa EF para MBR e C12A7328-F81F-11D2-BA4B-00A0C93EC93B para GPT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:294 @@ -7907,11 +5567,8 @@ msgstr "*R - apelido \"raid\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:296 -msgid "" -"Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT" -msgstr "" -"RAID Linux; significa FD para MBR e A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E " -"para GPT" +msgid "Linux RAID; means FD for MBR and A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E for GPT" +msgstr "RAID Linux; significa FD para MBR e A19D880F-05FC-4D3B-A006-743F0F84911E para GPT" #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:297 @@ -7922,8 +5579,7 @@ msgstr "*V - apelido para \"lvm\"*" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:299 msgid "LVM; means 8E for MBR and E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 for GPT" -msgstr "" -"LVM; significa 8E para MBR e E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 para GPT" +msgstr "LVM; significa 8E para MBR e E6D6D379-F507-44C2-A23C-238F2A3DF928 para GPT" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:301 @@ -7932,27 +5588,14 @@ msgstr "O valor padrão de _tipo_ é _linux_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:303 -msgid "" -"The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour " -"of 'Ex'." -msgstr "" -"O atalho \"X\" para partição estendida do Linux (85) foi descontinuado em " -"favor de \"Ex\"." +msgid "The shortcut 'X' for Linux extended partition (85) is deprecated in favour of 'Ex'." +msgstr "O atalho \"X\" para partição estendida do Linux (85) foi descontinuado em favor de \"Ex\"." #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:306 -msgid "" -"_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. " -"The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has " -"been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and " -"for other operating systems." -msgstr "" -"_inicialização_ é especificado como [*{asterisk}*|*-*], sendo o padrão não " -"ser inicializável. O valor deste campo é irrelevante para o Linux -- quando " -"o Linux é executado, ele já foi inicializado --, mas pode desempenhar uma " -"função para certos carregadores de inicialização e outros sistemas " -"operacionais." +msgid "_bootable_ is specified as [*{asterisk}*|*-*], with as default not-bootable. The value of this field is irrelevant for Linux - when Linux runs it has been booted already - but it might play a role for certain boot loaders and for other operating systems." +msgstr "_inicialização_ é especificado como [*{asterisk}*|*-*], sendo o padrão não ser inicializável. O valor deste campo é irrelevante para o Linux -- quando o Linux é executado, ele já foi inicializado --, mas pode desempenhar uma função para certos carregadores de inicialização e outros sistemas operacionais." #. type: Title === #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:307 @@ -7962,14 +5605,8 @@ msgstr "Formato de campos nomeados" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:310 -msgid "" -"This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying " -"additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format " -"to keep your scripts more readable." -msgstr "" -"Este formato é mais legível, robusto, extensível e permite especificar " -"informações adicionais (por exemplo, um UUID). Recomenda-se usar este " -"formato para manter seus scripts mais legíveis." +msgid "This format is more readable, robust, extensible and allows specifying additional information (e.g., a UUID). It is recommended to use this format to keep your scripts more readable." +msgstr "Este formato é mais legível, robusto, extensível e permite especificar informações adicionais (por exemplo, um UUID). Recomenda-se usar este formato para manter seus scripts mais legíveis." #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:313 @@ -7978,29 +5615,15 @@ msgstr "[_dispositivo_ *:*] _nome_[**=**__valor__], ..." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:316 -msgid "" -"The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from " -"the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This " -"functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure." -msgstr "" -"O campo _dispositivo_ é opcional. *sfdisk* extrai o número da partição do " -"nome do dispositivo. Permite especificar as partições em ordem aleatória. " -"Esta funcionalidade é usada principalmente por *--dump*. Não o use se não " -"tiver certeza." +msgid "The _device_ field is optional. *sfdisk* extracts the partition number from the device name. It allows specifying the partitions in random order. This functionality is mostly used by *--dump*. Don't use it if you are not sure." +msgstr "O campo _dispositivo_ é opcional. *sfdisk* extrai o número da partição do nome do dispositivo. Permite especificar as partições em ordem aleatória. Esta funcionalidade é usada principalmente por *--dump*. Não o use se não tiver certeza." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:318 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is " -#| "partition name\"). The currently supported fields are:" -msgid "" -"The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition " -"name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the " -"same way as *Unnamed-fields format*." -msgstr "" -"O _valor_ pode estar entre aspas (por exemplo, nome=\"Este é o nome da " -"partição\"). Os campos atualmente suportados são:" +#| msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The currently supported fields are:" +msgid "The _value_ can be between quotation marks (e.g., name=\"This is partition name\"). The fields *start=* and *size=* support '{plus}' and '-' in the same way as *Unnamed-fields format*." +msgstr "O _valor_ pode estar entre aspas (por exemplo, nome=\"Este é o nome da partição\"). Os campos atualmente suportados são:" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:320 @@ -8018,21 +5641,9 @@ msgstr "**start=**__número__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:323 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The " -#| "default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be " -#| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -#| "ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." -msgid "" -"The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The " -"default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is " -"followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB " -"and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." -msgstr "" -"O primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do " -"dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a primeira partição é 1 MiB. A " -"posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, " -"PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é interpretado como posição em bytes." +#| msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. The offset may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB) then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." +msgid "The first non-assigned sector aligned according to device I/O limits. The default start offset for the first partition is 1 MiB. If the offset is followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then the number is interpreted as offset in bytes." +msgstr "O primeiro setor não atribuído alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo. A posição inicial padrão para a primeira partição é 1 MiB. A posição pode ser seguida pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então o número é interpretado como posição em bytes." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:324 @@ -8042,16 +5653,8 @@ msgstr "**size=**__número__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:326 -msgid "" -"Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then " -"it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to " -"device I/O limits." -msgstr "" -"Especifica o tamanho da partição em setores. O número pode ser seguido pelos " -"sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então é " -"interpretado como tamanho em bytes e o tamanho é alinhado de acordo com os " -"limites de E/S do dispositivo." +msgid "Specify the partition size in sectors. The number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB), then it's interpreted as size in bytes and the size is aligned according to device I/O limits." +msgstr "Especifica o tamanho da partição em setores. O número pode ser seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos (KiB, MiB, GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB), então é interpretado como tamanho em bytes e o tamanho é alinhado de acordo com os limites de E/S do dispositivo." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:327 @@ -8072,13 +5675,8 @@ msgstr "**attrs=**__string__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:332 -msgid "" -"Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-" -"attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format." -msgstr "" -"Atributos de partição, geralmente bits de atributo de partição GPT. Consulte " -"*--part-attrs* para obter mais detalhes sobre o formato da string de bits de " -"GPT." +msgid "Partition attributes, usually GPT partition attribute bits. See *--part-attrs* for more details about the GPT-bits string format." +msgstr "Atributos de partição, geralmente bits de atributo de partição GPT. Consulte *--part-attrs* para obter mais detalhes sobre o formato da string de bits de GPT." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:333 @@ -8110,18 +5708,8 @@ msgstr "**type=**__código__" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:341 -msgid "" -"A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT " -"partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. " -"type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields " -"format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the " -"same meaning." -msgstr "" -"Um número hexadecimal (sem 0x) para uma partição MBR, um GUID para uma " -"partição GPT, um atalho para formato de campos sem nome ou um nome de tipo " -"(por exemplo, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consulte a seção acima sobre o " -"formato dos campos sem nome para obter mais detalhes. Para compatibilidade " -"com versões anteriores, o campo *Id=* tem o mesmo significado." +msgid "A hexadecimal number (without 0x) for an MBR partition, a GUID for a GPT partition, a shortcut as for unnamed-fields format or a type name (e.g. type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). See above the section about the unnamed-fields format for more details. For backward compatibility the *Id=* field has the same meaning." +msgstr "Um número hexadecimal (sem 0x) para uma partição MBR, um GUID para uma partição GPT, um atalho para formato de campos sem nome ou um nome de tipo (por exemplo, type=\"Linux /usr (x86)\"). Consulte a seção acima sobre o formato dos campos sem nome para obter mais detalhes. Para compatibilidade com versões anteriores, o campo *Id=* tem o mesmo significado." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:342 @@ -8132,21 +5720,9 @@ msgstr "RÓTULO DE DISCO VAZIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:345 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. " -#| "The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The " -#| "empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: \" " -#| "script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n" -msgid "" -"*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The " -"lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty " -"partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: \" script " -"header line without any partitions lines. For example:" -msgstr "" -"*sfdisk* não cria a tabela de partição sem partições por padrão. As linhas " -"com partições são esperadas no script por padrão. A tabela de partição vazia " -"deve ser solicitada explicitamente pela linha de cabeçalho do script " -"\"label: \" sem nenhuma linha de partição. Por exemplo:\n" +#| msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: \" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:\n" +msgid "*sfdisk* does not create partition table without partitions by default. The lines with partitions are expected in the script by default. The empty partition table has to be explicitly requested by \"label: \" script header line without any partitions lines. For example:" +msgstr "*sfdisk* não cria a tabela de partição sem partições por padrão. As linhas com partições são esperadas no script por padrão. A tabela de partição vazia deve ser solicitada explicitamente pela linha de cabeçalho do script \"label: \" sem nenhuma linha de partição. Por exemplo:\n" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:348 @@ -8157,12 +5733,8 @@ msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:351 -msgid "" -"creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this " -"feature." -msgstr "" -"cria uma tabela de partição GPT vazia. Observe que o *--append* desativa " -"este recurso." +msgid "creates empty GPT partition table. Note that the *--append* disables this feature." +msgstr "cria uma tabela de partição GPT vazia. Observe que o *--append* desativa este recurso." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:352 @@ -8172,12 +5744,8 @@ msgstr "FAZENDO O BACKUP DA TABELA DE PARTIÇÃO" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:355 -msgid "" -"It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two " -"ways." -msgstr "" -"Recomenda-se salvar o layout de seus dispositivos. *sfdisk* tem suporte a " -"duas maneiras." +msgid "It is recommended to save the layout of your devices. *sfdisk* supports two ways." +msgstr "Recomenda-se salvar o layout de seus dispositivos. *sfdisk* tem suporte a duas maneiras." #. type: Title === #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:356 @@ -8188,18 +5756,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:360 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "Use the *--dump* option to save a description of the device layout to a " -#| "text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For " -#| "example:" -msgid "" -"Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a " -"text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For " -"example:" -msgstr "" -"Use a opção *--dump* para salvar uma descrição do layout do dispositivo em " -"um arquivo de texto. O formato de despejo é adequado para entrada posterior " -"no *sfdisk*. Por exemplo:" +#| msgid "Use the *--dump* option to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:" +msgid "Use the *--dump* command to save a description of the device layout to a text file. The dump format is suitable for later *sfdisk* input. For example:" +msgstr "Use a opção *--dump* para salvar uma descrição do layout do dispositivo em um arquivo de texto. O formato de despejo é adequado para entrada posterior no *sfdisk*. Por exemplo:" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:362 @@ -8222,10 +5781,7 @@ msgstr "*sfdisk /dev/sda < sda.dump*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:370 -msgid "" -"Note that *sfdisk* completely restores partition types and partition UUIDs. " -"This could potentially become problematic if you duplicate the same layout " -"to different disks, as it may result in duplicate UUIDs within your system." +msgid "Note that *sfdisk* completely restores partition types and partition UUIDs. This could potentially become problematic if you duplicate the same layout to different disks, as it may result in duplicate UUIDs within your system." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -8237,27 +5793,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:374 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the " -#| "partition table is stored, then use the *--backup* option. It writes the " -#| "sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of " -#| "the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The " -#| "backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. Note that the same " -#| "concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8). For example:" -msgid "" -"If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition " -"table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the " -"sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of the " -"backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files " -"contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:" -msgstr "" -"Se você deseja fazer um backup completo (binário) de todos os setores onde a " -"tabela de partição está armazenada, use a opção *--backup*. Ela grava os " -"setores nos arquivos _~/sfdisk--.bak_. O nome padrão " -"do arquivo de backup pode ser alterado com a opção *--backup-file*. Os " -"arquivos de backup contêm apenas dados não tratados do _dispositivo_. " -"Observe que o mesmo conceito de arquivos de backup é usado por *wipefs*(8). " -"Por exemplo:" +#| msgid "If you want to do a full (binary) backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup* option. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. Note that the same concept of backup files is used by *wipefs*(8). For example:" +msgid "If you want to do a full binary backup of all sectors where the partition table is stored, then use the *--backup-pt-sectors* command. It writes the sectors to _~/sfdisk--.bak_ files. The default name of the backup file can be changed with the *--backup-file* option. The backup files contain only raw data from the _device_. For example:" +msgstr "Se você deseja fazer um backup completo (binário) de todos os setores onde a tabela de partição está armazenada, use a opção *--backup*. Ela grava os setores nos arquivos _~/sfdisk--.bak_. O nome padrão do arquivo de backup pode ser alterado com a opção *--backup-file*. Os arquivos de backup contêm apenas dados não tratados do _dispositivo_. Observe que o mesmo conceito de arquivos de backup é usado por *wipefs*(8). Por exemplo:" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:377 @@ -8277,19 +5815,14 @@ msgstr "O cabeçalho GPT pode ser restaurado posteriormente por:" #| msgid "" #| "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n" #| " seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n" -msgid "" -"*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 " -"conv=notrunc*" +msgid "*dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda seek=$\\((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc*" msgstr "" "dd if=~/sfdisk-sda-0x00000200.bak of=/dev/sda \\\n" " seek=$((0x00000200)) bs=1 conv=notrunc\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:387 -msgid "" -"It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup " -"immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup " -"partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:" +msgid "It's also possible to use the *--backup* option to create the same backup immediately after startup for other *sfdisk* commands. For example, backup partition table before deleting all partitions from partition table:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -8306,12 +5839,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:395 -msgid "" -"Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to " -"restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality." -msgstr "" -"Observe que *sfdisk* desde a versão 2.26 não fornece mais a opção *-I* para " -"restaurar setores. *dd*(1) fornece todas as funcionalidades necessárias." +msgid "Note that *sfdisk* since version 2.26 no longer provides the *-I* option to restore sectors. *dd*(1) provides all necessary functionality." +msgstr "Observe que *sfdisk* desde a versão 2.26 não fornece mais a opção *-I* para restaurar setores. *dd*(1) fornece todas as funcionalidades necessárias." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:399 @@ -8332,25 +5861,13 @@ msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do *sfdisk*." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:423 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* " -"option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --" -"rereadpt* instead." -msgstr "" -"Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não oferece mais a opção *-R* ou *--re-read* " -"para forçar o kernel a reler a tabela de partição. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* " -"em vez disso." +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* no longer provides the *-R* or *--re-read* option to force the kernel to reread the partition table. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* instead." +msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não oferece mais a opção *-R* ou *--re-read* para forçar o kernel a reler a tabela de partição. Use *blockdev --rereadpt* em vez disso." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:425 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-" -"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--" -"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options." -msgstr "" -"Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não fornece as opções *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-" -"extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--" -"sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer*." +msgid "Since version 2.26 *sfdisk* does not provide the *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer* options." +msgstr "Desde a versão 2.26, *sfdisk* não fornece as opções *--DOS*, *--IBM*, *--DOS-extended*, *--unhide*, *--show-extended*, *--cylinders*, *--heads*, *--sectors*, *--inside-outer*, *--not-inside-outer*." #. type: Title == #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:426 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:212 @@ -8389,10 +5906,7 @@ msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:433 -msgid "" -"Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first " -"two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on " -"the device." +msgid "Create three Linux partitions, with the default start, the size of the first two partitions is 10MiB, and the last partition fills all available space on the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8448,27 +5962,19 @@ msgstr "Exclui todas as partições ou apenas as especificadas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:446 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "*echo \"\\+,+\" | sfdisk -N 3 --move-data /dev/sdc*" -msgstr "*echo 'label: gpt' | sfdisk /dev/sdb*\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:448 -msgid "" -"Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space " -"before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the " -"partition, and move partition data too." +msgid "Enlarge 3rd partition in both directions, move start to use free space before the partition and enlarge the size to use all free space after to the partition, and move partition data too." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:454 -msgid "" -"The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from " -"Andries E. Brouwer." -msgstr "" -"A implementação atual do *sfdisk* é baseada no *sfdisk* original de Andries " -"E. Brouwer." +msgid "The current *sfdisk* implementation is based on the original *sfdisk* from Andries E. Brouwer." +msgstr "A implementação atual do *sfdisk* é baseada no *sfdisk* original de Andries E. Brouwer." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/sfdisk.8.adoc:462 @@ -8510,71 +6016,36 @@ msgstr "*swaplabel* [*-L* _rótulo_] [*-U* _UUID_] _dispositivo_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition " -#| "located on _device_ (or regular file).\n" -msgid "" -"*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition " -"located on _device_ (or regular file)." -msgstr "" -"*swaplabel* exibe ou muda o rótulo ou UUID de uma partição swap localizada " -"em _dispositivo_ (ou arquivo normal).\n" +#| msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file).\n" +msgid "*swaplabel* will display or change the label or UUID of a swap partition located on _device_ (or regular file)." +msgstr "*swaplabel* exibe ou muda o rótulo ou UUID de uma partição swap localizada em _dispositivo_ (ou arquivo normal).\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will " -"simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_." -msgstr "" -"Se os argumentos opcionais *-L* e *-U* não forem fornecidos, *swaplabel* " -"simplesmente exibirá o rótulo da área de swap atual e o UUID de " -"_dispositivo_." +msgid "If the optional arguments *-L* and *-U* are not given, *swaplabel* will simply display the current swap-area label and UUID of _device_." +msgstr "Se os argumentos opcionais *-L* e *-U* não forem fornecidos, *swaplabel* simplesmente exibirá o rótulo da área de swap atual e o UUID de _dispositivo_." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the " -"appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap " -"creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the " -"label or UUID on an actively used swap device." -msgstr "" -"Se um argumento opcional estiver presente, então *swaplabel* mudará o valor " -"apropriado no _dispositivo_. Esses valores também podem ser definidos " -"durante a criação de swap usando *mkswap*(8). O utilitário *swaplabel* " -"permite alterar o rótulo ou UUID em um dispositivo de swap usado ativamente." +msgid "If an optional argument is present, then *swaplabel* will change the appropriate value on _device_. These values can also be set during swap creation using *mkswap*(8). The *swaplabel* utility allows changing the label or UUID on an actively used swap device." +msgstr "Se um argumento opcional estiver presente, então *swaplabel* mudará o valor apropriado no _dispositivo_. Esses valores também podem ser definidos durante a criação de swap usando *mkswap*(8). O utilitário *swaplabel* permite alterar o rótulo ou UUID em um dispositivo de swap usado ativamente." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most " -"16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* " -"will truncate it and print a warning message." -msgstr "" -"Especifica um novo _rótulo_ para o dispositivo. Os rótulos de partição de " -"swap podem ter no máximo 16 caracteres. Se _rótulo_ tiver mais de 16 " -"caracteres, *swaplabel* irá truncá-lo e exibir uma mensagem de aviso." +msgid "Specify a new _label_ for the device. Swap partition labels can be at most 16 characters long. If _label_ is longer than 16 characters, *swaplabel* will truncate it and print a warning message." +msgstr "Especifica um novo _rótulo_ para o dispositivo. Os rótulos de partição de swap podem ter no máximo 16 caracteres. Se _rótulo_ tiver mais de 16 caracteres, *swaplabel* irá truncá-lo e exibir uma mensagem de aviso." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard " -"8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)." -msgstr "" -"Especifica um novo _UUID_ para o dispositivo. O _UUID_ deve estar no formato " -"de caractere 8-4-4-4-12 padrão, como a saída de *uuidgen*(1)." +msgid "Specify a new _UUID_ for the device. The _UUID_ must be in the standard 8-4-4-4-12 character format, such as is output by *uuidgen*(1)." +msgstr "Especifica um novo _UUID_ para o dispositivo. O _UUID_ deve estar no formato de caractere 8-4-4-4-12 padrão, como a saída de *uuidgen*(1)." #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:47 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and " -#| "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" -msgid "" -"*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and " -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." -msgstr "" -"*swaplabel* foi escrito por mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] e " -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" +#| msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" +msgid "*swaplabel* was written by mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] and mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." +msgstr "*swaplabel* foi escrito por mailto:jborden@bluehost.com[Jason Borden] e mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak].\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../disk-utils/swaplabel.8.adoc:53 @@ -8619,24 +6090,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when " -"coloring output." +msgid "Files in this directory determine the default behavior for utilities when coloring output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is " -"specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities." +msgid "The _name_ is a utility name. The name is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified utilities." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The " -"terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is " -"used for all unspecified terminals." +msgid "The _term_ is a terminal identifier (the *TERM* environment variable). The terminal identifier is optional and when none is specified then the file is used for all unspecified terminals." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8674,18 +6138,12 @@ msgstr "*scheme*" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the " -"utility, the default format is described below." +msgid "Specifies colors used for output. The file format may be specific to the utility, the default format is described below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the " -"more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has " -"less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those " -"files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")." +msgid "If there are more files that match for a utility, then the file with the more specific filename wins. For example, the filename \"@xterm.scheme\" has less priority than \"dmesg@xterm.scheme\". The lowest priority are those files without a utility name and terminal identifier (e.g., \"disable\")." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -8709,17 +6167,12 @@ msgstr "*name color-sequence*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The " -"names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the " -"*COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgid "The *name* is a logical name of color sequence (for example \"error\"). The names are specific to the utilities. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape " -"sequences." +msgid "The *color-sequence* is a color name, ASCII color sequences or escape sequences." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -8730,10 +6183,7 @@ msgstr "Nomes de cores" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, " -"lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, " -"magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow." +msgid "black, blink, blue, bold, brown, cyan, darkgray, gray, green, halfbright, lightblue, lightcyan, lightgray, lightgreen, lightmagenta, lightred, magenta, red, reset, reverse, and yellow." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -8744,9 +6194,7 @@ msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[**=**__quando__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by " -"semicolons. The most common codes are:" +msgid "The color sequences are composed of sequences of numbers separated by semicolons. The most common codes are:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -8783,9 +6231,7 @@ msgstr " -r veda o escape para shell\n" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-" -"escaped notation can be used:" +msgid "To specify control or blank characters in the color sequences, C-style \\-escaped notation can be used:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -8809,17 +6255,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, " -"or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as " -"the first character." +msgid "Please note that escapes are necessary to enter a space, backslash, caret, or any control character anywhere in the string, as well as a hash mark as the first character." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of " -"*dmesg*(1), use:" +msgid "For example, to use a red background for alert messages in the output of *dmesg*(1), use:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -8837,9 +6278,7 @@ msgstr "Comentário" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any " -"other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment." +msgid "Lines where the first non-blank character is a # (hash) are ignored. Any other use of the hash character is not interpreted as introducing a comment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -8915,10 +6354,7 @@ msgstr "COMPATIBILIDADE" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../lib/terminal-colors.d.5.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-" -"linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see " -"the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." +msgid "The *terminal-colors.d* functionality is currently supported by all util-linux utilities which provides colorized output. For more details always see the *COLORS* section in the man page for the utility." msgstr "" #. Copyright 2001 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) @@ -8957,66 +6393,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their " -"content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information " -"such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A " -"common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-" -"coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all " -"available tags in *TAGS* section." +msgid "The *libblkid* library is used to identify block devices (disks) as to their content (e.g., filesystem type) as well as extracting additional information such as filesystem labels/volume names, unique identifiers/serial numbers. A common use is to allow use of *LABEL=* and *UUID=* tags instead of hard-coding specific block device names into configuration files. See list of all available tags in *TAGS* section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information " -"about partitions and block device topology." +msgid "The low-level part of the library also allows the extraction of information about partitions and block device topology." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in " -"a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the " -"user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise " -"not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other " -"than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/" -"id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the " -"environment variable *BLKID_FILE*." +msgid "The high-level part of the library keeps information about block devices in a cache file and is verified to still be valid before being returned to the user (if the user has read permission on the raw block device, otherwise not). The cache file also allows unprivileged users (normally anyone other than root, or those not in the \"disk\" group) to locate devices by label/id. The standard location of the cache file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, " -"it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you " -"are not able to read the block device directly)." +msgid "In situations where one is getting information about a single known device, it does not impact performance whether the cache is used or not (unless you are not able to read the block device directly)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/" -"UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads " -"information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method " -"by default." +msgid "The high-level part of the library supports two methods to determine *LABEL/UUID*. It reads information directly from a block device or reads information from /dev/disk/by-* udev symlinks. The udev is preferred method by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly " -"recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and " -"the on-disk cache will be updated if possible." +msgid "If you are dealing with multiple devices, use of the cache is highly recommended (even if empty) as devices will be scanned at most one time and the on-disk cache will be updated if possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until " -"after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some " -"way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the " -"use of the cache file is *required* in this situation." +msgid "In some cases (modular kernels), block devices are not even visible until after they are accessed the first time, so it is critical that there is some way to locate these devices without enumerating only visible devices, so the use of the cache file is *required* in this situation." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -9027,10 +6434,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden " -"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config " -"file see *blkid*(8) man page." +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. For more details about the config file see *blkid*(8) man page." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -9041,10 +6445,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file " -"systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with " -"*blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():" +msgid "All available tags are listed below. Not all tags are supported for all file systems. To enable a tag, set one of the following flags with *blkid_probe_set_superblocks_flags*():" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -9171,11 +6572,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same " -"value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the " -"size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID " -"configuration (redundant data)." +msgid "FSSIZE - size of filesystem. Note that for XFS this will return the same value as lsblk (without XFS's metadata), but for ext4 it will return the size with metadata and for BTRFS will not count overhead of RAID configuration (redundant data)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9241,10 +6638,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:126 -msgid "" -"*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, " -"with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by " -"Ted Ts'o." +msgid "*libblkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for the ext2 filesystem utilities, with input from Ted Ts'o. The library was subsequently heavily modified by Ted Ts'o." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9260,9 +6654,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libblkid/libblkid.3.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public " -"License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version)." +msgid "*libblkid* is available under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL), version 2 (or at your discretion any later version)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9327,20 +6719,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may " -"be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs " -"compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) " -"Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)." +msgid "The UUID library is used to generate unique identifiers for objects that may be accessible beyond the local system. This library generates UUIDs compatible with those created by the Open Software Foundation (OSF) Distributed Computing Environment (DCE) utility *uuidgen*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique " -"within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for " -"instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers " -"without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash." +msgid "The UUIDs generated by this library can be reasonably expected to be unique within a system, and unique across all systems. They could be used, for instance, to generate unique HTTP cookies across multiple web servers without communication between the servers, and without fear of a name clash." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -9355,10 +6739,7 @@ msgstr "DE ACORDO COM" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:58 ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based " -"UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/" -"rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "This library generates UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9372,9 +6753,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid.3.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"*uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), " -"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9424,16 +6803,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable " -"_uu_ to the NULL value." +msgid "The *uuid_clear*() function sets the value of the supplied uuid variable _uu_ to the NULL value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_clear.3.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), " -"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9483,9 +6858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ " -"and _uu2_ to each other." +msgid "The *uuid_compare*() function compares the two supplied uuid variables _uu1_ and _uu2_ to each other." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -9498,17 +6871,12 @@ msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is " -"found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater " -"than _uu2_." +msgid "Returns an integer less than, equal to, or greater than zero if _uu1_ is found, respectively, to be lexicographically less than, equal, or greater than _uu2_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_compare.3.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), " -"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9569,9 +6937,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_copy.3.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), " -"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9613,9 +6979,7 @@ msgstr "*3*" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, " -"uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value" +msgid "uuid_generate, uuid_generate_random, uuid_generate_time, uuid_generate_time_safe - create a new unique UUID value" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -9632,87 +6996,42 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier " -"(UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from " -"*getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not " -"available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which " -"uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and " -"random data generated using a pseudo-random generator." +msgid "The *uuid_generate*() function creates a new universally unique identifier (UUID). The uuid will be generated based on high-quality randomness from *getrandom*(2), _/dev/urandom_, or _/dev/random_ if available. If it is not available, then *uuid_generate*() will use an alternative algorithm which uses the current time, the local ethernet MAC address (if available), and random data generated using a pseudo-random generator." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID " -"format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in " -"which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use " -"of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs " -"generated in this fashion." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_random*() function forces the use of the all-random UUID format, even if a high-quality random number generator is not available, in which case a pseudo-random generator will be substituted. Note that the use of a pseudo-random generator may compromise the uniqueness of UUIDs generated in this fashion." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative " -"algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if " -"available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate " -"UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak " -"information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause " -"privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function " -"only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not " -"available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently " -"running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if " -"the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or " -"the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the " -"process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If " -"neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is " -"theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the " -"same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, " -"use *uuid_generate_time_safe*." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time*() function forces the use of the alternative algorithm which uses the current time and the local ethernet MAC address (if available). This algorithm used to be the default one used to generate UUIDs, but because of the use of the ethernet MAC address, it can leak information about when and where the UUID was generated. This can cause privacy problems in some applications, so the *uuid_generate*() function only uses this algorithm if a high-quality source of randomness is not available. To guarantee uniqueness of UUIDs generated by concurrently running processes, the uuid library uses a global clock state counter (if the process has permissions to gain exclusive access to this file) and/or the *uuidd*(8) daemon, if it is running already or can be spawned by the process (if installed and the process has enough permissions to run it). If neither of these two synchronization mechanisms can be used, it is theoretically possible that two concurrently running processes obtain the same UUID(s). To tell whether the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, use *uuid_generate_time_safe*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to " -"*uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether " -"any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_time_safe*() function is similar to *uuid_generate_time*(), except that it returns a value which denotes whether any of the synchronization mechanisms (see above) has been used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 " -"unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the " -"universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be " -"considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among " -"UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgid "The UUID is 16 bytes (128 bits) long, which gives approximately 3.4x10^38 unique values (there are approximately 10^80 elementary particles in the universe according to Carl Sagan's _Cosmos_). The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an " -"MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing " -"the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 " -"UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "The *uuid_generate_md5*() and *uuid_generate_sha1*() functions generate an MD5 and SHA1 hashed (predictable) UUID based on a well-known UUID providing the namespace and an arbitrary binary string. The UUIDs conform to V3 and V5 UUIDs per link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by " -"_out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been " -"generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise." +msgid "The newly created UUID is returned in the memory location pointed to by _out_. *uuid_generate_time_safe*() returns zero if the UUID has been generated in a safe manner, -1 otherwise." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_generate.3.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"*uuidgen*(1), *uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), " -"*uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3), " -"*uuidd*(8)" +msgid "*uuidgen*(1), *uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3), *uuidd*(8)" msgstr "" # @@ -9762,17 +7081,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID " -"variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 " -"is returned, otherwise 0 is returned." +msgid "The *uuid_is_null*() function compares the value of the supplied UUID variable _uu_ to the NULL value. If the value is equal to the NULL UUID, 1 is returned, otherwise 0 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_is_null.3.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), " -"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9825,39 +7139,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the " -"binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form " -"1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-" -"%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')." +msgid "The *uuid_parse*() function converts the UUID string given by _in_ into the binary representation. The input UUID is a string of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-b9a761bde3fb (in *printf*(3) format \"%08x-%04x-%04x-%04x-%012x\", 36 bytes plus the trailing '\\0')." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only " -"range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers." +msgid "The *uuid_parse_range*() function works like *uuid_parse*() but parses only range in string specified by _in_start_ and _in_end_ pointers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is " -"stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned." +msgid "Upon successfully parsing the input string, 0 is returned, and the UUID is stored in the location pointed to by _uu_, otherwise -1 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs " -"V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." +msgid "This library parses UUIDs compatible with OSF DCE 1.1, and hash based UUIDs V3 and V5 compatible with link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC-4122]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_parse.3.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), " -"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9907,29 +7209,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-" -"based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only " -"encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably " -"expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the " -"*uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may " -"or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms." +msgid "The *uuid_time*() function extracts the time at which the supplied time-based UUID _uu_ was created. Note that the UUID creation time is only encoded within certain types of UUIDs. This function can only reasonably expect to extract the creation time for UUIDs created with the *uuid_generate_time*(3) and *uuid_generate_time_safe*(3) functions. It may or may not work with UUIDs created by other mechanisms." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT " -"(the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was " -"created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the " -"location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))." +msgid "The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds since January 1, 1970 GMT (the epoch), is returned (see *time*(2)). The time at which the UUID was created, in seconds and microseconds since the epoch, is also stored in the location pointed to by _ret_tv_ (see *gettimeofday*(2))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_time.3.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), " -"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3), *uuid_unparse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -9983,20 +7273,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the " -"binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the " -"form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the " -"character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by " -"*uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-" -"dependent local default." +msgid "The *uuid_unparse*() function converts the supplied UUID _uu_ from the binary representation into a 36-byte string (plus trailing '\\0') of the form 1b4e28ba-2fa1-11d2-883f-0016d3cca427 and stores this value in the character string pointed to by _out_. The case of the hex digits returned by *uuid_unparse*() may be upper or lower case, and is dependent on the system-dependent local default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions " -"*uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used." +msgid "If the case of the hex digits is important then the functions *uuid_unparse_upper*() and *uuid_unparse_lower*() may be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10006,9 +7288,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../libuuid/man/uuid_unparse.3.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), " -"*uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3)" +msgid "*uuid*(3), *uuid_clear*(3), *uuid_compare*(3), *uuid_copy*(3), *uuid_generate*(3), *uuid_time*(3), *uuid_is_null*(3), *uuid_parse*(3)" msgstr "" # @@ -10069,43 +7349,27 @@ msgstr "Altere sua informação de finger.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-" -"phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]" +msgid "*chfn* [*-f* _full-name_] [*-o* _office_] [*-p* _office-phone_] [*-h* _home-phone_] [*-u*] [*-V*] [_username_]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored " -"in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The " -"Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be " -"changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home " -"phone." +msgid "*chfn* is used to change your finger information. This information is stored in the _/etc/passwd_ file, and is displayed by the *finger* program. The Linux *finger* command will display four pieces of information that can be changed by *chfn*: your real name, your work room and phone, and your home phone." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. " -"If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive " -"mode." +msgid "Any of the four pieces of information can be specified on the command line. If no information is given on the command line, *chfn* enters interactive mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can " -"enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field " -"unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank." +msgid "In interactive mode, *chfn* will prompt for each field. At a prompt, you can enter the new information, or just press return to leave the field unchanged. Enter the keyword \"none\" to make the field blank." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with " -"libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation " -"for non-local entries." +msgid "*chfn* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchfn*(1), *lchfn*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10163,9 +7427,7 @@ msgstr "*-?*, *--help*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:55 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Print version and exit. The short options *-V* have been used since version " -"2.39; old versions use deprecated *-v*." +msgid "Print version and exit. The short options *-V* have been used since version 2.39; old versions use deprecated *-v*." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -10177,11 +7439,7 @@ msgstr "ONIE config" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). " -"Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package " -"(e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for " -"*chfn*:" +msgid "*chfn* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (e.g., shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *chfn*:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10197,33 +7455,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and " -"Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that " -"also the Full Name is changeable." +msgid "The boolean setting *\"yes\"* means that only the Office, Office Phone and Home Phone fields are changeable, and boolean setting *\"no\"* means that also the Full Name is changeable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, " -"r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, " -"*CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers." +msgid "Another way to specify changeable fields is by abbreviations: f = Full Name, r = Office (room), w = Office (work) Phone, h = Home Phone. For example, *CHFN_RESTRICT \"wh\"* allows changing work and home phone numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. " -"This is the default." +msgid "If *CHFN_RESTRICT* is undefined, then all finger information is read-only. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chfn.1.adoc:75 ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:58 #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command " -"syntax was not valid." +msgid "Returns 0 if operation was successful, 1 if operation failed or command syntax was not valid." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10262,17 +7510,12 @@ msgstr " %s [-p] [-h ] [-H] [-f] ]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the " -"command line, *chsh* prompts for one." +msgid "*chsh* is used to change your login shell. If a shell is not given on the command line, *chsh* prompts for one." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with " -"libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation " -"for non-local entries." +msgid "*chsh* supports non-local entries (kerberos, LDAP, etc.) if linked with libuser, otherwise use *ypchsh*(1), *lchsh*(1) or any other implementation for non-local entries." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10301,9 +7544,7 @@ msgstr " -l, --list-shells exibe uma lista de shells e sai\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Display help text and exit. The short options *-h* have been used since " -"version 2.30; old versions use deprecated *-u*." +msgid "Display help text and exit. The short options *-h* have been used since version 2.30; old versions use deprecated *-u*." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -10314,16 +7555,12 @@ msgstr "%s não é um dispositivo de bloco válido" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system." +msgid "*chsh* will accept the full pathname of any executable file on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/chsh.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in " -"the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be " -"configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." +msgid "The default behavior for non-root users is to accept only shells listed in the _/etc/shells_ file, and issue a warning for root user. It can also be configured at compile-time to only issue a warning for all users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10372,37 +7609,22 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [...] [...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file " -"designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in " -"(and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ " -"can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those " -"arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as " -"*last tty0*." +msgid "*last* searches back through the _/var/log/wtmp_ file (or the file designated by the *-f* option) and displays a list of all users logged in (and out) since that file was created. One or more _usernames_ and/or _ttys_ can be given, in which case *last* will show only the entries matching those arguments. Names of _ttys_ can be abbreviated, thus *last 0* is the same as *last tty0*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually " -"control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched " -"through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then " -"terminate." +msgid "When catching a *SIGINT* signal (generated by the interrupt key, usually control-C) or a *SIGQUIT* signal, *last* will show how far it has searched through the file; in the case of the *SIGINT* signal *last* will then terminate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus " -"*last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was " -"created." +msgid "The pseudo user *reboot* logs in each time the system is rebooted. Thus *last reboot* will show a log of all the reboots since the log file was created." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the " -"_/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts." +msgid "*lastb* is the same as *last*, except that by default it shows a log of the _/var/log/btmp_ file, which contains all the bad login attempts." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10413,9 +7635,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--hostlast*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--" -"dns* option." +msgid "Display the hostname in the last column. Useful in combination with the *--dns* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10426,10 +7646,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --dns traduz o número de IP para um nome de máquina\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote " -"host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back " -"into a hostname." +msgid "For non-local logins, Linux stores not only the host name of the remote host, but its IP number as well. This option translates the IP number back into a hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10441,10 +7658,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--" -"file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files " -"will be processed." +msgid "Tell *last* to use a specific _file_ instead of _/var/log/wtmp_. The *--file* option can be given multiple times, and all of the specified files will be processed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10457,8 +7671,7 @@ msgstr " -F, --fulltimes mostra horários e datas completos de login e logo #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:59 #, fuzzy msgid "Print full login and logout times and dates." -msgstr "" -" -F, --fulltimes mostra horários e datas completos de login e logout\n" +msgstr " -F, --fulltimes mostra horários e datas completos de login e logout\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:60 @@ -10491,9 +7704,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --present exibe quem estava presente no horário especificad #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using " -"the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_." +msgid "Display the users who were present at the specified time. This is like using the options *--since* and *--until* together with the same _time_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10516,10 +7727,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --since exibe as linhas desde o horário especificado\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e." -"g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option " -"is often combined with *--until*." +msgid "Display the state of logins since the specified _time_. This is useful, e.g., to easily determine who was logged in at a particular time. The option is often combined with *--until*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10532,8 +7740,7 @@ msgstr " -t, --until exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n" #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:77 #, fuzzy msgid "Display the state of logins until the specified _time_." -msgstr "" -" --until exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n" +msgstr " --until exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:78 @@ -10544,9 +7751,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--colon-separate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Use ASCII *tab* characters to separate the columns in the output instead of " -"spaces." +msgid "Use ASCII *tab* characters to separate the columns in the output instead of spaces." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10560,13 +7765,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, " -"or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ " -"is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The " -"_iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format " -"contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are " -"investigated outside of the system." +msgid "Define the output timestamp _format_ to be one of _notime_, _short_, _full_, or _iso_. The _notime_ variant will not print any timestamps at all, _short_ is the default, and _full_ is the same as the *--fulltimes* option. The _iso_ variant will display the timestamp in ISO-8601 format. The ISO format contains timezone information, making it preferable when printouts are investigated outside of the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10594,8 +7793,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "Display the system shutdown entries and run level changes." msgstr "" -" -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e " -"alterações\n" +" -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e alterações\n" " no nível de execução\n" #. type: Title == @@ -10606,8 +7804,7 @@ msgstr "Formatos de arquivo" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:" +msgid "The options that take the _time_ argument understand the following formats:" msgstr "" #. type: Table @@ -10635,27 +7832,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs " -"information in these files if they are present. This is a local " -"configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created " -"with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)." +msgid "The files _wtmp_ and _btmp_ might not be found. The system only logs information in these files if they are present. This is a local configuration issue. If you want the files to be used, they can be created with a simple *touch*(1) command (for example, *touch /var/log/wtmp*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or " -"file with zeros is not interpreted as an error." +msgid "An empty entry is a valid type of wtmp entry. It means that an empty file or file with zeros is not interpreted as an error." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/last.1.adoc:124 -msgid "" -"The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long " -"strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by " -"*last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes " -"for a hostname." +msgid "The utmp file format uses fixed sizes of strings, which means that very long strings are impossible to store in the file and impossible to display by *last*. The usual limits are 32 bytes for a user and line name and 256 bytes for a hostname." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10690,49 +7877,27 @@ msgstr " %s [-p] [-h ] [-H] [-f] ]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* " -"prompts for the username." +msgid "*login* is used when signing onto a system. If no argument is given, *login* prompts for the username." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is " -"disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password " -"failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is " -"severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section." +msgid "The user is then prompted for a password, where appropriate. Echoing is disabled to prevent revealing the password. Only a number of password failures are permitted before *login* exits and the communications link is severed. See *LOGIN_RETRIES* in the *CONFIG FILE ITEMS* section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted " -"for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be " -"provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to " -"*passwd*(1) for more information." +msgid "If password aging has been enabled for the account, the user may be prompted for a new password before proceeding. In such case old password must be provided and the new password entered before continuing. Please refer to *passwd*(1) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/" -"passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, " -"only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the " -"system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The " -"environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, " -"*$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the " -"password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for " -"normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/" -"usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured." +msgid "The user and group ID will be set according to their values in the _/etc/passwd_ file. There is one exception if the user ID is zero. In this case, only the primary group ID of the account is set. This should allow the system administrator to login even in case of network problems. The environment variable values for *$HOME*, *$USER*, *$SHELL*, *$PATH*, *$LOGNAME*, and *$MAIL* are set according to the appropriate fields in the password entry. *$PATH* defaults to _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_ for normal users, and to _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_ for root, if not otherwise configured." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it " -"will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment " -"variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given." +msgid "The environment variable *$TERM* will be preserved, if it exists, else it will be initialized to the terminal type on your tty. Other environment variables are preserved if the *-p* option is given." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10740,27 +7905,16 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "The *PATH* environment variable is used to find filesystem checkers." msgid "The environment variables defined by PAM are always preserved." -msgstr "" -"A variável de ambiente *PATH* é usada para localizar verificadores de " -"sistema de arquivos." +msgstr "A variável de ambiente *PATH* é usada para localizar verificadores de sistema de arquivos." #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/" -"etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If the specified shell contains a " -"space, it is treated as a shell script. If there is no home directory " -"specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check " -"as described below." +msgid "Then the user's shell is started. If no shell is specified for the user in _/etc/passwd_, then _/bin/sh_ is used. If the specified shell contains a space, it is treated as a shell script. If there is no home directory specified in _/etc/passwd_, then _/_ is used, followed by _.hushlogin_ check as described below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This " -"disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and " -"message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login " -"time is printed, and the current login is recorded." +msgid "If the file _.hushlogin_ exists, then a \"quiet\" login is performed. This disables the checking of mail and the printing of the last login time and message of the day. Otherwise, if _/var/log/lastlog_ exists, the last login time is printed, and the current login is recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10777,9 +7931,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the " -"*getty*(8) autologin feature." +msgid "Used to skip a login authentication. This option is usually used by the *getty*(8) autologin feature." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10790,19 +7942,12 @@ msgstr "*h*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote " -"host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the " -"superuser is allowed use this option." +msgid "Used by other servers (such as *telnetd*(8) to pass the name of the remote host to *login* so that it can be placed in utmp and wtmp. Only the superuser is allowed use this option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The " -"standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is " -"_remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/" -"etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)." +msgid "Note that the *-h* option has an impact on the *PAM service* *name*. The standard service name is _login_, but with the *-h* option, the name is _remote_. It is necessary to create proper PAM config files (for example, _/etc/pam.d/login_ and _/etc/pam.d/remote_)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10813,19 +7958,12 @@ msgstr "*h*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that " -"printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also " -"*LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below." +msgid "Used by other servers (for example, *telnetd*(8)) to tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. See also *LOGIN_PLAIN_PROMPT* below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login." -"defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with " -"another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items " -"are relevant for *login*:" +msgid "*login* reads the _/etc/login.defs_ configuration file (see *login.defs*(5)). Note that the configuration file could be distributed with another package (usually shadow-utils). The following configuration items are relevant for *login*:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10836,20 +7974,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and " -"directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory " -"then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from " -"the directory." +msgid "Specifies a \":\" delimited list of \"message of the day\" files and directories to be displayed upon login. If the specified path is a directory then displays all files with .motd file extension in version-sort order from the directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the " -"*MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of " -"the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided " -"by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module." +msgid "The default value is _/usr/share/misc/motd:/run/motd:/etc/motd_. If the *MOTD_FILE* item is empty or a quiet login is enabled, then the message of the day is not displayed. Note that the same functionality is also provided by the *pam_motd*(8) PAM module." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -10859,12 +7989,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like " -"pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is " -"displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and " -"use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in " -"system tools." +msgid "Note that *login* does not implement any filenames overriding behavior like pam_motd (see also *MOTD_FIRSTONLY*), but all content from all files is displayed. It is recommended to keep extra logic in content generators and use _/run/motd.d_ rather than rely on overriding behavior hardcoded in system tools." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10875,11 +8000,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the " -"first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this " -"case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more " -"compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_." +msgid "Forces *login* to stop display content specified by *MOTD_FILE* after the first accessible item in the list. Note that a directory is one item in this case. This option allows *login* semantics to be configured to be more compatible with pam_motd. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10890,10 +8011,7 @@ msgstr " -n, --skip-login não pergunta pelo nome para inciar sessão\ #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: " -"prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default " -"value is _no_." +msgid "Tell *login* that printing the hostname should be suppressed in the login: prompt. This is an alternative to the *-H* command line option. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10915,9 +8033,7 @@ msgstr " --nice executa o login com essa prioridade\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value " -"is _3_." +msgid "Maximum number of login retries in case of a bad password. The default value is _3_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10928,9 +8044,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, " -"but the username is valid. The default value is _no_." +msgid "Tell *login* to only re-prompt for the password if authentication failed, but the username is valid. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10941,9 +8055,7 @@ msgstr "*FAIL_DELAY* (número)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login " -"failure. The default value is _5_." +msgid "Delay in seconds before being allowed another three tries after a login failure. The default value is _5_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10954,9 +8066,7 @@ msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group " -"is used." +msgid "The terminal permissions. The default value is _0600_ or _0620_ if tty group is used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10967,17 +8077,12 @@ msgstr "*TTYGROUP* (string)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. " -"If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set " -"to the user's primary group." +msgid "The login tty will be owned by the *TTYGROUP*. The default value is _tty_. If the *TTYGROUP* does not exist, then the ownership of the terminal is set to the user's primary group." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group " -"identifier." +msgid "The *TTYGROUP* can be either the name of a group or a numeric group identifier." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -10988,32 +8093,22 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login " -"sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, " -"then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in " -"the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will " -"be enabled for all users." +msgid "If defined, this file can inhibit all the usual chatter during the login sequence. If a full pathname (for example, _/etc/hushlogins_) is specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the user's name or shell are found in the file. If this global hush login file is empty then the hushed mode will be enabled for all users." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the " -"file exists in the user's home directory." +msgid "If a full pathname is not specified, then hushed mode will be enabled if the file exists in the user's home directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/." -"hushlogin_." +msgid "The default is to check _/etc/hushlogins_ and if it does not exist then _~/.hushlogin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled." +msgid "If the *HUSHLOGIN_FILE* item is empty, then all the checks are disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11024,11 +8119,7 @@ msgstr "Fazendo login com home = \"/\".\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home " -"directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if " -"it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is " -"_yes_." +msgid "Indicate if login is allowed if we cannot change directory to the home directory. If set to _yes_, the user will login in the root (/) directory if it is not possible to change directory to their home. The default value is _yes_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11039,13 +8130,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As " -"higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and " -"authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ " -"file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means " -"that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default " -"value is _ULONG_MAX_." +msgid "Highest user ID number for which the _lastlog_ entries should be updated. As higher user IDs are usually tracked by remote user identity and authentication services there is no need to create a huge sparse _lastlog_ file for them. No LASTLOG_UID_MAX option present in the configuration means that there is no user ID limit for writing _lastlog_ entries. The default value is _ULONG_MAX_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11056,16 +8141,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The " -"default value is _no_." +msgid "Enable display of unknown usernames when login failures are recorded. The default value is _no_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters " -"their password instead of their login name." +msgid "Note that logging unknown usernames may be a security issue if a user enters their password instead of their login name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11077,9 +8158,7 @@ msgstr "*ENV_PATH* (string)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a " -"regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the *PATH* environment variable when a regular user logs in. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11098,18 +8177,12 @@ msgstr "*ENV_SUPATH* (string)" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the " -"superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/" -"usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "If set, it will be used to define the PATH environment variable when the superuser logs in. *ENV_ROOTPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:150 -msgid "" -"_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/" -"etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/" -"remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" +msgid "_/var/run/utmp_, _/var/log/wtmp_, _/var/log/lastlog_, _/var/spool/mail/*_, _/etc/motd_, _/etc/passwd_, _/etc/nologin_, _/etc/pam.d/login_, _/etc/pam.d/remote_, _/etc/hushlogins_, _$HOME/.hushlogin_" msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -11120,9 +8193,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:154 -msgid "" -"*login* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd." -"io/CREDENTIALS/). *login* reads the following systemd credentials:" +msgid "*login* supports configuration via systemd credentials (see https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS/). *login* reads the following systemd credentials:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11133,43 +8204,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:158 -msgid "" -"If set, configures *login* to skip login authentication, similarly to the *-" -"f* option." +msgid "If set, configures *login* to skip login authentication, similarly to the *-f* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:162 -msgid "" -"The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by " -"some *rlogind*(8) programs." +msgid "The undocumented BSD *-r* option is not supported. This may be required by some *rlogind*(8) programs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer " -"works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for " -"security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any " -"possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. " -"If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by " -"*vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be " -"avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm." +msgid "A recursive login, as used to be possible in the good old days, no longer works; for most purposes *su*(1) is a satisfactory substitute. Indeed, for security reasons, *login* does a *vhangup*(2) system call to remove any possible listening processes on the tty. This is to avoid password sniffing. If one uses the command *login*, then the surrounding shell gets killed by *vhangup*(2) because it's no longer the true owner of the tty. This can be avoided by using *exec login* in a top-level shell or xterm." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:168 -msgid "" -"Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] " -"for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. " -"Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "Derived from BSD login 5.40 (5/9/89) by mailto:glad@daimi.dk[Michael Glad] for HP-UX. Ported to Linux 0.12: mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]. Rewritten to a PAM-only version by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/login.1.adoc:180 -msgid "" -"*mail*(1), *passwd*(1), *passwd*(5), *utmp*(5), *environ*(7), *getty*(8), " -"*init*(8), *lastlog*(8), *shutdown*(8)" +msgid "*mail*(1), *passwd*(1), *passwd*(5), *utmp*(5), *environ*(7), *getty*(8), *init*(8), *lastlog*(8), *shutdown*(8)" msgstr "" #. Copyright 2014 Ondrej Oprala (ondrej.oprala@gmail.com) @@ -11189,25 +8244,17 @@ msgstr "Exibe informação sobre usuários conhecidos no sistema.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:18 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] " -"[_username_]" +msgid "*lslogins* [options] [*-s*|*-u*[=_UID_]] [*-g* _groups_] [*-l* _logins_] [_username_]" msgstr " %s [-p] [-h ] [-H] [-f] ]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ " -"and output the desired data." +msgid "Examine the wtmp and btmp logs, _/etc/shadow_ (if necessary) and _/passwd_ and output the desired data." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available " -"details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is " -"different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as " -"an error." +msgid "The optional argument _username_ forces *lslogins* to print all available details about the specified user only. In this case the output format is different than in case of *-l* or *-g* and unknown is _username_ reported as an error." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11217,10 +8264,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too." -msgstr "" -"Argumentos obrigatórios para opções longas também o são para opções curtas." +msgid "Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too." +msgstr "Argumentos obrigatórios para opções longas também o são para opções curtas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:31 @@ -11230,9 +8275,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--acc-expiration*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Display data about the date of last password change and the account " -"expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)" +msgid "Display data about the date of last password change and the account expiration date (see *shadow*(5) for more info). (Requires root privileges.)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11282,9 +8325,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do us #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:45 #, fuzzy msgid "Display data about the users' last failed login attempts." -msgstr "" -" -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do " -"usuário\n" +msgstr " -f, --failed exibe dados das últimas falhas de login do usuário\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:46 @@ -11306,20 +8347,12 @@ msgstr " -g, --groups= exibe usuários pertencentes a um grupo em exibe apenas usuários de \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or " -"user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-" -"separated. Unknown login names are ignored." +msgid "Only show data of users with a login specified in _logins_ (user names or user IDs). More than one login may be specified; the list has to be comma-separated. Unknown login names are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11360,8 +8389,7 @@ msgstr " -n, --newline exibe cada pedaço de informação em uma nova #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:62 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Display each piece of information on a separate line." -msgstr "" -" -n, --newline exibe cada pedaço de informação em uma nova linha\n" +msgstr " -n, --newline exibe cada pedaço de informação em uma nova linha\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:63 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:59 @@ -11396,20 +8424,14 @@ msgstr " --notruncate não trunca a saída\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be " -"extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:74 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported " -"columns." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista " -"de todas as colunas suportadas." +msgid "Output all available columns. *--help* to get a list of all supported columns." +msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:75 @@ -11435,11 +8457,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --system-accs exibe contas de sistema\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between " -"101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody " -"(UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters " -"*SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgid "Show system accounts. These are by default all accounts with a UID between 101 and 999 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default may be overwritten by parameters *SYS_UID_MIN* and *SYS_UID_MAX* in the file _/etc/login.defs_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11450,9 +8468,7 @@ msgstr " --time-format= exibe datas no formato, curto, completo ou iso #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:86 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time " -"format is designed to be space efficient and human readable." +msgid "Display dates in short, full or iso format. The default is short, this time format is designed to be space efficient and human readable." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11463,11 +8479,7 @@ msgstr " -u, --user-accs exibe contas de usuários\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 " -"(inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). " -"This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX " -"in the file _/etc/login.defs_." +msgid "Show user accounts. These are by default all accounts with UID above 1000 (inclusive), with the exception of either nobody or nfsnobody (UID 65534). This hardcoded default maybe overwritten by parameters UID_MIN and UID_MAX in the file _/etc/login.defs_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11506,12 +8518,7 @@ msgstr "*-h*, *--help*" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:100 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. " -"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in " -"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request " -"this behavior by *--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--export*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--export* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11536,9 +8543,7 @@ msgstr " -z, --print0 delimita entradas de usuários com um caracter #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:106 #, fuzzy msgid "Delimit user entries with a nul character, instead of a newline." -msgstr "" -" -z, --print0 delimita entradas de usuários com um caractere " -"nulo\n" +msgstr " -z, --print0 delimita entradas de usuários com um caractere nulo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:90 @@ -11596,10 +8601,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the " -"password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set " -"password." +msgid "The password is prefixed by '!!', and the user cannot login although the password is set or empty. This is common for new accounts without a set password." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11610,10 +8612,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system " -"accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without " -"a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status." +msgid "The password is not set (hash is missing); this is common for locked system accounts. Not requiring a password does not mean the user can log-in without a password. It depends on the password \"lock\" status." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11624,9 +8623,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, " -"or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars." +msgid "'yes' means that there is no valid password. The password hash is missing, or the hash method is unknown or contains invalid chars." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -11649,15 +8646,12 @@ msgstr "HISTÓRICO" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:138 -msgid "" -"The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first " -"appeared in FreeBSD 4.10." +msgid "The *lslogins* utility is inspired by the *logins* utility, which first appeared in FreeBSD 4.10." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/lslogins.1.adoc:143 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:ooprala@redhat.com[Ondrej Oprala], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11690,11 +8684,7 @@ msgstr "grupo inexistente" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to " -"*login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is " -"unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed " -"with respect to the new group ID." +msgid "*newgrp* changes the group identification of its caller, analogously to *login*(1). The same person remains logged in, and the current directory is unchanged, but calculations of access permissions to files are performed with respect to the new group ID." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11709,9 +8699,7 @@ msgstr "_/etc/group_, _/etc/passwd_" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/newgrp.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau." -"dk[Peter Orbaek]." +msgid "Originally by Michael Haardt. Currently maintained by mailto:poe@daimi.aau.dk[Peter Orbaek]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11739,26 +8727,19 @@ msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-" -"zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an " -"account." +msgid "*nologin* displays a message that an account is not available and exits non-zero. It is intended as a replacement shell field to deny login access to an account." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to " -"the user instead of the default message." +msgid "If the file _/etc/nologin.txt_ exists, *nologin* displays its contents to the user instead of the default message." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:24 #, fuzzy msgid "The exit status returned by *nologin* is always 1." -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de " -"falha." +msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha." #. type: Labeled list #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:28 ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:25 @@ -11839,19 +8820,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system " -"accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional " -"source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused " -"independently of the file." +msgid "*nologin* is a per-account way to disable login (usually used for system accounts like http or ftp). *nologin* uses _/etc/nologin.txt_ as an optional source for a non-default message, the login access is always refused independently of the file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/nologin.8.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging " -"into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/" -"nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file." +msgid "*pam_nologin*(8) PAM module usually prevents all non-root users from logging into the system. *pam_nologin*(8) functionality is controlled by _/var/run/nologin_ or the _/etc/nologin_ file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -11889,52 +8863,32 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. " -"If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible " -"semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands " -"*runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it " -"may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM " -"configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-" -"user-ID permissions." +msgid "*runuser* can be used to run commands with a substitute user and group ID. If the option *-u* is not given, *runuser* falls back to *su*-compatible semantics and a shell is executed. The difference between the commands *runuser* and *su* is that *runuser* does not ask for a password (because it may be executed by the root user only) and it uses a different PAM configuration. The command *runuser* does not have to be installed with set-user-ID permissions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use " -"the *setpriv*(1) command." +msgid "If the PAM session is not required, then the recommended solution is to use the *setpriv*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive " -"shell as _root_." +msgid "When called without arguments, *runuser* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current " -"directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* " -"(plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version " -"of *runuser* uses PAM for session management." +msgid "For backward compatibility, *runuser* defaults to not changing the current directory and to setting only the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). This version of *runuser* uses PAM for session management." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final " -"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--" -"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgid "Note that *runuser* in all cases use PAM (pam_getenvlist()) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, " -"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgid "Since version 2.38 *runuser* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11956,9 +8910,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --fast passa -f para o shell (para csh ou tcsh #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:40 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the " -"shell." +msgid "Pass *-f* to the shell, which may or may not be useful, depending on the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11969,8 +8921,7 @@ msgstr " -g, --group só envia mensagem ao grupo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only." +msgid "The primary group to be used. This option is allowed for the root user only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11981,10 +8932,7 @@ msgstr " -G, --supp-group especifica um grupo suplementar\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:46 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user " -"only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary " -"group if the option *--group* is not specified." +msgid "Specify a supplementary group. This option is available to the root user only. The first specified supplementary group is also used as a primary group if the option *--group* is not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -11997,22 +8945,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:" +msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables " -"specified by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgid "clears all the environment variables except for *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:52 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, " -"and *PATH*" +msgid "initializes the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12022,8 +8965,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:54 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell" +msgid "sets argv[0] of the shell to '*-*' in order to make the shell a login shell" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12034,9 +8976,7 @@ msgstr " -m, -p, --preserve-environment não restaura as variáveis de ambi #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or " -"*LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. The option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12047,23 +8987,12 @@ msgstr " -P, --pty cria um novo pseudoterminal\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides " -"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original " -"session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and " -"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session " -"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ " -"*--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works " -"as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid TIOCSTI ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *runuser --pty* *-u* _username_ *--* _command_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *runuser* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard " -"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | " -"runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is " -"disabled to avoid messy output." +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | runuser --pty -u* _user_), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12074,9 +9003,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --shell executa se /etc/shells permitir #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is " -"selected according to the following rules, in order:" +msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12087,9 +9014,7 @@ msgstr "nenhum shell" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-" -"environment* option is used" +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL* if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12104,10 +9029,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/" -"shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables " -"are ignored unless the calling user is root." +msgid "If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), then the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12127,14 +9049,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:76 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:84 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "*-T*, *--no-pty**" -msgstr " -n, --noparity define a paridade para nenhuma\n" +msgstr " -P, --pty cria um novo pseudoterminal\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:79 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Do not create a pseudo-terminal, opposite of *--pty* and *-P*. Note that " -"running without a pseudo-terminal opens the security risk of privilege " -"escalation through TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX ioctl command injection." +msgid "Do not create a pseudo-terminal, opposite of *--pty* and *-P*. Note that running without a pseudo-terminal opens the security risk of privilege escalation through TIOCSTI/TIOCLINUX ioctl command injection." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12145,10 +9064,7 @@ msgstr " -w, --whitelist-environment não restaura as variáveis especif #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:82 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated " -"_list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored " -"for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*." +msgid "Don't reset the environment variables specified in the comma-separated _list_ when clearing the environment for *--login*. The whitelist is ignored for the environment variables *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER*, *LOGNAME*, and *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -12159,25 +9075,17 @@ msgstr "ONIE config" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ " -"configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for " -"*runuser*:" +msgid "*runuser* reads the _/etc/default/runuser_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *runuser*:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value " -"is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the PATH environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:95 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes " -"precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/" -"usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for root. *ENV_SUPATH* takes precedence. The default value is _/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12188,25 +9096,17 @@ msgstr "falha ao definir a variável de ambiente PATH" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not " -"specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*." +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *runuser* initializes *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:100 ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and " -"_/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--" -"login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))." +msgid "The environment variable *PATH* may be different on systems where _/bin_ and _/sbin_ are merged into _/usr_; this variable is also affected by the *--login* command-line option and the PAM system setting (e.g., *pam_env*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If " -"the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the " -"signal plus 128." +msgid "*runuser* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *runuser* returns the number of the signal plus 128." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12291,10 +9191,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/runuser.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on " -"an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by " -"Dan Walsh." +msgid "This *runuser* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie, and the Fedora *runuser* command by Dan Walsh." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12329,53 +9226,32 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an " -"interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional " -"__argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell." +msgid "When called with no _user_ specified, *su* defaults to running an interactive shell as _root_. When _user_ is specified, additional __argument__s can be supplied, in which case they are passed to the shell." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current " -"directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus " -"*USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to " -"always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side " -"effects caused by mixing environments." +msgid "For backward compatibility, *su* defaults to not change the current directory and to only set the environment variables *HOME* and *SHELL* (plus *USER* and *LOGNAME* if the target _user_ is not root). It is recommended to always use the *--login* option (instead of its shortcut *-*) to avoid side effects caused by mixing environments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session " -"management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, " -"such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM." +msgid "This version of *su* uses PAM for authentication, account and session management. Some configuration options found in other *su* implementations, such as support for a wheel group, have to be configured via PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for " -"privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID " -"command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides " -"separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then " -"the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1)." +msgid "*su* is mostly designed for unprivileged users, the recommended solution for privileged users (e.g., scripts executed by root) is to use non-set-user-ID command *runuser*(1) that does not require authentication and provides separate PAM configuration. If the PAM session is not required at all then the recommended solution is to use command *setpriv*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final " -"environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--" -"preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." +msgid "Note that *su* in all cases uses PAM (*pam_getenvlist*(3)) to do the final environment modification. Command-line options such as *--login* and *--preserve-environment* affect the environment before it is modified by PAM." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, " -"RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." +msgid "Since version 2.38 *su* resets process resource limits RLIMIT_NICE, RLIMIT_RTPRIO, RLIMIT_FSIZE, RLIMIT_AS and RLIMIT_NOFILE." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12392,8 +9268,7 @@ msgstr " -g, --group só envia mensagem ao grupo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only." +msgid "Specify the primary group. This option is available to the root user only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12404,17 +9279,12 @@ msgstr " -G, --supp-group especifica um grupo suplementar\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login." +msgid "Start the shell as a login shell with an environment similar to a real login." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Note that on systemd-based systems, a new session may be defined as a real " -"entry point to the system. However, *su* does not create a real session (by " -"PAM) from this point of view. You need to use tools like *systemd-run* or " -"*machinectl* to initiate a complete, real session." +msgid "Note that on systemd-based systems, a new session may be defined as a real entry point to the system. However, *su* does not create a real session (by PAM) from this point of view. You need to use tools like *systemd-run* or *machinectl* to initiate a complete, real session." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12424,37 +9294,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified " -"by *--whitelist-environment*" +msgid "clears all the environment variables except *TERM* and variables specified by *--whitelist-environment*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or " -"*LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." +msgid "Preserve the entire environment, i.e., do not set *HOME*, *SHELL*, *USER* or *LOGNAME*. This option is ignored if the option *--login* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides " -"better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original " -"session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and " -"other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session " -"can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-" -"c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as " -"a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." +msgid "Create a pseudo-terminal for the session. The independent terminal provides better security as the user does not share a terminal with the original session. This can be used to avoid *TIOCSTI* ioctl terminal injection and other security attacks against terminal file descriptors. The entire session can also be moved to the background (e.g., *su --pty* **-** __username__ *-c* _application_ *&*). If the pseudo-terminal is enabled, then *su* works as a proxy between the sessions (sync stdin and stdout)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard " -"input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --" -"pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid " -"messy output." +msgid "This feature is mostly designed for interactive sessions. If the standard input is not a terminal, but for example a pipe (e.g., *echo \"date\" | su --pty*), then the *ECHO* flag for the pseudo-terminal is disabled to avoid messy output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12465,24 +9320,17 @@ msgstr " -s, --shell executa se /etc/shells permitir #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. If the target user has a " -"restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option " -"and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is " -"root." +msgid "Run the specified _shell_ instead of the default. If the target user has a restricted shell (i.e., not listed in _/etc/shells_), the *--shell* option and the *SHELL* environment variables are ignored unless the calling user is root." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:" +msgid "The shell to run is selected according to the following rules, in order:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-" -"environment* option is used" +msgid "the shell specified in the environment variable *SHELL*, if the *--preserve-environment* option is used" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12499,48 +9347,33 @@ msgstr "SINAIS" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its " -"child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child " -"is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of " -"delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*." +msgid "Upon receiving either *SIGINT*, *SIGQUIT* or *SIGTERM*, *su* terminates its child and afterwards terminates itself with the received signal. The child is terminated by *SIGTERM*, after unsuccessful attempt and 2 seconds of delay the child is killed by *SIGKILL*." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. " -"The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}" +msgid "*su* reads the _/etc/default/su_ and _/etc/login.defs_ configuration files. The following configuration items are relevant for *su*{colon}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a " -"non-negative integer." +msgid "Delay in seconds in case of an authentication failure. The number must be a non-negative integer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default " -"value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." +msgid "Defines the *PATH* environment variable for a regular user. The default value is _/usr/local/bin:/bin:/usr/bin_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not " -"specified *su* initializes *PATH*." +msgid "If set to _yes_ and *--login* and *--preserve-environment* were not specified *su* initializes *PATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the " -"command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus " -"128." +msgid "*su* normally returns the exit status of the command it executed. If the command was killed by a signal, *su* returns the number of the signal plus 128." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12573,13 +9406,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:147 -msgid "" -"For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ " -"file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can " -"be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use " -"the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in " -"attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ " -"file as well. For example by:" +msgid "For security reasons, *su* always logs failed log-in attempts to the _btmp_ file, but it does not write to the _lastlog_ file at all. This solution can be used to control *su* behavior by PAM configuration. If you want to use the *pam_lastlog*(8) module to print warning message about failed log-in attempts then *pam_lastlog*(8) has to be configured to update the _lastlog_ file as well. For example by:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -12589,10 +9416,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/su.1.adoc:155 -msgid "" -"This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an " -"implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been " -"refactored by Karel Zak." +msgid "This *su* command was derived from coreutils' *su*, which was based on an implementation by David MacKenzie. The util-linux version has been refactored by Karel Zak." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12641,8 +9465,7 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [dispositivo tty]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode." +msgid "*sulogin* is invoked by *init* when the system goes into single-user mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12653,31 +9476,22 @@ msgstr "Comandos de usuário" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:43 -msgid "" -"Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal " -"startup):" +msgid "Give root password for system maintenance (or type Control-D for normal startup):" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is " -"required." +msgid "If the root account is locked and *--force* is specified, no password is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional " -"_tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/" -"console_)." +msgid "*sulogin* will be connected to the current terminal, or to the optional _tty_ device that can be specified on the command line (typically _/dev/console_)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the " -"prompt, the system will continue to boot." +msgid "When the user exits from the single-user shell, or presses control-D at the prompt, the system will continue to boot." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12694,19 +9508,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {asterisk} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via " -"*getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the " -"password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is " -"locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* " -"will *start a root shell without asking for a password*." +msgid "If the default method of obtaining the root password from the system via *getpwnam*(3) fails, then examine _/etc/passwd_ and _/etc/shadow_ to get the password. If these files are damaged or nonexistent, or when root account is locked by '!' or '{asterisk}' at the begin of the password then *sulogin* will *start a root shell without asking for a password*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected " -"against unauthorized access." +msgid "Only use the *-e* option if you are sure the console is physically protected against unauthorized access." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12722,9 +9529,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a " -"login shell." +msgid "Specifying this option causes *sulogin* to start the shell process as a login shell." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12740,25 +9545,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, " -"*sulogin* will wait forever." +msgid "Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for user input. By default, *sulogin* will wait forever." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to " -"determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it " -"will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will " -"fall back to _/bin/sh_." +msgid "*sulogin* looks for the environment variable *SUSHELL* or *sushell* to determine what shell to start. If the environment variable is not set, it will try to execute root's shell from _/etc/passwd_. If that fails, it will fall back to _/bin/sh_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/sulogin.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later " -"ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak." +msgid "*sulogin* was written by Miquel van Smoorenburg for sysvinit and later ported to util-linux by Dave Reisner and Karel Zak." msgstr "" # @@ -12796,10 +9593,7 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [nome-arquivo]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so " -"they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is " -"passed." +msgid "*utmpdump* is a simple program to dump UTMP and WTMP files in raw format, so they can be examined. *utmpdump* reads from stdin unless a _filename_ is passed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12838,16 +9632,12 @@ msgstr " -r, --reverse escreve dados despejados no arquivo utmp\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files." +msgid "Undump, write back edited login information into the utmp or wtmp files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can " -"dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove " -"bogus entries, and reintegrated using:" +msgid "*utmpdump* can be useful in cases of corrupted utmp or wtmp entries. It can dump out utmp/wtmp to an ASCII file, which can then be edited to remove bogus entries, and reintegrated using:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -12862,27 +9652,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may " -"become incompatible in future." +msgid "Only the binary version of the *utmp*(5) is standardised. Textual dumps may become incompatible in future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) " -"timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp " -"format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be " -"made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift " -"amount of timezone offset." +msgid "The version 2.28 was the last one that printed text output using *ctime*(3) timestamp format. Newer dumps use millisecond precision ISO-8601 timestamp format in UTC-0 timezone. Conversion from former timestamp format can be made to binary, although attempt to do so can lead the timestamps to drift amount of timezone offset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/utmpdump.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files " -"strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal " -"use, but for debugging only." +msgid "You may *not* use the *-r* option, as the format for the utmp/wtmp files strongly depends on the input format. This tool was *not* written for normal use, but for debugging only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -12957,20 +9737,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does " -"any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the " -"password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask " -"you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). " -"*vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd " -"file." +msgid "*vipw* edits the password file after setting the appropriate locks, and does any necessary processing after the password file is unlocked. If the password file is already locked for editing by another user, *vipw* will ask you to try again later. The default editor for *vipw* and *vigr* is *vi*(1). *vigr* edits the group file in the same manner as *vipw* does the passwd file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* " -"and *vigr*:" +msgid "If the following environment variable exists, it will be utilized by *vipw* and *vigr*:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -12981,16 +9753,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the " -"default editor *vi*(1)." +msgid "The editor specified by the string *EDITOR* will be invoked instead of the default editor *vi*(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-" -"Linux 2.6." +msgid "The *vipw* command appeared in 4.0BSD. The *vigr* command appeared in Util-Linux 2.6." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13000,10 +9768,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../login-utils/vipw.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are " -"available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux " -"Kernel Archive]" +msgid "The *vigr* and *vipw* commands are part of the util-linux package and are available from https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/[Linux Kernel Archive]" msgstr "" #. Copyright 2000 Andreas Dilger (adilger@turbolinux.com) @@ -13029,18 +9794,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:21 -msgid "" -"*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* " -"_file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* " -"_NAME=value_] [_device_...]" +msgid "*blkid* [*--no-encoding* *--garbage-collect* *--list-one* *--cache-file* _file_] [*--output* _format_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-token* _NAME=value_] [_device_...]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* " -"_size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] " -"[*--no-part-details*] _device_..." +msgid "*blkid* *--probe* [*--offset* _offset_] [*--output* _format_] [*--size* _size_] [*--match-tag* _tag_] [*--match-types* _list_] [*--usages* _list_] [*--no-part-details*] _device_..." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13050,67 +9809,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the " -"*libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., " -"filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes " -"(tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID " -"fields)." +msgid "The *blkid* program is the command-line interface to working with the *libblkid*(3) library. It can determine the type of content (e.g., filesystem or swap) that a block device holds, and also the attributes (tokens, NAME=value pairs) from the content metadata (e.g., LABEL or UUID fields)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about " -"block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* " -"*findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*" +msgid "*It is recommended to use* *lsblk*(8) *command to get information about block devices, or lsblk --fs to get an overview of filesystems, or* *findmnt*(8) *to search in already mounted filesystems.*" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, " -"easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get " -"actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for " -"non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly " -"designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality." +msgid "*lsblk*(8) provides more information, better control on output formatting, easy to use in scripts and it does not require root permissions to get actual information. *blkid* reads information directly from devices and for non-root users it returns cached unverified information. *blkid* is mostly designed for system services and to test *libblkid*(3) functionality." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It " -"is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If " -"none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/" -"proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized." +msgid "When _device_ is specified, tokens from only this device are displayed. It is possible to specify multiple _device_ arguments on the command line. If none is given, all partitions or unpartitioned devices which appear in _/proc/partitions_ are shown, if they are recognized." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with " -"a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more " -"specified devices." +msgid "*blkid* has two main forms of operation: either searching for a device with a specific NAME=value pair, or displaying NAME=value pairs for one or more specified devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing " -"result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-" -"level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in " -"this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview " -"and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device." +msgid "For security reasons *blkid* silently ignores all devices where the probing result is ambivalent (multiple colliding filesystems are detected). The low-level probing mode (*-p*) provides more information and extra exit status in this case. It's recommended to use *wipefs*(8) to get a detailed overview and to erase obsolete stuff (magic strings) from the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, " -"EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning " -"as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, " -"TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _size_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes like KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13121,11 +9850,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see " -"the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start " -"with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not " -"necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_." +msgid "Read from _cachefile_ instead of reading from the default cache file (see the *CONFIGURATION FILE* section for more details). If you want to start with a clean cache (i.e., don't report devices previously scanned but not necessarily available at this time), specify _/dev/null_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13136,10 +9861,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --no-encoding não codifica caracteres não imprimíveis\n #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are " -"encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* " -"output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled." +msgid "Don't encode non-printing characters. The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation by default. Note that the *--output udev* output format uses a different encoding which cannot be disabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13150,9 +9872,7 @@ msgstr " -D, --no-part-details não exibe informações da tabela de parti #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-" -"level probing mode." +msgid "Don't print information (PART_ENTRY_* tags) from partition table in low-level probing mode." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13163,9 +9883,7 @@ msgstr " -g, --garbage-collect coleta de lixo no cache de blkid\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which " -"no longer exist." +msgid "Perform a garbage collection pass on the blkid cache to remove devices which no longer exist." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13177,10 +9895,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--intro-command* _string_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions " -"to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is " -"\"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF." +msgid "Set probing hint. The hints are an optional way to force probing functions to check, for example, another location. The currently supported is \"session_offset=_number_\" to set session offset on multi-session UDF." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13191,10 +9906,7 @@ msgstr " -i, --info junta informações sobre limites E/S\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output " -"format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the " -"*--probe* option." +msgid "Display information about I/O Limits (aka I/O topology). The 'export' output format is automatically enabled. This option can be used together with the *--probe* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13210,8 +9922,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "List all known filesystems and RAIDs and exit." msgstr "" -" -k, --list-filesystems lista todos sistemas de arquivos/RAIDs " -"conhecidos\n" +" -k, --list-filesystems lista todos sistemas de arquivos/RAIDs conhecidos\n" " e sai\n" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13224,43 +9935,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the " -"*--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the " -"specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is " -"returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below " -"note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device " -"Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is " -"not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search " -"parameter." +msgid "Look up only one device that matches the search parameter specified with the *--match-token* option. If there are multiple devices that match the specified search parameter, then the device with the highest priority is returned, and/or the first device found at a given priority (but see below note about udev). Device types in order of decreasing priority are: Device Mapper, EVMS, LVM, MD, and finally regular block devices. If this option is not specified, *blkid* will print all of the devices that match the search parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in " -"*--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils " -"(like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple " -"devices." +msgid "This option forces *blkid* to use udev when used for LABEL or UUID tokens in *--match-token*. The goal is to provide output consistent with other utils (like *mount*(8), etc.) on systems where the same tag is used for multiple devices." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--" -"list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method " -"is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a " -"setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not " -"reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option " -"works on systems with and without udev." +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _label_; this is equal to **--list-one --output device --match-token LABEL=**__label__. This lookup method is able to reliably use /dev/disk/by-label udev symlinks (dependent on a setting in _/etc/blkid.conf_). Avoid using the symlinks directly; it is not reliable to use the symlinks without verification. The *--label* option works on systems with and without udev." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option " -"as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t " -"LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option." +msgid "Unfortunately, the original *blkid*(8) from e2fsprogs uses the *-L* option as a synonym for *-o list*. For better portability, use **-l -o device -t LABEL=**__label__ and *-o list* in your scripts rather than the *-L* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13273,10 +9963,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of " -"superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to " -"specify the types which should be ignored. For example:" +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of superblock types (names). The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the types which should be ignored. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13300,9 +9987,7 @@ msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is " -"only useful together with *--probe*." +msgid "probes for all supported formats except minix filesystems. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13315,9 +10000,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and " -"devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:" +msgid "Use the specified output format. Note that the order of variables and devices is not fixed. See also option *-s*. The _format_ parameter may be:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13352,9 +10035,7 @@ msgstr "*list*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is " -"unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)." +msgid "print the devices in a user-friendly format; this output format is unsupported for low-level probing (*--probe* or *--info*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13370,9 +10051,7 @@ msgstr "*device*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--" -"label* and *--uuid* options" +msgid "print the device name only; this output format is always enabled for the *--label* and *--uuid* options" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13384,21 +10063,12 @@ msgstr "*udev*" #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {underscore} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the " -"keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified " -"to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and " -"valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with " -"'{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe " -"chars." +msgid "print key=\"value\" pairs for easy import into the udev environment; the keys are prefixed by ID_FS_ or ID_PART_ prefixes. The value may be modified to be safe for udev environment; allowed is plain ASCII, hex-escaping and valid UTF-8, everything else (including whitespaces) is replaced with '{underscore}'. The keys with __ENC_ postfix use hex-escaping for unsafe chars." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are " -"detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions " -"including empty partitions." +msgid "The udev output returns the ID_FS_AMBIVALENT tag if more superblocks are detected, and ID_PART_ENTRY_* tags are always returned for all partitions including empty partitions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13414,17 +10084,12 @@ msgstr "*export*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output " -"format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are " -"requested." +msgid "print key=value pairs for easy import into the environment; this output format is automatically enabled when I/O Limits (*--info* option) are requested." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:114 -msgid "" -"The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all " -"potentially unsafe characters are escaped." +msgid "The non-printing characters are encoded by ^ and M- notation and all potentially unsafe characters are escaped." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13435,9 +10100,7 @@ msgstr " -O, --offset sonda na posição dada\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be " -"used together with the *--info* option." +msgid "Probe at the given _offset_ (only useful with *--probe*). This option can be used together with the *--info* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13453,12 +10116,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table " -"type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced " -"by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it " -"may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example " -"PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*." +msgid "Note that low-level probing also returns information about partition table type (PTTYPE tag) and partitions (PART_ENTRY_* tags). The tag names produced by low-level probing are based on names used internally by libblkid and it may be different than when executed without *--probe* (for example PART_ENTRY_UUID= vs PARTUUID=). See also *--no-part-details*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13469,12 +10127,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--match-tag* _tag_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is " -"possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, " -"then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just " -"refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no " -"other options." +msgid "For each (specified) device, show only the tags that match _tag_. It is possible to specify multiple *--match-tag* options. If no tag is specified, then all tokens are shown for all (specified) devices. In order to just refresh the cache without showing any tokens, use *--match-tag none* with no other options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13496,12 +10149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value " -"_value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ " -"include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on " -"the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the " -"specified devices are searched." +msgid "Search for block devices with tokens named _NAME_ that have the value _value_, and display any devices which are found. Common values for _NAME_ include *TYPE*, *LABEL*, and *UUID*. If there are no devices specified on the command line, all block devices will be searched; otherwise only the specified devices are searched." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13512,11 +10160,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--usages* _lista_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of " -"\"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and " -"other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types " -"which should be ignored. For example:" +msgid "Restrict the probing functions to the specified (comma-separated) _list_ of \"usage\" types. Supported usage types are: filesystem, raid, crypto and other. The list items may be prefixed with \"no\" to specify the usage types which should be ignored. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13540,9 +10184,7 @@ msgstr "*blkid --probe --usages noraid /dev/sda1*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:142 -msgid "" -"probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful " -"together with *--probe*." +msgid "probes for all supported formats except RAIDs. This option is only useful together with *--probe*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13553,26 +10195,17 @@ msgstr "*-U*, *--uuid* _uuid_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see " -"the *--label* option." +msgid "Look up the device that uses this filesystem _uuid_. For more details see the *--label* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:151 -msgid "" -"If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--" -"match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about " -"the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* " -"filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status." +msgid "If the specified device or device addressed by specified token (option *--match-token*) was found and it's possible to gather any information about the device, an exit status 0 is returned. Note the option *--match-tag* filters output tags, but it does not affect exit status." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be " -"identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device " -"identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned." +msgid "If the specified token was not found, or no (specified) devices could be identified, or it is impossible to gather any information about the device identifiers or device content an exit status of 2 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13582,17 +10215,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-" -"p*), an exit status of 8 is returned." +msgid "If an ambivalent probing result was detected by low-level probing mode (*-p*), an exit status of 8 is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:161 -msgid "" -"The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden " -"by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the " -"libblkid library:" +msgid "The standard location of the _/etc/blkid.conf_ config file can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_CONF*. The following options control the libblkid library:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13603,10 +10231,7 @@ msgstr "_SEND_UEVENT=_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink " -"does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. " -"Default is \"yes\"." +msgid "Sends uevent when _/dev/disk/by-{label,uuid,partuuid,partlabel}/_ symlink does not match with LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID or PARTLABEL on the device. Default is \"yes\"." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13617,10 +10242,7 @@ msgstr "_CACHE_FILE=_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be " -"overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/" -"blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory." +msgid "Overrides the standard location of the cache file. This setting can be overridden by the environment variable *BLKID_FILE*. Default is _/run/blkid/blkid.tab_, or _/etc/blkid.tab_ on systems without a _/run_ directory." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13631,12 +10253,7 @@ msgstr "_EVALUATE=_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:170 -msgid "" -"Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library " -"supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be " -"specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" " -"method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all " -"block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file." +msgid "Defines LABEL and UUID evaluation method(s). Currently, the libblkid library supports the \"udev\" and \"scan\" methods. More than one method may be specified in a comma-separated list. Default is \"udev,scan\". The \"udev\" method uses udev _/dev/disk/by-*_ symlinks and the \"scan\" method scans all block devices from the _/proc/partitions_ file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13647,13 +10264,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:178 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n" -msgid "" -"*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore " -"Ts'o and Karel Zak." -msgstr "" -"*blockdev* foi escrito por Andries E. Brouwer e reescrito por Karel Zak.\n" +#| msgid "*blockdev* was written by Andries E. Brouwer and rewritten by Karel Zak.\n" +msgid "*blkid* was written by Andreas Dilger for libblkid and improved by Theodore Ts'o and Karel Zak." +msgstr "*blockdev* foi escrito por Andries E. Brouwer e reescrito por Karel Zak.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/blkid.8.adoc:185 @@ -13731,38 +10344,22 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current " -"month is displayed." +msgid "*cal* displays a simple calendar. If no arguments are specified, the current month is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an " -"abbreviated month name according to the current locales." +msgid "The _month_ may be specified as a number (1-12), as a month name or as an abbreviated month name according to the current locales." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are " -"nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the " -"frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with " -"solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was " -"introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* " -"uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian " -"calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 " -"days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with " -"solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which " -"the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)." +msgid "Two different calendar systems are used, Gregorian and Julian. These are nearly identical systems with Gregorian making a small adjustment to the frequency of leap years; this facilitates improved synchronization with solar events like the equinoxes. The Gregorian calendar reform was introduced in 1582, but its adoption continued up to 1923. By default *cal* uses the adoption date of 3 Sept 1752. From that date forward the Gregorian calendar is displayed; previous dates use the Julian calendar system. 11 days were removed at the time of adoption to bring the calendar in sync with solar events. So Sept 1752 has a mix of Julian and Gregorian dates by which the 2nd is followed by the 14th (the 3rd through the 13th are absent)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar " -"may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below." +msgid "Optionally, either the proleptic Gregorian calendar or the Julian calendar may be used exclusively. See *--reform* below." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13797,8 +10394,7 @@ msgstr "*-n , --months* _número_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date." +msgid "Display _number_ of months, starting from the month containing the date." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13855,9 +10451,7 @@ msgstr "*--iso*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not " -"affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below." +msgid "Display the proleptic Gregorian calendar exclusively. This option does not affect week numbers and the first day of the week. See *--reform* below." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13868,23 +10462,12 @@ msgstr "*-j*, *--julian*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal " -"days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the " -"Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--" -"reform* option." +msgid "Use day-of-year numbering for all calendars. These are also called ordinal days. Ordinal days range from 1 to 366. This option does not switch from the Gregorian to the Julian calendar system, that is controlled by the *--reform* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian " -"calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions " -"that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) " -"date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This " -"option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the " -"POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar " -"system. See *DESCRIPTION* above." +msgid "Sometimes Gregorian calendars using ordinal dates are referred to as Julian calendars. This can be confusing due to the many date related conventions that use Julian in their name: (ordinal) julian date, julian (calendar) date, (astronomical) julian date, (modified) julian date, and more. This option is named julian, because ordinal days are identified as julian by the POSIX standard. However, be aware that *cal* also uses the Julian calendar system. See *DESCRIPTION* above." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -13895,44 +10478,27 @@ msgstr "*--reform* _val_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. " -"Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar " -"dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can " -"be:" +msgid "This option sets the adoption date of the Gregorian calendar reform. Calendar dates previous to reform use the Julian calendar system. Calendar dates after reform use the Gregorian calendar system. The argument _val_ can be:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when " -"the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire." +msgid "_1752_ - sets 3 September 1752 as the reform date (default). This is when the Gregorian calendar reform was adopted by the British Empire." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special " -"placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; " -"meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is " -"called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar " -"system's creation use extrapolated values." +msgid "_gregorian_ - display Gregorian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date below the smallest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Gregorian calendar system. This is called the proleptic Gregorian calendar, because dates prior to the calendar system's creation use extrapolated values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation " -"of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic " -"Gregorian calendar." +msgid "_iso_ - alias of _gregorian_. The ISO 8601 standard for the representation of dates and times in information interchange requires using the proleptic Gregorian calendar." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder " -"sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all " -"calendar output uses the Julian calendar system." +msgid "_julian_ - display Julian calendars exclusively. This special placeholder sets the reform date above the largest year that *cal* can use; meaning all calendar output uses the Julian calendar system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -13972,9 +10538,7 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--week*[=_número_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* " -"section for more details." +msgid "Display week numbers in the calendar (US or ISO-8601). See the *NOTES* section for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14002,9 +10566,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: " -"*cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989." +msgid "Specifies the _year_ to be displayed; note the year must be fully specified: *cal 89* will not display a calendar for 1989." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14015,30 +10577,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to " -"the current locales." +msgid "Specifies _timestamp_ or a _month name_ (or abbreviated name) according to the current locales." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be " -"used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" " -"refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively." +msgid "The special placeholders are accepted when parsing timestamp, \"now\" may be used to refer to the current time, \"today\", \"yesterday\", \"tomorrow\" refer to of the current day, the day before or the next day, respectively." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Please keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" " -"is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. " -"Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the " -"current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. " -"Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be " -"suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week " -"ago')." +msgid "The relative date specifications are also accepted, in this case \"{plus}\" is evaluated to the current time plus the specified time span. Correspondingly, a time span that is prefixed with \"-\" is evaluated to the current time minus the specified time span, for example '{plus}2days'. Instead of prefixing the time span with \"{plus}\" or \"-\", it may also be suffixed with a space and the word \"left\" or \"ago\" (for example '1 week ago')." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14060,27 +10610,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted " -"if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, " -"the current month's calendar is displayed." +msgid "Denote the _day_ (1-31), _month and year_, and the day will be highlighted if the calendar is displayed on a terminal. If no parameters are specified, the current month's calendar is displayed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:147 -msgid "" -"A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the " -"locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options." +msgid "A year starts on January 1. The first day of the week is determined by the locale or the *--sunday* and *--monday* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:149 -msgid "" -"The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it " -"is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 " -"January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 " -"standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number " -"1." +msgid "The week numbering depends on the choice of the first day of the week. If it is Sunday then the customary North American numbering is used, where 1 January is in week number 1. If it is Monday (*-m*) then the ISO 8601 standard week numbering is used, where the first Thursday is in week number 1." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14108,9 +10648,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:158 -#, fuzzy msgid "The number of the week." -msgstr "caminho do arquivo travado" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:161 @@ -14148,9 +10687,7 @@ msgstr "Por exemplo:" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-" -"colors.d/cal.scheme" +msgid "echo -e 'weekend 35\\ntoday 1;41\\nheader yellow' > $HOME/.config/terminal-colors.d/cal.scheme" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14160,17 +10697,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:180 -msgid "" -"The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar " -"reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including " -"its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented." +msgid "The default *cal* output uses 3 September 1752 as the Gregorian calendar reform date. The historical reform dates for the other locales, including its introduction in October 1582, are not implemented." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/cal.1.adoc:182 -msgid "" -"Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, " -"or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported." +msgid "Alternative calendars, such as the Umm al-Qura, the Solar Hijri, the Ge'ez, or the lunisolar Hindu, are not supported." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14198,16 +10730,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:21 -msgid "" -"*enosys* is a simple command to execute a child process for which certain " -"syscalls fail with errno ENOSYS." +msgid "*enosys* is a simple command to execute a child process for which certain syscalls fail with errno ENOSYS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"It can be used to test the behavior of applications in the face of missing " -"syscalls as would happen when running on old kernels." +msgid "It can be used to test the behavior of applications in the face of missing syscalls as would happen when running on old kernels." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14253,9 +10781,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"*enosys* exits with the status code of the executed process. The following " -"values have special meanings:" +msgid "*enosys* exits with the status code of the executed process. The following values have special meanings:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14278,10 +10804,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/enosys.1.adoc:59 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*setsid*(2)\n" msgid "*syscall*(2)" -msgstr "*setsid*(2)\n" +msgstr "" # #. type: Title = @@ -14302,9 +10826,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/exch.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"*exch* atomically exchanges oldpath and newpath. *exch* is a simple command " -"wrapping *RENAME_EXCHANGE* of *renameat2* system call." +msgid "*exch* atomically exchanges oldpath and newpath. *exch* is a simple command wrapping *RENAME_EXCHANGE* of *renameat2* system call." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14353,29 +10875,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:18 -msgid "" -"*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-" -"descriptor_" +msgid "*fadvise* [*-a* _advice_] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] -d _file-descriptor_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping *posix_fadvise*(2) system call that " -"is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data." +msgid "*fadvise* is a simple command wrapping *posix_fadvise*(2) system call that is for predeclaring an access pattern for file data." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:26 #, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*-f*, *--find* [_file_]" msgid "*-d*, *--fd* _file-descriptor_" -msgstr " -i, --id exibe detalhes sobre o recurso identificado pelo \n" +msgstr "*-f*, *--find* [_arquivo_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of " -"open a file specified with a file name." +msgid "Apply the advice to the file specified with the file descriptor instead of open a file specified with a file name." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14388,17 +10905,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. " -"If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice." +msgid "See the command output with *--help* option for available values for advice. If this option is omitted, \"dontneed\" is used as default advice." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:37 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes. If this option is " -"omitted, 0 is used as default advice." +msgid "Specifies the beginning offset of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice." msgstr " -o, --offset posição para operações de intervalo, em bytes\n" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14410,9 +10923,7 @@ msgstr " -l, --length quantidade de bytes para descartar a partir posiç #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Specifies the length of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 " -"is used as default advice." +msgid "Specifies the length of the range, in bytes. If this option is omitted, 0 is used as default advice." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -14423,9 +10934,8 @@ msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.minix* é um dos seguintes:" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fadvise.1.adoc:60 -#, fuzzy msgid "*posix_fadvise*(2)" -msgstr "ioprio_set falhou" +msgstr "" # #. Copyright 2017 Red Hat, Inc. @@ -14449,20 +10959,12 @@ msgstr "Uso: %s [opções] [arquivo ...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), " -"and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error " -"message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest " -"of files listed in a command line." +msgid "*fincore* counts pages of file contents being resident in memory (in core), and reports the numbers. If an error occurs during counting, then an error message is printed to the stderr and *fincore* continues processing the rest of files listed in a command line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:28 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should " -"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define " -"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a " -"stable output is required." +msgid "The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14485,17 +10987,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the " -"currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if " -"_list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_." +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/fincore.1.adoc:46 ../sys-utils/lsmem.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-" -"escaped (\\x)." +msgid "Produce output in raw format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14556,9 +11053,7 @@ msgstr "-t precisa de um par NOME=valor" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a " -"filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:" +msgid "*findfs* will search the block devices in the system looking for a filesystem or partition with specified tag. The currently supported tags are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14593,9 +11088,7 @@ msgstr "*PARTUUID*=__" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example " -"for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables." +msgid "Specifies partition UUID. This partition identifier is supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) partition tables." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14606,23 +11099,17 @@ msgstr "*PARTLABEL*=__" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for " -"example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables." +msgid "Specifies partition label (name). The partition labels are supported for example for GUID Partition Table (GPT) or MAC partition tables." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on " -"stdout." +msgid "If the filesystem or partition is found, the device name will be printed on stdout." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for " -"example by" +msgid "The complete overview about filesystems and partitions you can get for example by" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -14660,13 +11147,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:66 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgid "" -"*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and " -"re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." -msgstr "" -"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +#| msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "*findfs* was originally written by mailto:tytso@mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o] and re-written for the util-linux package by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." +msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findfs.8.adoc:72 @@ -14710,55 +11193,32 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [|]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:21 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* " -"_mountpoint_]" +msgid "*findmnt* [options] [*--source*] _device_ [*--target* _path_|*--mountpoint* _mountpoint_]" msgstr " %s [opções] [|]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The " -"*findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/" -"self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems " -"are shown." +msgid "*findmnt* will list all mounted filesystems or search for a filesystem. The *findmnt* command is able to search in _/etc/fstab_, _/etc/mtab_ or _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If _device_ or _mountpoint_ is not given, all filesystems are shown." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem " -"label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows " -"*mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint " -"(and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are " -"not specified." +msgid "The device may be specified by device name, major:minor numbers, filesystem label or UUID, or partition label or UUID. Note that *findmnt* follows *mount*(8) behavior where a device name may be interpreted as a mountpoint (and vice versa) if the *--target*, *--mountpoint* or *--source* options are not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then " -"*findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path." +msgid "The command-line option *--target* accepts any file or directory and then *findmnt* displays the filesystem for the given path." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by " -"default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you " -"should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define " -"expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a " -"stable output is required." +msgid "The command prints all mounted filesystems in the tree-like format by default. The default output, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default output in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output columns-list* in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-" -"one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* " -"provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all " -"devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another " -"tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)." +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices. This is why *findmnt* provides SOURCE and SOURCES (pl.) columns. The column SOURCES displays all devices where it is possible to find the same filesystem UUID (or another tag specified in _fstab_ when executed with *--fstab* and *--evaluate*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14785,8 +11245,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--ascii*" #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:41 #, fuzzy msgid "Use ascii characters for tree formatting." -msgstr "" -" -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n" +msgstr " -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:45 @@ -14796,9 +11255,7 @@ msgstr "*-C*, *--nocanonicalize*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths " -"and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)." +msgid "Do not canonicalize paths at all. This option affects the comparing of paths and the evaluation of tags (LABEL, UUID, etc.)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14821,10 +11278,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--df*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE," -"FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use " -"*--all* to print all filesystems. See also *-I*, *--dfi* options." +msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1). This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,SIZE,USED,AVAIL,USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems. See also *-I*, *--dfi* options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14851,13 +11305,7 @@ msgstr "*-e*, *--evaluate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding " -"device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same " -"tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is " -"SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices " -"where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ " -"only." +msgid "Convert all tags (LABEL, UUID, PARTUUID, or PARTLABEL) to the corresponding device names for the SOURCE column. It's an unusual situation, but the same tag may be duplicated (used for more devices). For this purpose, there is SOURCES (pl.) column. This column displays by multi-line cell all devices where the tag is detected by libblkid. This option makes sense for _fstab_ only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14870,10 +11318,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--" -"kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, " -"then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)." +msgid "Search in an alternative file. If used with *--fstab*, *--mtab* or *--kernel*, then it overrides the default paths. If specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14899,9 +11344,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:68 ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:46 #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"List the available columns, use with *--json* or *--raw* to get output in " -"machine-readable format." +msgid "List the available columns, use with *--json* or *--raw* to get output in machine-readable format." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14913,11 +11356,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--df*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Imitate the output of *df*(1) with its *-i* option. This option is " -"equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,INO.TOTAL,INO.USED,INO.AVAIL,INO.USE%," -"TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all " -"filesystems." +msgid "Imitate the output of *df*(1) with its *-i* option. This option is equivalent to *-o SOURCE,FSTYPE,INO.TOTAL,INO.USED,INO.AVAIL,INO.USE%,TARGET* but excludes all pseudo filesystems. Use *--all* to print all filesystems." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14940,19 +11379,12 @@ msgstr "*-k*, *--kernel*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. " -"This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by " -"kernel (see also *--mtab*)." +msgid "Search in _/proc/self/mountinfo_. The output is in the tree-like format. This is the default. The output contains only mount options maintained by kernel (see also *--mtab*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if " -"the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the " -"option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option " -"*-F*) is specified." +msgid "Use the list output format. This output format is automatically enabled if the output is restricted by the *-t*, *-O*, *-S* or *-T* option and the option *--submounts* is not used or if more that one source file (the option *-F*) is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14963,8 +11395,7 @@ msgstr " -M, --mountpoint o diretório do ponto de montagem\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*." +msgid "Explicitly define the mountpoint file or directory. See also *--target*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14975,9 +11406,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--mtab*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--" -"tree*). The output may include user space mount options." +msgid "Search in _/etc/mtab_. The output is in the list format by default (see *--tree*). The output may include user space mount options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -14990,11 +11419,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Use alternative namespace _/proc//mountinfo_ rather than the default _/" -"proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-" -"like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) " -"command." +msgid "Use alternative namespace _/proc//mountinfo_ rather than the default _/proc/self/mountinfo_. If the option is specified more than once, then tree-like output is disabled (see the *--list* option). See also the *unshare*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15006,54 +11431,34 @@ msgstr " -o, --options limita separada por vírgula de opções de sw #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified " -"in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in " -"effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a " -"leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can " -"used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can " -"be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix." +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one option may be specified in a comma-separated list. The *-t* and *-O* options are cumulative in effect. It is different from *-t* in that each option is matched exactly; a leading _no_ at the beginning does not have global meaning. The \"no\" can used for individual items in the list. The \"no\" prefix interpretation can be disabled by \"{plus}\" prefix." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the " -"currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if " -"the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified." +msgid "Define output columns. See the *--help* output to get a list of the currently supported columns. The *TARGET* column contains tree formatting if the *--list* or *--raw* options are not specified." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:104 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *findmnt -o {plus}PROPAGATION*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are " -"not included." +msgid "Output almost all available columns. The columns that require *--poll* are not included." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:111 ../sys-utils/lsipc.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe " -"value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Note that SOURCES column, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column " -"use an array-like formatting in the output, for example *name=(\"aaa\" " -"\"bbb\" \"ccc\")*." +msgid "Note that SOURCES column, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column use an array-like formatting in the output, for example *name=(\"aaa\" \"bbb\" \"ccc\")*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15064,25 +11469,17 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--poll*[_=lista_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: " -"mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a " -"comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default." +msgid "Monitor changes in the _/proc/self/mountinfo_ file. Supported actions are: mount, umount, remount and move. More than one action may be specified in a comma-separated list. All actions are monitored by default." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--" -"timeout* or *--first-only* options." +msgid "The time for which *--poll* will block can be restricted with the *--timeout* or *--first-only* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the " -"mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original " -"information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:" +msgid "The standard columns always use the new version of the information from the mountinfo file, except the umount action which is based on the original information cached by *findmnt*. The poll mode allows using extra columns:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15093,8 +11490,7 @@ msgstr "ação desconhecida: %s" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default" +msgid "mount, umount, move or remount action name; this column is enabled by default" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15141,9 +11537,7 @@ msgstr "*--shadow*" #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:133 ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:162 #, fuzzy msgid "Print only filesystems over-mounted by another filesystem." -msgstr "" -" --shadowed mostra apenas sistemas de arquivos montados sobre " -"outro\n" +msgstr " --shadowed mostra apenas sistemas de arquivos montados sobre outro\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:134 @@ -15153,26 +11547,17 @@ msgstr "*-R*, *--submounts*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:136 -msgid "" -"Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The " -"restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are " -"not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like " -"order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This " -"option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*." +msgid "Print recursively all submounts for the selected filesystems. The restrictions defined by options *-t*, *-O*, *-S*, *-T* and *--direction* are not applied to submounts. All submounts are always printed in tree-like order. The option enables the tree-like output format by default. This option has no effect for *--mtab* or *--fstab*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:139 -msgid "" -"Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped " -"(\\x)." +msgid "Use raw output format. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:141 -msgid "" -"Note that column SOURCES, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column " -"may produce more strings on the same line." +msgid "Note that column SOURCES, use multi-line cells. In these cases, the column may produce more strings on the same line." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15195,10 +11580,7 @@ msgstr "fonte não definida (fs_spec)" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:147 -msgid "" -"Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, " -"__maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, " -"**PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__." +msgid "Explicitly define the mount source. Supported specifications are _device_, __maj__**:**_min_, **LABEL=**__label__, **UUID=**__uuid__, **PARTLABEL=**__label__ and **PARTUUID=**__uuid__." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15209,8 +11591,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--fstab*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:150 -msgid "" -"Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)." +msgid "Search in _/etc/fstab_. The output is in the list format (see *--list*)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15221,13 +11602,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--target* _caminho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:153 -msgid "" -"Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, " -"then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the " -"mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files " -"and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--" -"mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a " -"strictly specified mountpoint." +msgid "Define the mount target. If _path_ is not a mountpoint file or directory, then *findmnt* checks the _path_ elements in reverse order to get the mountpoint (this feature is supported only when searching in kernel files and unsupported for *--fstab*). It's recommended to use the option *--mountpoint* when checks of _path_ elements are unwanted and _path_ is a strictly specified mountpoint." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15239,11 +11614,7 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--types* _lista_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:156 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in " -"a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with " -"*no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For " -"more details see *mount*(8)." +msgid "Limit the set of printed filesystems. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list of filesystem types can be prefixed with *no* to specify the filesystem types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15254,9 +11625,7 @@ msgstr "*--tree*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:159 -msgid "" -"Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for " -"tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)." +msgid "Enable tree-like output if possible. The options is silently ignored for tables where is missing child-parent relation (e.g., _fstab_)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15274,9 +11643,7 @@ msgstr "*-U*, *--uniq*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:165 -msgid "" -"Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping " -"over-mounted mount points." +msgid "Ignore filesystems with duplicate mount targets, thus effectively skipping over-mounted mount points." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15288,10 +11655,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*, *--notruncate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:168 -msgid "" -"Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the " -"*TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This " -"option disables text truncation also in all other columns." +msgid "Do not truncate text in columns. The default is to not truncate the *TARGET*, *SOURCE*, *UUID*, *LABEL*, *PARTUUID*, *PARTLABEL* columns. This option disables text truncation also in all other columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15302,9 +11666,7 @@ msgstr "*-v*, *--nofsroot*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:171 -msgid "" -"Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs " -"subvolumes." +msgid "Do not print a [/dir] in the SOURCE column for bind mounts or btrfs subvolumes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15315,9 +11677,7 @@ msgstr "*-w*, *--timeout* _milissegundos_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:174 -msgid "" -"Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in " -"milliseconds." +msgid "Specify an upper limit on the time for which *--poll* will block, in milliseconds." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15328,11 +11688,7 @@ msgstr "*-x*, *--verify*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability " -"and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's " -"possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount " -"table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details." +msgid "Check mount table content. The default is to verify _/etc/fstab_ parsability and usability. It's possible to use this option also with *--tab-file*. It's possible to specify source (device) or target (mountpoint) to filter mount table. The option *--verbose* forces *findmnt* to print more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -15348,28 +11704,17 @@ msgstr "*--vfs-all*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:183 -msgid "" -"When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. " -"This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS " -"kernel mount options which are normally not listed." +msgid "When used with *VFS-OPTIONS* column, print all VFS (fs-independent) flags. This option is designed for auditing purposes to list also default VFS kernel mount options which are normally not listed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:186 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. " -"Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in " -"version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request " -"this behavior by *--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:194 -msgid "" -"The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for " -"example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, " -"or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)." +msgid "The exit value is 0 if there is something to display, or 1 on any error (for example if no filesystem is found based on the user's filter specification, or the device path or mountpoint does not exist)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15435,9 +11780,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:219 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/" -"foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_. It also prints bind mounts where _/mnt/foo_ is a source." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15448,9 +11791,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:222 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/" -"foo_." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems where the mountpoint directory is _/mnt/foo_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15461,9 +11802,7 @@ msgstr "*findmnt --fstab --evaluate*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:225 -msgid "" -"Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to " -"the real device names." +msgid "Prints all _/etc/fstab_ filesystems and converts LABEL= and UUID= tags to the real device names." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15474,9 +11813,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/findmnt.8.adoc:228 -msgid "" -"Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is " -"mounted." +msgid "Prints only the mountpoint where the filesystem with label \"/boot\" is mounted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15537,9 +11874,8 @@ msgstr "Analisa opções de comando.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:17 -#, fuzzy msgid "*getopt* _optstring_ _parameters_" -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:19 @@ -15549,55 +11885,27 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:21 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_" -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgid "*getopt* [options] *-o*|*--options* _optstring_ [options] [*--*] _parameters_" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:25 -msgid "" -"*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy " -"parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU " -"*getopt*(3) routines to do this." +msgid "*getopt* is used to break up (_parse_) options in command lines for easy parsing by shell procedures, and to check for valid options. It uses the GNU *getopt*(3) routines to do this." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: " -"options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and " -"the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be " -"parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the " -"first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the " -"first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in " -"the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short " -"options string." +msgid "The parameters *getopt* is called with can be divided into two parts: options which modify the way *getopt* will do the parsing (the _options_ and the _optstring_ in the *SYNOPSIS*), and the parameters which are to be parsed (_parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The second part will start at the first non-option parameter that is not an option argument, or after the first occurrence of '*--*'. If no '*-o*' or '*--options*' option is found in the first part, the first parameter of the second part is used as the short options string." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first " -"_parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format " -"in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with " -"that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling " -"and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more " -"information)." +msgid "If the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, or if the first _parameter_ is not an option (does not start with a '*-*', the first format in the *SYNOPSIS*), *getopt* will generate output that is compatible with that of other versions of *getopt*(1). It will still do parameter shuffling and recognize optional arguments (see the *COMPATIBILITY* section for more information)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with " -"whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and " -"non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can " -"generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell " -"(usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving " -"those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer " -"compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the " -"*SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is " -"installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used." +msgid "Traditional implementations of *getopt*(1) are unable to cope with whitespace and other (shell-specific) special characters in arguments and non-option parameters. To solve this problem, this implementation can generate quoted output which must once again be interpreted by the shell (usually by using the *eval* command). This has the effect of preserving those characters, but you must call *getopt* in a way that is no longer compatible with other versions (the second or third format in the *SYNOPSIS*). To determine whether this enhanced version of *getopt*(1) is installed, a special test option (*-T*) can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15610,9 +11918,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--alternative*" #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:36 #, fuzzy msgid "Allow long options to start with a single '*-*'." -msgstr "" -" -a, --alternative permite opções longas iniciando com um único " -"-\n" +msgstr " -a, --alternative permite opções longas iniciando com um único -\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:37 @@ -15624,12 +11930,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option " -"name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This " -"option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long " -"option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a " -"required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument." +msgid "The long (multi-character) options to be recognized. More than one option name may be specified at once, by separating the names with commas. This option may be given more than once, the _longopts_ are cumulative. Each long option name in _longopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15640,10 +11941,7 @@ msgstr " -n, --name o nome sob o qual erros são relatados\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports " -"errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from " -"getopt." +msgid "The name that will be used by the *getopt*(3) routines when it reports errors. Note that errors of *getopt*(1) are still reported as coming from getopt." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15655,23 +11953,14 @@ msgstr "o" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not " -"found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and " -"is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short " -"option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it " -"has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional " -"argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to " -"influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the " -"*SCANNING MODES* section for details)." +msgid "The short (one-character) options to be recognized. If this option is not found, the first parameter of *getopt* that does not start with a '*-*' (and is not an option argument) is used as the short options string. Each short option character in _shortopts_ may be followed by one colon to indicate it has a required argument, and by two colons to indicate it has an optional argument. The first character of shortopts may be '*{plus}*' or '*-*' to influence the way options are parsed and output is generated (see the *SCANNING MODES* section for details)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable error reporting by *getopt*(3)." -msgstr "" -" -q, --quiet desabilita relatos de erros por getopt(3)\n" +msgstr " -q, --quiet desabilita relatos de erros por getopt(3)\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:50 @@ -15681,17 +11970,12 @@ msgstr " -Q, --quiet-output sem saída normal\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), " -"unless you also use *-q*." +msgid "Do not generate normal output. Errors are still reported by *getopt*(3), unless you also use *-q*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not " -"given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently " -"'*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'." +msgid "Set quoting conventions to those of _shell_. If the *-s* option is not given, the *BASH* conventions are used. Valid arguments are currently '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*', and '*tcsh*'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15702,11 +11986,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--test*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This " -"generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations " -"of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable " -"*GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0." +msgid "Test if your *getopt*(1) is this enhanced version or an old version. This generates no output, and sets the error status to 4. Other implementations of *getopt*(1), and this version if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, will return '*--*' and error status 0." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -15717,10 +11997,7 @@ msgstr " -u, --unquoted não põe a saída entre aspas\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) " -"characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) " -"implementations)." +msgid "Do not quote the output. Note that whitespace and special (shell-dependent) characters can cause havoc in this mode (like they do with other *getopt*(1) implementations)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -15731,65 +12008,33 @@ msgstr "análise de tamanho de página falhou" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of " -"*getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) " -"describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the " -"parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each " -"parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one " -"parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All " -"parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines." +msgid "This section specifies the format of the second part of the parameters of *getopt* (the _parameters_ in the *SYNOPSIS*). The next section (*OUTPUT*) describes the output that is generated. These parameters were typically the parameters a shell function was called with. Care must be taken that each parameter the shell function was called with corresponds to exactly one parameter in the parameter list of *getopt* (see the *EXAMPLES*). All parsing is done by the GNU *getopt*(3) routines." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified " -"as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option " -"parameter." +msgid "The parameters are parsed from left to right. Each parameter is classified as a short option, a long option, an argument to an option, or a non-option parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If " -"the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the " -"option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on " -"the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be " -"written directly after the option character if present." +msgid "A simple short option is a '*-*' followed by a short option character. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the option character or as the next parameter (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the option character if present." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as " -"all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments." +msgid "It is possible to specify several short options after one '*-*', as long as all (except possibly the last) do not have required or optional arguments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. " -"If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the " -"long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., " -"separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional " -"argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated " -"by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is " -"interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the " -"*BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not " -"ambiguous." +msgid "A long option normally begins with '*--*' followed by the long option name. If the option has a required argument, it may be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', or as the next argument (i.e., separated by whitespace on the command line). If the option has an optional argument, it must be written directly after the long option name, separated by '*=*', if present (if you add the '*=*' but nothing behind it, it is interpreted as if no argument was present; this is a slight bug, see the *BUGS*). Long options may be abbreviated, as long as the abbreviation is not ambiguous." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a " -"previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' " -"parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the " -"environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string " -"started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-" -"option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found." +msgid "Each parameter not starting with a '*-*', and not a required argument of a previous option, is a non-option parameter. Each parameter after a '*--*' parameter is always interpreted as a non-option parameter. If the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, or if the short option string started with a '*{plus}*', all remaining parameters are interpreted as non-option parameters as soon as the first non-option parameter is found." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -15801,67 +12046,33 @@ msgstr "SAÍDA" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. " -"Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, " -"except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ " -"(_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special " -"characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see " -"*QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem " -"to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by " -"using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in " -"unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain " -"whitespace or special characters." +msgid "Output is generated for each element described in the previous section. Output is done in the same order as the elements are specified in the input, except for non-option parameters. Output can be done in _compatible_ (_unquoted_) mode, or in such way that whitespace and other special characters within arguments and non-option parameters are preserved (see *QUOTING*). When the output is processed in the shell script, it will seem to be composed of distinct elements that can be processed one by one (by using the shift command in most shell languages). This is imperfect in unquoted mode, as elements can be split at unexpected places if they contain whitespace or special characters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required " -"argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be " -"reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a " -"non-zero error status is returned." +msgid "If there are problems parsing the parameters, for example because a required argument is not found or an option is not recognized, an error will be reported on stderr, there will be no output for the offending element, and a non-zero error status is returned." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as " -"one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the " -"argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the " -"next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second " -"parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many " -"other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments." +msgid "For a short option, a single '*-*' and the option character are generated as one parameter. If the option has an argument, the next parameter will be the argument. If the option takes an optional argument, but none was found, the next parameter will be generated but be empty in quoting mode, but no second parameter will be generated in unquoted (compatible) mode. Note that many other *getopt*(1) implementations do not support optional arguments." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be " -"present in the output as a separate parameter." +msgid "If several short options were specified after a single '*-*', each will be present in the output as a separate parameter." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one " -"parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or " -"specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with " -"short options." +msgid "For a long option, '*--*' and the full option name are generated as one parameter. This is done regardless whether the option was abbreviated or specified with a single '*-*' in the input. Arguments are handled as with short options." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and " -"their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single " -"parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were " -"found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the " -"short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated " -"at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first " -"format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of " -"'*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)." +msgid "Normally, no non-option parameters output is generated until all options and their arguments have been generated. Then '*--*' is generated as a single parameter, and after it the non-option parameters in the order they were found, each as a separate parameter. Only if the first character of the short options string was a '*-*', non-option parameter output is generated at the place they are found in the input (this is not supported if the first format of the *SYNOPSIS* is used; in that case all preceding occurrences of '*-*' and '*{plus}*' are ignored)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -15872,34 +12083,17 @@ msgstr "ASPAS" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or " -"non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the " -"shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the " -"output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this " -"implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with " -"quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the " -"shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into " -"separate parameters." +msgid "In compatibility mode, whitespace or 'special' characters in arguments or non-option parameters are not handled correctly. As the output is fed to the shell script, the script does not know how it is supposed to break the output into separate parameters. To circumvent this problem, this implementation offers quoting. The idea is that output is generated with quotes around each parameter. When this output is once again fed to the shell (usually by a shell *eval* command), it is split correctly into separate parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is " -"set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is " -"found." +msgid "Quoting is not enabled if the environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* is set, if the first form of the *SYNOPSIS* is used, or if the option '*-u*' is found." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' " -"option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently " -"supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two " -"'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like " -"quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script " -"language, one of these flavors can still be used." +msgid "Different shells use different quoting conventions. You can use the '*-s*' option to select the shell you are using. The following shells are currently supported: '*sh*', '*bash*', '*csh*' and '*tcsh*'. Actually, only two 'flavors' are distinguished: sh-like quoting conventions and csh-like quoting conventions. Chances are that if you use another shell script language, one of these flavors can still be used." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -15911,70 +12105,40 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:105 -msgid "" -"The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}" -"*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the " -"*SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though." +msgid "The first character of the short options string may be a '*-*' or a '*{plus}*' to indicate a special scanning mode. If the first calling form in the *SYNOPSIS* is used they are ignored; the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is still examined, though." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option " -"parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that " -"is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as " -"non-option parameters." +msgid "If the first character is '*{plus}*', or if the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, parsing stops as soon as the first non-option parameter (i.e., a parameter that does not start with a '*-*') is found that is not an option argument. The remaining parameters are all interpreted as non-option parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at " -"the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected " -"at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that " -"this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last " -"parameter in this mode." +msgid "If the first character is a '*-*', non-option parameters are outputted at the place where they are found; in normal operation, they are all collected at the end of output after a '*--*' parameter has been generated. Note that this '*--*' parameter is still generated, but it will always be the last parameter in this mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to " -"other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without " -"any modifications, and with some advantages." +msgid "This version of *getopt*(1) is written to be as compatible as possible to other versions. Usually you can just replace them with this version without any modifications, and with some advantages." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', " -"*getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter " -"as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It " -"will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are " -"output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is " -"set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options " -"automatically." +msgid "If the first character of the first parameter of getopt is not a '*-*', *getopt* goes into compatibility mode. It will interpret its first parameter as the string of short options, and all other arguments will be parsed. It will still do parameter shuffling (i.e., all non-option parameters are output at the end), unless the environment variable *POSIXLY_CORRECT* is set, in which case, *getopt* will prepend a '*{plus}*' before short options automatically." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into " -"compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and " -"*POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. " -"Usually, though, neither is needed." +msgid "The environment variable *GETOPT_COMPATIBLE* forces *getopt* into compatibility mode. Setting both this environment variable and *POSIXLY_CORRECT* offers 100% compatibility for 'difficult' programs. Usually, though, neither is needed." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short " -"options string are ignored." +msgid "In compatibility mode, leading '*-*' and '*{plus}*' characters in the short options string are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -15985,18 +12149,13 @@ msgstr "VALOR DE RETORNO" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) " -"returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an " -"internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*." +msgid "*getopt* returns error code *0* for successful parsing, *1* if *getopt*(3) returns errors, *2* if it does not understand its own parameters, *3* if an internal error occurs like out-of-memory, and *4* if it is called with *-T*." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{package-docdir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) " -"distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory." +msgid "Example scripts for (ba)sh and (t)csh are provided with the *getopt*(1) distribution, and are installed in _{package-docdir}_ directory." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16007,11 +12166,7 @@ msgstr "Correto" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is " -"set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or " -"an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-" -"option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'." +msgid "This environment variable is examined by the *getopt*(3) routines. If it is set, parsing stops as soon as a parameter is found that is not an option or an option argument. All remaining parameters are also interpreted as non-option parameters, regardless whether they start with a '*-*'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16022,25 +12177,17 @@ msgstr "Modo compatível com DOS está obsoleto." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the " -"*SYNOPSIS*." +msgid "Forces *getopt* to use the first calling format as specified in the *SYNOPSIS*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an " -"empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This " -"*getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not " -"present." +msgid "*getopt*(3) can parse long options with optional arguments that are given an empty optional argument (but cannot do this for short options). This *getopt*(1) treats optional arguments that are empty as if they were not present." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/getopt.1.adoc:146 -msgid "" -"The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very " -"intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)." +msgid "The syntax if you do not want any short option variables at all is not very intuitive (you have to set them explicitly to the empty string)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -16083,30 +12230,17 @@ msgstr "*mkfs.cramfs* [opções] _diretório arquivo_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks or " -"copy-on-write clones, thus saving space." +msgid "*hardlink* is a tool that replaces copies of a file with either hardlinks or copy-on-write clones, thus saving space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares the " -"content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content " -"comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from " -"files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like " -"SHA256); in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the " -"Linux kernel crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used " -"for file comparisons." +msgid "*hardlink* first creates a binary tree of file sizes and then compares the content of files that have the same size. There are two basic content comparison methods. The *memcmp* method directly reads data blocks from files and compares them. The other method is based on checksums (like SHA256); in this case for each data block a checksum is calculated by the Linux kernel crypto API, and this checksum is stored in userspace and used for file comparisons." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is " -"used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and " -"io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data " -"content as files are very often different from the beginning." +msgid "For each file also an \"intro\" buffer (32 bytes) is cached. This buffer is used independently from the comparison method and requested cache-size and io-size. The \"intro\" buffer dramatically reduces operations with data content as files are very often different from the beginning." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16117,9 +12251,7 @@ msgstr " -Z, --context exibe contextos SELinux\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two " -"files are equal. Same as *-pot*." +msgid "Consider only file content, not attributes, when determining whether two files are equal. Same as *-pot*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16131,14 +12263,7 @@ msgstr "*-S*, *--size* _tamanho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file " -"contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the " -"other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, " -"other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The " -"size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums." +msgid "The size of the *read*(2) or *sendfile*(2) buffer used when comparing file contents. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB, MiB, etc. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\". The default is 8KiB for memcmp method and 1MiB for the other methods. The only memcmp method uses process memory for the buffer, other methods use zero-copy way and I/O operation is done in the kernel. The size may be altered on the fly to fit a number of cached content checksums." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16149,12 +12274,7 @@ msgstr " -X, --respect-xattrs respeita atributos estendidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory " -"(as specified on the *hardlink* command line) is ignored. For example, " -"*hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/" -"some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, " -"then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared." +msgid "Only try to link files with the same directory name. The top-level directory (as specified on the *hardlink* command line) is ignored. For example, *hardlink --respect-dir /foo /bar* will link _/foo/some/file_ with _/bar/some/file_, but not _/bar/other/file_. If combined with *--respect-name*, then entire paths (except the top-level directory) are compared." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16165,10 +12285,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --respect-name nomes de arquivos devem ser idênticos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended " -"to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way " -"by other *hardlink* implementations." +msgid "Only try to link files with the same (base)name. It's strongly recommended to use long options rather than *-f* which is interpreted in a different way by other *hardlink* implementations." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16179,11 +12296,7 @@ msgstr " -i, --include expressão regular para incluir arquivos/dir #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been " -"given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If " -"the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern " -"are included." +msgid "A regular expression to include files. If the option *--exclude* has been given, this option re-includes files which would otherwise be excluded. If the option is used without *--exclude*, only files matched by the pattern are included." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16229,9 +12342,7 @@ msgstr " -o, --ignore-owner ignora alterações de proprietário\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) " -"differs. Results may be unpredictable." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their owner information (user and group) differs. Results may be unpredictable." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16245,11 +12356,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By " -"default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is " -"specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of " -"modification." +msgid "Among equal files, keep the oldest file (least recent modification time). By default, the newest file is kept. If *--maximize* or *--minimize* is specified, the link count has a higher precedence than the time of modification." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16260,9 +12367,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--ignore-mode*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be " -"slightly unpredictable." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their mode is different. Results may be slightly unpredictable." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16280,11 +12385,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--pagesize* _tamanho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods " -"calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these " -"checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for " -"large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB." +msgid "The size of the cache for content checksums. All non-memcmp methods calculate checksum for each file content block (see *--io-size*), these checksums are cached for the next comparison. The size is important for large files or a large sets of files of the same size. The default is 10MiB." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16297,12 +12398,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not " -"be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\")." +msgid "The minimum size to consider. By default this is 1, so empty files will not be linked. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16316,22 +12412,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:98 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be " -#| "followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so " -#| "on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., " -#| "\"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." -msgid "" -"The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special " -"meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\")." -msgstr "" -"No caso de o tamanho ser especificado em bytes, então o número pode ser " -"seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 e assim por " -"diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB. O \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, " -"\"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\"." +#| msgid "In the case the size is specified in bytes than the number may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB. The \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"." +msgid "The maximum size to consider. By default this is 0 and 0 has the special meaning of unlimited. The _size_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\")." +msgstr "No caso de o tamanho ser especificado em bytes, então o número pode ser seguido pelos sufixos multiplicativos KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024 e assim por diante para GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB e YiB. O \"iB\" é opcional, por exemplo, \"K\" tem o mesmo significado que \"KiB\"." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:99 @@ -16341,17 +12424,12 @@ msgstr " -t, --ignore-time ignora marcas de tempo (ao testar por iguald #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This " -"is usually a good choice." +msgid "Link and compare files even if their time of modification is different. This is usually a good choice." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, " -"every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every " -"comparison." +msgid "Verbose output, explain to the user what is being done. If specified once, every hardlinked file is displayed. If specified twice, it also shows every comparison." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16362,8 +12440,7 @@ msgstr " -x, --exclude expressão regular para excluir arquivos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked." +msgid "A regular expression which excludes files from being compared and linked." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16385,12 +12462,7 @@ msgstr " -N, --name nome gera uuid baseado em hash deste nome\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are " -"sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux " -"Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented " -"in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace " -"and all calculation is done in kernel." +msgid "Set the file content comparison method. The currently supported methods are sha256, sha1, crc32c and memcmp. The default is sha256, or memcmp if Linux Crypto API is not available. The methods based on checksums are implemented in zero-copy way, in this case file contents are not copied to the userspace and all calculation is done in kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16402,23 +12474,12 @@ msgstr "*--color*[=_quando_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The " -"reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be " -"different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-" -"mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already " -"cloned files." +msgid "Create copy-on-write clones (aka reflinks) rather than hardlinks. The reflinked files share only on-disk data, but the file mode and owner can be different. It's recommended to use it with *--ignore-owner* and *--ignore-mode* options. This option implies *--skip-reflinks* to ignore already cloned files." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the " -"_when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* " -"checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback " -"to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* " -"disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, " -"only reflinks are allowed." +msgid "The optional argument _when_ can be *never*, *always*, or *auto*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*, in this case, *hardlink* checks filesystem type and uses reflinks on BTRFS and XFS only, and fallback to hardlinks when creating reflink is impossible. The argument *always* disables filesystem type detection and fallback to hardlinks, in this case, only reflinks are allowed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16429,45 +12490,27 @@ msgstr " -n, --skip-login não pergunta pelo nome para inciar sessão\ #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* " -"when creating classic hardlinks." +msgid "Ignore already cloned files. This option may be used without *--reflink* when creating classic hardlinks." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:137 -msgid "" -"*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to " -"be linked." +msgid "*hardlink* takes one or more directories which will be searched for files to be linked." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:141 -msgid "" -"The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force " -"hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no " -"more supported by the current *hardlink*." +msgid "The original *hardlink* implementation uses the option *-f* to force hardlinks creation between filesystem. This very rarely usable feature is no more supported by the current *hardlink*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:143 -msgid "" -"*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during " -"operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially " -"dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, " -"*hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is " -"replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be " -"compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree " -"controlled by another user." +msgid "*hardlink* assumes that the trees it operates on do not change during operation. If a tree does change, the result is undefined and potentially dangerous. For example, if a regular file is replaced by a device, *hardlink* may start reading from the device. If a component of a path is replaced by a symbolic link or file permissions change, security may be compromised. Do not run *hardlink* on a changing tree or on a tree controlled by another user." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/hardlink.1.adoc:147 -msgid "" -"There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation " -"is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been " -"used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current " -"implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode." +msgid "There are multiple *hardlink* implementations. The very first implementation is from Jakub Jelinek for Fedora distribution, this implementation has been used in util-linux between versions v2.34 to v2.36. The current implementations is based on Debian version from Julian Andres Klode." msgstr "" #. Copyright 1994 Salvatore Valente (svalente@mit.edu) @@ -16487,9 +12530,7 @@ msgstr "Termina forçadamente um processo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:21 -msgid "" -"*kill* [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* " -"_milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_..." +msgid "*kill* [**-**_signal_|*-s* _signal_|*-p*] [*-q* _value_] [*-a*] [*--timeout* _milliseconds_ _signal_] [*--*] _pid_|_name_..." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16500,44 +12541,27 @@ msgstr " -l, --length o número de bytes para descartar\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes " -"or process groups." +msgid "The command *kill* sends the specified _signal_ to the specified processes or process groups." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for " -"this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in " -"preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a " -"handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before " -"terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a " -"*TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware " -"that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target " -"process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating." +msgid "If no signal is specified, the *TERM* signal is sent. The default action for this signal is to terminate the process. This signal should be used in preference to the *KILL* signal (number 9), since a process may install a handler for the TERM signal in order to perform clean-up steps before terminating in an orderly fashion. If a process does not terminate after a *TERM* signal has been sent, then the *KILL* signal may be used; be aware that the latter signal cannot be caught, and so does not give the target process the opportunity to perform any clean-up before terminating." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather " -"similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--" -"queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, " -"are local extensions." +msgid "Most modern shells have a builtin *kill* command, with a usage rather similar to that of the command described here. The *--all*, *--pid*, and *--queue* options, and the possibility to specify processes by command name, are local extensions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still " -"performed." +msgid "If _signal_ is 0, then no actual signal is sent, but error checking is still performed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs." +msgid "The list of processes to be signaled can be a mixture of names and PIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16580,12 +12604,7 @@ msgstr "*-N*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. " -"When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a " -"process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must " -"be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to " -"send." +msgid "where _n_ is larger than 1. All processes in process group _n_ are signaled. When an argument of the form '-n' is given, and it is meant to denote a process group, either a signal must be specified first, or the argument must be preceded by a '--' option, otherwise it will be taken as the signal to send." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16618,9 +12637,7 @@ msgstr "*-l*, *--list*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. " -"The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_." +msgid "Print a list of signal names, or convert the given signal number to a name. The signals can be found in _/usr/include/linux/signal.h_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16631,17 +12648,13 @@ msgstr " -l, --table-columns-limit número máximo de colunas de entrada #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding " -"numbers." +msgid "Similar to *-l*, but it will print signal names and their corresponding numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:63 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the " -"same UID as the present process." +msgid "Do not restrict the command-name-to-PID conversion to processes with the same UID as the present process." msgstr "" " -a, --all não restringe a conversão nome-para-pid a processos\n" " com a mesma uid que o presente processo\n" @@ -16657,9 +12670,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid ID de processo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any " -"signals." +msgid "Only print the process ID (PID) of the named processes, do not send any signals." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16671,9 +12682,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--read-clear*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled " -"process." +msgid "Do not send the signal if it is not caught in userspace by the signalled process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16691,12 +12700,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ " -"argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving " -"process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag " -"to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of " -"the _siginfo_t_ structure." +msgid "Send the signal using *sigqueue*(3) rather than *kill*(2). The _value_ argument is an integer that is sent along with the signal. If the receiving process has installed a handler for this signal using the *SA_SIGINFO* flag to *sigaction*(2), then it can obtain this data via the _si_sigval_ field of the _siginfo_t_ structure." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16707,39 +12711,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an " -"additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes " -"*kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a " -"follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the " -"Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the " -"follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no " -"longer exists." +msgid "Send a signal defined in the usual way to a process, followed by an additional signal after a specified delay. The *--timeout* option causes *kill* to wait for a period defined in _milliseconds_ before sending a follow-up _signal_ to the process. This feature is implemented using the Linux kernel PID file descriptor feature in order to guarantee that the follow-up signal is sent to the same process or not sent if the process no longer exists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an " -"equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to " -"races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that " -"used a recycled PID." +msgid "Note that the operating system may re-use PIDs and implementing an equivalent feature in a shell using *kill* and *sleep* would be subject to races whereby the follow-up signal might be sent to a different process that used a recycled PID." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent " -"sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be " -"combined with the *--queue* option." +msgid "The *--timeout* option can be specified multiple times: the signals are sent sequentially with the specified timeouts. The *--timeout* option can be combined with the *--queue* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and " -"*KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the " -"signals:" +msgid "As an example, the following command sends the signals *QUIT*, *TERM* and *KILL* in sequence and waits for 1000 milliseconds between sending the signals:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -16771,30 +12758,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of " -"one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the " -"signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread " -"group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly " -"selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to " -"an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking " -"the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of " -"*CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)." +msgid "Although it is possible to specify the TID (thread ID, see *gettid*(2)) of one of the threads in a multithreaded process as the argument of *kill*, the signal is nevertheless directed to the process (i.e., the entire thread group). In other words, it is not possible to send a signal to an explicitly selected thread in a multithreaded process. The signal will be delivered to an arbitrarily selected thread in the target process that is not blocking the signal. For more details, see *signal*(7) and the description of *CLONE_THREAD* in *clone*(2)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in " -"relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest " -"way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use " -"the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*" +msgid "Various shells provide a builtin *kill* command that is preferred in relation to the *kill*(1) executable described by this manual. The easiest way to ensure one is executing the command described in this page is to use the full path when calling the command, for example: */bin/kill --version*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:svalente@mit.edu[Salvatore Valente], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16804,8 +12778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/kill.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"*bash*(1), *tcsh*(1), *sigaction*(2), *kill*(2), *sigqueue*(3), *signal*(7)" +msgid "*bash*(1), *tcsh*(1), *sigaction*(2), *kill*(2), *sigqueue*(3), *signal*(7)" msgstr "" # @@ -16866,10 +12839,7 @@ msgstr "Insere mensagens no sistema de registro de logs.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. " -"If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard " -"input is logged." +msgid "When the optional _message_ argument is present, it is written to the log. If it is not present, and the *-f* option is not given either, then standard input is logged." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16880,9 +12850,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --udp usa apenas UDP\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog " -"port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514." +msgid "Use datagrams (UDP) only. By default the connection is tried to the syslog port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often 514." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -16898,20 +12866,12 @@ msgstr " -e, --skip-empty não registra linhas vazias ao processar arqui #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a " -"line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is " -"NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is " -"specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this " -"mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix " -"(e.g., *<13>*)." +msgid "Ignore empty lines when processing files. An empty line is defined to be a line without any characters. Thus a line consisting only of whitespace is NOT considered empty. Note that when the *--prio-prefix* option is specified, the priority is not part of the line. Thus an empty line in this mode is a line that does not have any characters after the priority prefix (e.g., *<13>*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined " -"with a command-line message." +msgid "Log the contents of the specified _file_. This option cannot be combined with a command-line message." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16934,22 +12894,12 @@ msgstr " -m, --shmem-id remove segmento de memória compartilhada pe #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional " -"argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* " -"command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that " -"send several messages." +msgid "Log the PID of the *logger* process with each line. When the optional argument _id_ is specified, then it is used instead of the *logger* command's PID. The use of *--id=$$* (PPID) is recommended in scripts that send several messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when " -"listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite " -"the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket " -"credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a " -"process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are " -"not modified and the problem is silently ignored." +msgid "Note that the system logging infrastructure (for example *systemd* when listening on _/dev/log_) may follow local socket credentials to overwrite the PID specified in the message. *logger*(1) is able to set those socket credentials to the given _id_, but only if you have root permissions and a process with the specified PID exists, otherwise the socket credentials are not modified and the problem is silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -16960,12 +12910,7 @@ msgstr "*--journald*[**=**__arquivo__]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:80 -msgid "" -"Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, " -"when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a " -"field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for " -"details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes " -"finding entries easy. Examples:" +msgid "Write a *systemd* journal entry. The entry is read from the given _file_, when specified, otherwise from standard input. Each line must begin with a field that is accepted by *journald*; see *systemd.journal-fields*(7) for details. The use of a MESSAGE_ID field is generally a good idea, as it makes finding entries easy. Examples:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -16990,19 +12935,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as " -"priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY " -"field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. " -"Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields." +msgid "Notice that *--journald* will ignore values of other options, such as priority. If priority is needed it must be within input, and use PRIORITY field. The simple execution of *journalctl*(1) will display MESSAGE field. Use *journalctl --output json-pretty* to see rest of the fields." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is " -"handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the " -"journal if they appear multiple times." +msgid "To include newlines in MESSAGE, specify MESSAGE several times. This is handled as a special case, other fields will be stored as an array in the journal if they appear multiple times." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17013,11 +12951,7 @@ msgstr "*--msgid* _msgid_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. " -"Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This " -"option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is " -"silently ignored." +msgid "Sets the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] MSGID field. Note that the space character is not permitted inside of _msgid_. This option is only used if *--rfc5424* is specified as well; otherwise, it is silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17028,10 +12962,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log " -"socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to " -"use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted." +msgid "Write to the specified remote syslog _server_ instead of to the system log socket. Unless *--udp* or *--tcp* is specified, *logger* will first try to use UDP, but if this fails a TCP connection is attempted." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17042,10 +12973,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --symlink age no alvo de links simbólicos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the " -"system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be " -"used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes." +msgid "Causes everything to be done except for writing the log message to the system log, and removing the connection to the journal. This option can be used together with *--stderr* for testing purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17056,11 +12984,7 @@ msgstr "*--octet-count*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting " -"framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the " -"default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also " -"known as octet stuffing) on TCP." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6587[RFC 6587] octet counting framing method for sending messages. When this option is not used, the default is no framing on UDP, and RFC6587 non-transparent framing (also known as octet stuffing) on TCP." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17071,9 +12995,7 @@ msgstr " -P, --port usa esta porta para conexão UDP ou TCP\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port " -"defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections." +msgid "Use the specified _port_. When this option is not specified, the port defaults to *syslog* for udp and to *syslog-conn* for tcp connections." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17084,11 +13006,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--priority* _prioridade_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority " -"may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-" -"p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The " -"default is *user.notice*." +msgid "Enter the message into the log with the specified _priority_. The priority may be specified numerically or as a _facility_._level_ pair. For example, *-p local3.info* logs the message as informational in the local3 facility. The default is *user.notice*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17099,20 +13017,12 @@ msgstr " --prio-prefix procura por prefixo em cada linha lida da entr #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix " -"is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and " -"the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and " -"then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and " -"level=6, becomes *<134>*." +msgid "Look for a syslog prefix on every line read from standard input. This prefix is a decimal number within angle brackets that encodes both the facility and the level. The number is constructed by multiplying the facility by 8 and then adding the level. For example, *local0.info*, meaning facility=16 and level=6, becomes *<134>*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is " -"specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line " -"is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*." +msgid "If the prefix contains no facility, the facility defaults to what is specified by the *-p* option. Similarly, if no prefix is provided, the line is logged using the _priority_ given with *-p*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17128,9 +13038,7 @@ msgstr "*--rfc3164*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog " -"protocol to submit messages to a remote server." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3164[RFC 3164] BSD syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17141,41 +13049,27 @@ msgstr "sai sem salvar as alterações" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:126 -msgid "" -"Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol " -"to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can " -"be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, " -"*nohost*." +msgid "Use the link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5424[RFC 5424] syslog protocol to submit messages to a remote server. The optional _without_ argument can be a comma-separated list of the following values: *notq*, *notime*, *nohost*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the " -"submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local " -"clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp " -"might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-" -"id timeQuality* is specified." +msgid "The *notq* value suppresses the time-quality structured data from the submitted message. The time-quality information shows whether the local clock was synchronized plus the maximum number of microseconds the timestamp might be off. The time quality is also automatically suppressed when *--sd-id timeQuality* is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:130 -msgid "" -"The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender " -"timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone." +msgid "The *notime* value (which implies *notq*) suppresses the complete sender timestamp that is in ISO-8601 format, including microseconds and timezone." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message " -"header." +msgid "The *nohost* value suppresses *gethostname*(2) information from the message header." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26." +msgid "The RFC 5424 protocol has been the default for *logger* since version 2.26." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17188,8 +13082,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --stderr mostra mensagem para a saída de erro também\ #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:137 #, fuzzy msgid "Output the message to standard error as well as to the system log." -msgstr "" -" -s, --stderr mostra mensagem para a saída de erro também\n" +msgstr " -s, --stderr mostra mensagem para a saída de erro também\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:138 @@ -17199,24 +13092,12 @@ msgstr "--sd-id não foi especificado para --sd-param %s" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The " -"option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The " -"number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus " -"possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type " -"and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a " -"message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-" -"standardized IDs." +msgid "Specifies a structured data element ID for an RFC 5424 message header. The option has to be used before *--sd-param* to introduce a new element. The number of structured data elements is unlimited. The ID (_name_ plus possibly **@**__digits__) is case-sensitive and uniquely identifies the type and purpose of the element. The same ID must not exist more than once in a message. The **@**__digits__ part is required for user-defined non-standardized IDs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:142 -msgid "" -"*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. " -"RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, " -"*enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters " -"*sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be " -"specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix." +msgid "*logger* currently generates the *timeQuality* standardized element only. RFC 5424 also describes the elements *origin* (with parameters *ip*, *enterpriseId*, *software* and *swVersion*) and *meta* (with parameters *sequenceId*, *sysUpTime* and *language*). These element IDs may be specified without the **@**__digits__ suffix." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17227,11 +13108,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:145 -msgid "" -"Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The " -"option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once " -"for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are " -"required and must be escaped on the command line." +msgid "Specifies a structured data element parameter, a name and value pair. The option has to be used after *--sd-id* and may be specified more than once for the same element. Note that the quotation marks around _value_ are required and must be escaped on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -17253,40 +13130,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality " -"tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 " -"tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is " -"message*" +msgid "*<13>1 2015-10-01T14:07:59.168662+02:00 ws kzak - - [timeQuality tzKnown=\"1\" isSynced=\"1\" syncAccuracy=\"218616\"][zoo@123 tiger=\"hungry\" zebra=\"running\"][manager@123 onMeeting=\"yes\"] this is message*" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:160 -msgid "" -"Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB " -"characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. " -"With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC " -"5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages." +msgid "Sets the maximum permitted message size to _size_. The default is 1KiB characters, which is the limit traditionally used and specified in RFC 3164. With RFC 5424, this limit has become flexible. A good assumption is that RFC 5424 receivers can at least process 4KiB messages." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:162 -msgid "" -"Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog " -"protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not " -"only when *--rfc5424* was used)." +msgid "Most receivers accept messages larger than 1KiB over any type of syslog protocol. As such, the *--size* option affects *logger* in all cases (not only when *--rfc5424* was used)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:164 -msgid "" -"Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the " -"syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the " -"hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 " -"to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to " -"ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages " -"may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size " -"should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work." +msgid "Note: the message-size limit limits the overall message size, including the syslog header. Header sizes vary depending on the selected options and the hostname length. As a rule of thumb, headers are usually not longer than 50 to 80 characters. When selecting a maximum message size, it is important to ensure that the receiver supports the max size as well, otherwise messages may become truncated. Again, as a rule of thumb two to four KiB message size should generally be OK, whereas anything larger should be verified to work." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17297,22 +13156,12 @@ msgstr "Nenhum erro" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:167 -msgid "" -"Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of " -"*off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect " -"if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ " -"can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not " -"cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system " -"call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was " -"unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets." +msgid "Print errors about Unix socket connections. The _mode_ can be a value of *off*, *on*, or *auto*. When the mode is *auto*, then *logger* will detect if the init process is *systemd*(1), and if so assumption is made _/dev/log_ can be used early at boot. Other init systems lack of _/dev/log_ will not cause errors that is identical with messaging using *openlog*(3) system call. The *logger*(1) before version 2.26 used *openlog*(3), and hence was unable to detected loss of messages sent to Unix sockets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:169 -msgid "" -"The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are " -"not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) " -"invocation." +msgid "The default mode is *auto*. When errors are not enabled lost messages are not communicated and will result to successful exit status of *logger*(1) invocation." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17323,9 +13172,7 @@ msgstr " -T, --tcp usa apenas TCP\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:172 -msgid "" -"Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-" -"conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_." +msgid "Use stream (TCP) only. By default the connection is tried to the _syslog-conn_ port defined in _/etc/services_, which is often _601_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17336,10 +13183,7 @@ msgstr " -t, --tag marca cada linha com esta tag\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is " -"the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on " -"effective user ID)." +msgid "Mark every line to be logged with the specified _tag_. The default tag is the name of the user logged in on the terminal (or a user name based on effective user ID)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17361,8 +13205,7 @@ msgstr "*--*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:183 -msgid "" -"End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)." +msgid "End the argument list. This allows the _message_ to start with a hyphen (-)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17443,16 +13286,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:228 -msgid "" -"For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, " -"see *syslog*(3)." +msgid "For the priority order and intended purposes of these facilities and levels, see *syslog*(3)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:232 -msgid "" -"The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") " -"compatible." +msgid "The *logger* command is expected to be IEEE Std 1003.2 (\"POSIX.2\") compatible." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -17474,11 +13313,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/logger.1.adoc:245 -msgid "" -"The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in " -"1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:" -"rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami " -"Kerola]." +msgid "The *logger* command was originally written by University of California in 1983-1993 and later rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:rgerhards@adiscon.com[Rainer Gerhards], and mailto:kerolasa@iki.fi[Sami Kerola]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17538,19 +13373,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a " -"prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be " -"sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that " -"*look* is invoked with)." +msgid "The *look* utility displays any lines in _file_ which contain _string_ as a prefix. As *look* performs a binary search, the lines in _file_ must be sorted (where *sort*(1) was given the same options *-d* and/or *-f* that *look* is invoked with)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only " -"alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters " -"is ignored." +msgid "If _file_ is not specified, the file _/usr/share/dict/words_ is used, only alphanumeric characters are compared and the case of alphabetic characters is ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -17567,17 +13395,12 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--alphanum*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and " -"alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is " -"specified." +msgid "Use normal dictionary character set and order, i.e., only blanks and alphanumeric characters are compared. This is on by default if no file is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for " -"compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28." +msgid "Note that blanks have been added to dictionary character set for compatibility with *sort -d* command since version 2.28." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17588,9 +13411,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --ignore-case não diferencia maiúsculo/minúsculo na compa #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file " -"is specified." +msgid "Ignore the case of alphabetic characters. This is on by default if no file is specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17601,17 +13422,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in " -"_string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are " -"compared." +msgid "Specify a string termination character, i.e., only the characters in _string_ up to and including the first occurrence of _character_ are compared." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 " -"if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred." +msgid "The *look* utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, 1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17622,9 +13438,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/look.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority " -"than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment." +msgid "Path to a dictionary file. The environment variable has greater priority than the dictionary path defined in the *FILES* segment." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17690,68 +13504,38 @@ msgstr "lsblk(8)" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block " -"devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to " -"gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled " -"without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem " -"types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary." +msgid "*lsblk* lists information about all available or the specified block devices. The *lsblk* command reads the *sysfs* filesystem and *udev db* to gather information. If the udev db is not available or *lsblk* is compiled without udev support, then it tries to read LABELs, UUIDs and filesystem types from the block device. In this case root permissions are necessary." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a " -"tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates " -"to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated " -"setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships." +msgid "By default, the command prints all block devices (except RAM disks) in a tree-like format. The same device can be repeated in the tree if it relates to other devices. The *--merge* option is recommended for more complicated setups to gather groups of devices and describe complex N:M relationships." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The tree-like output (or *children[]* array in the JSON output) is enabled " -"only if NAME column it present in the output or when *--tree* command line " -"option is used. See also *--nodeps* and *--list* to control the tree " -"formatting." +msgid "The tree-like output (or *children[]* array in the JSON output) is enabled only if NAME column it present in the output or when *--tree* command line option is used. See also *--nodeps* and *--list* to control the tree formatting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* " -"and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should " -"avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define " -"expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in " -"environments where a stable output is required." +msgid "The default output, as well as the default output from options like *--fs* and *--topology*, is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ and *--list* in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:28 #, fuzzy msgid "Use *lsblk --list-columns* to get a list of all available columns." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista " -"de todas as colunas suportadas." +msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all " -"information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is " -"recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev." +msgid "Note that *lsblk* might be executed in time when *udev* does not have all information about recently added or modified devices yet. In this case it is recommended to use *udevadm settle* before *lsblk* to synchronize with udev." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-" -"one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may " -"be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides " -"MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays " -"only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), " -"and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points " -"associated with the device." +msgid "The relationship between block devices and filesystems is not always one-to-one. The filesystem may use more block devices, or the same filesystem may be accessible by more paths. This is the reason why *lsblk* provides MOUNTPOINT and MOUNTPOINTS (pl.) columns. The column MOUNTPOINT displays only one mount point (usually the last mounted instance of the filesystem), and the column MOUNTPOINTS displays by multi-line cell all mount points associated with the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17769,9 +13553,7 @@ msgstr " -n, --noheadings não exibe os cabeçalhos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:40 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices " -"too." +msgid "Disable all built-in filters and list all empty devices and RAM disk devices too." msgstr "" " -a, --all desabilita todos os filtros embarcados, exibe todos\n" " os sistemas de arquivos\n" @@ -17786,9 +13568,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each " -"device." +msgid "Print information about the discarding capabilities (TRIM, UNMAP) for each device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17799,9 +13579,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --nodeps não exibe dispositivos escravos ou mantenedores\n #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/" -"sda* prints information about the sda device only." +msgid "Do not print holder devices or slaves. For example, *lsblk --nodeps /dev/sda* prints information about the sda device only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17812,17 +13590,12 @@ msgstr " -E, --dedup desduplica a saída por \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key " -"is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental " -"whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed." +msgid "Use _column_ as a de-duplication key to de-duplicate output tree. If the key is not available for the device, or the device is a partition and parental whole-disk device provides the same key than the device is always printed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, " -"for example by *-E WWN*." +msgid "The usual use case is to de-duplicate output on system multi-path devices, for example by *-E WWN*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17836,12 +13609,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device " -"numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is " -"not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may " -"be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is " -"not obvious." +msgid "Exclude the devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. Note that RAM disks (major=1) are excluded by default if *--all* is not specified. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17852,10 +13620,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --fs exibe informação sobre os sistemas de arquivos\n #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE," -"FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information " -"about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command." +msgid "Output info about filesystems. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,FSTYPE,FSVER,LABEL,UUID,FSAVAIL,FSUSE%,MOUNTPOINTS*. The authoritative information about filesystems and raids is provided by the *blkid*(8) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17869,11 +13634,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device " -"numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be " -"confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not " -"obvious." +msgid "Include devices specified by the comma-separated _list_ of major device numbers. The filter is applied to the top-level devices only. This may be confusing for *--list* output format where hierarchy of the devices is not obvious." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17886,24 +13647,16 @@ msgstr " -i, --ascii usa apenas caracteres ascii\n" #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:69 #, fuzzy msgid "Use ASCII characters for tree formatting." -msgstr "" -" -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n" +msgstr " -a, --ascii usa caracteres ASCII para formatação da árvore\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also " -"*--tree* if necessary. Note that *children[]* is used only if NAME column or " -"*--tree* is used." +msgid "Use JSON output format. It's strongly recommended to use *--output* and also *--tree* if necessary. Note that *children[]* is used only if NAME column or *--tree* is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide " -"information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every " -"device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the " -"parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)." +msgid "Produce output in the form of a list. The output does not provide information about relationships between devices and since version 2.34 every device is printed only once if *--pairs* or *--raw* not specified (the parsable outputs are maintained in backwardly compatible way)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17914,9 +13667,7 @@ msgstr " -M, --merge agrupa pais de sub-árvores (usável por RAIDs, mu #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and " -"Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required." +msgid "Group parents of sub-trees to provide more readable output for RAIDs and Multi-path devices. The tree-like output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17927,9 +13678,7 @@ msgstr " -m, --perms exibe informação sobre permissões\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to " -"*-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*." +msgid "Output info about device owner, group and mode. This option is equivalent to *-o NAME,SIZE,OWNER,GROUP,MODE*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -17958,21 +13707,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. Use *--list-columns* to get a list of " -"all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default " -"is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. Use *--list-columns* to get a list of all supported columns. The columns may affect tree-like output. The default is to use tree for the column 'NAME' (see also *--tree*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:95 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _+list_ (e.g., *lsblk -o +UUID*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:96 @@ -17982,10 +13724,7 @@ msgstr " -O, --output-all mostra todas as colunas\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are " -"still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are " -"hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." +msgid "Produce output in the form of key=\"value\" pairs. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe value characters are hex-escaped (\\x). See also option *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18008,20 +13747,12 @@ msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"Print only the devices that meet the conditions specified by the expr. The " -"filter is assessed prior to lsblk collecting data for all output columns. " -"Only the necessary data for the lazy evaluation of the expression is " -"retrieved from the system. This approach can enhance performance when " -"compared to post-filtering, as commonly done by tools such as grep(1)." +msgid "Print only the devices that meet the conditions specified by the expr. The filter is assessed prior to lsblk collecting data for all output columns. Only the necessary data for the lazy evaluation of the expression is retrieved from the system. This approach can enhance performance when compared to post-filtering, as commonly done by tools such as grep(1)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example " -"exclude sda and sdb, but print everything else ('!~' is a negative regular " -"expression matching operator):" +msgid "This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5). For example exclude sda and sdb, but print everything else ('!~' is a negative regular expression matching operator):" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -18034,13 +13765,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:119 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "*--highlight* _expr_" -msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" +msgstr ", limite de tamanho %ju" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"Colorize lines matching the expression. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See " -"also *scols-filter*(5)." +msgid "Colorize lines matching the expression. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *scols-filter*(5)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18051,26 +13780,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:129 -msgid "" -"Define a custom counter. The counters are printed after the standard " -"output. The _name_ is the custom name of the counter, the optional _param_ " -"is the name of the column to be used for the counter, and the optional " -"_function_ specifies the aggregation function, supported functions are: " -"count, min, max, or sum. The default is count." +msgid "Define a custom counter. The counters are printed after the standard output. The _name_ is the custom name of the counter, the optional _param_ is the name of the column to be used for the counter, and the optional _function_ specifies the aggregation function, supported functions are: count, min, max, or sum. The default is count." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"If the _param_ is not specified, then the counter counts the number of " -"lines. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct-filter*." +msgid "If the _param_ is not specified, then the counter counts the number of lines. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct-filter*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:135 -msgid "" -"For example, *--ct MyCounter:SIZE:sum* will count the summary for SIZE from " -"all lines; and to count the number of SATA disks, it is possible to use:" +msgid "For example, *--ct MyCounter:SIZE:sum* will count the summary for SIZE from all lines; and to count the number of SATA disks, it is possible to use:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -18082,15 +13802,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:141 #, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*--btmp-file* _path_" msgid "*--ct-filter* _expr_" -msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" +msgstr "*--btmp-file* _caminho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"Define a restriction for the next counter. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See " -"also *--ct* and *scols-filter*(5). For example, aggregate sizes by device " -"type:" +msgid "Define a restriction for the next counter. This feature is EXPERIMENTAL. See also *--ct* and *scols-filter*(5). For example, aggregate sizes by device type:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -18103,10 +13821,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:151 -msgid "" -"Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by " -"dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x) " -"in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns." +msgid "Produce output in raw format. The output lines are still ordered by dependencies. All potentially unsafe characters are hex-escaped (\\x) in the NAME, KNAME, LABEL, PARTLABEL and MOUNTPOINT columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18117,9 +13832,7 @@ msgstr " -S, --scsi exibe informação sobre dispositivos SCSI\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:154 -msgid "" -"Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder " -"devices are ignored." +msgid "Output info about SCSI devices only. All partitions, slaves and holder devices are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18130,9 +13843,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --inverse dependências inversas\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:157 -msgid "" -"Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested " -"then the lines are still ordered by dependencies." +msgid "Print dependencies in inverse order. If the *--list* output is requested then the lines are still ordered by dependencies." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18143,9 +13854,7 @@ msgstr " -T, --tree[=] usa árvore no formato de lista\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:160 -msgid "" -"Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is " -"printed in the column. The default is NAME column." +msgid "Force tree-like output format. If _column_ is specified, then a tree is printed in the column. The default is NAME column." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18161,8 +13870,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:165 -msgid "" -"NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*." +msgid "NAME,ALIGNMENT,MIN-IO,OPT-IO,PHY-SEC,LOG-SEC,ROTA,SCHED,RQ-SIZE,RA,WSAME*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18173,13 +13881,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:170 -msgid "" -"Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number " -"of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output " -"width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* " -"to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not " -"allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the " -"*watch*(1) command." +msgid "Specifies output width as a number of characters. The default is the number of the terminal columns, and if not executed on a terminal, then output width is not restricted at all by default. This option also forces *lsblk* to assume that terminal control characters and unsafe characters are not allowed. The expected use-case is for example when *lsblk* is used by the *watch*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18190,21 +13892,12 @@ msgstr " -x, --sort ordena a saída por \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:173 -msgid "" -"Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by " -"default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output " -"and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_." +msgid "Sort output lines by _column_. This option enables *--list* output format by default. It is possible to use the option *--tree* to force tree-like output and than the tree branches are sorted by the _column_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:176 -msgid "" -"The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for " -"shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-" -"IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this " -"feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but " -"due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by " -"*--shell*." +msgid "The column name will be modified to contain only characters allowed for shell variable identifiers, for example, MIN_IO and FSUSE_PCT instead of MIN-IO and FSUSE%. This is usable, for example, with *--pairs*. Note that this feature has been automatically enabled for *--pairs* in version 2.37, but due to compatibility issues, now it's necessary to request this behavior by *--shell*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18227,11 +13920,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:182 -msgid "" -"Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the " -"*lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the " -"Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target " -"directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes." +msgid "Gather data for a Linux instance other than the instance from which the *lsblk* command is issued. The specified directory is the system root of the Linux instance to be inspected. The real device nodes in the target directory can be replaced by text files with udev attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18289,30 +13978,20 @@ msgstr "habilita saída de depuração do libsmartcols." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:217 -msgid "" -"For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from " -"the parent device." +msgid "For partitions, some information (e.g., queue attributes) is inherited from the parent device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:219 -msgid "" -"The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:" -"minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block " -"directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with " -"a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of " -"the kernel build." +msgid "The *lsblk* command needs to be able to look up each block device by major:minor numbers, which is done by using _/sys/dev/block_. This sysfs block directory appeared in kernel 2.6.27 (October 2008). In case of problems with a new enough kernel, check that *CONFIG_SYSFS* was enabled at the time of the kernel build." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:224 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgid "" -"mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +#| msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:gmazyland@gmail.com[Milan Broz], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsblk.8.adoc:231 @@ -18358,9 +14037,7 @@ msgstr "Lista travas do sistema local.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"It allows to display information like current time and resolution of clocks " -"like CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_REALTIME and CLOCK_BOOTTIME." +msgid "It allows to display information like current time and resolution of clocks like CLOCK_MONOTONIC, CLOCK_REALTIME and CLOCK_BOOTTIME." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18373,12 +14050,8 @@ msgstr " -n, --noheadings não exibe os cabeçalhos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:35 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:53 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for " -"details of available columns." -msgstr "" -"Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista " -"de todas as colunas suportadas." +msgid "Specify which output columns to print. See the *OUTPUT COLUMNS* section for details of available columns." +msgstr "Especifica quais colunas de saída exibir. Use *--help* para obter uma lista de todas as colunas suportadas." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:38 @@ -18463,9 +14136,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Also display CPU clock of specified process. Can be specified multiple " -"times." +msgid "Also display CPU clock of specified process. Can be specified multiple times." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -18493,9 +14164,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:72 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "ID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:74 @@ -18504,9 +14175,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "CLOCK <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:77 @@ -18515,9 +14186,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:78 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:267 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NAME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:80 @@ -18526,9 +14197,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:81 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TIME <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:83 @@ -18537,9 +14208,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:84 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "ISO_TIME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:86 @@ -18548,9 +14219,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:87 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "RESOL_RAW <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:89 @@ -18559,9 +14230,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:90 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "RESOL <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:92 @@ -18570,9 +14241,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:93 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "REL_TIME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:95 @@ -18581,15 +14252,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:96 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NS_OFFSET <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsclocks.1.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Offset of the current namespace to the parent namespace as read from */proc/" -"self/timens_offsets*." +msgid "Offset of the current namespace to the parent namespace as read from */proc/self/timens_offsets*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18621,21 +14290,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux " -"systems. Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports " -"Linux specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a " -"drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line " -"interface and output formats." +msgid "*lsfd* is intended to be a modern replacement for *lsof*(8) on Linux systems. Unlike *lsof*, *lsfd* is specialized to Linux kernel; it supports Linux specific features like namespaces with simpler code. *lsfd* is not a drop-in replacement for *lsof*; they are different in the command line interface and output formats." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the " -"description of *--output* option for customizing the output format, and *--" -"filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --list-columns* to get a list of all " -"available columns." +msgid "*lsfd* uses Libsmartcols for output formatting and filtering. See the description of *--output* option for customizing the output format, and *--filter* option for filtering. Use *lsfd --list-columns* to get a list of all available columns." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18653,12 +14313,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:56 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format +_list_ (e.g., *lsfd -o +DELETED*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:62 @@ -18674,19 +14330,12 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. " -"A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option " -"with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgid "Collect information only for specified processes. _pids_ is a list of pids. A comma or whitespaces can be used as separators. You can use this option with *pidof*(1). See *FILTER EXAMPLES*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-" -"p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is " -"much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of " -"processing than the *-Q* option." +msgid "Both *-Q* option with an expression including PID, e.g. -Q (PID == 1), and *-p* option, e.g. -p 1, may print the same output but using *-p* option is much more efficient because *-p* option works at a much earlier stage of processing than the *-Q* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18703,9 +14352,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See " -"also *scols-filter*(5) and *FILTER EXAMPLES*." +msgid "Print only the files matching the condition represented by the _expr_. See also *scols-filter*(5) and *FILTER EXAMPLES*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18716,20 +14363,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter " -"named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching " -"_filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. " -"*lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; " -"files excluded by the filters are not counted." +msgid "Define a custom counter used in *--summary* output. *lsfd* makes a counter named _label_. During collect information, *lsfd* counts files matching _filter_expr_, and stores the counted number to the counter named _label_. *lsfd* applies filters defined with *--filter* options before counting; files excluded by the filters are not counted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"See *scols-filter*(5) about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include `{` " -"nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple " -"times." +msgid "See *scols-filter*(5) about _filter_expr_. _label_ should not include `{` nor `:`. You can define multiple counters by specifying this option multiple times." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -18745,27 +14384,18 @@ msgstr "*--summary*[=_quando_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can " -"be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it " -"defaults to *only*." +msgid "This option controls summary lines output. The optional argument _when_ can be *only*, *append* or *never*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *only*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer " -"value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines " -"no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters " -"(default counters) to make the summary output." +msgid "The summary reports counters. A counter consists of a label and an integer value. *--counter* is the option for defining a counter. If a user defines no counter, *lsfd* uses the definitions of pre-defined built-in counters (default counters) to make the summary output." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. " -"Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid." +msgid "CAUTION{colon} Using *--summary* and *--json* may make the output broken. Only combining *--summary*=*only* and *--json* is valid." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18776,9 +14406,7 @@ msgstr "Selecione (padrão %c): " #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful " -"only for *lsfd* developers." +msgid "Dump the internal data structure for the filter and exit. This is useful only for *lsfd* developers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18800,9 +14428,7 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may " -"be changed in the future releases." +msgid "CAUTION{colon} The names and types of columns are not stable yet. They may be changed in the future releases." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -18829,9 +14455,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:132 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BLKDRV <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:134 @@ -18840,9 +14466,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:135 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-MAP.ID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:137 @@ -18851,10 +14477,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:138 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-MAP.TYPE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:140 @@ -18863,9 +14488,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:141 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-MAP.TYPE.RAW <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:143 @@ -18874,9 +14499,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:144 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF.NAME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:146 @@ -18885,9 +14510,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:147 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-PROG.ID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:149 @@ -18896,10 +14521,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:150 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-PROG.TYPE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:152 @@ -18908,9 +14532,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:153 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "BPF-PROG.TYPE.RAW <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:155 @@ -18919,9 +14543,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:156 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "CHRDRV <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:158 @@ -18954,9 +14578,9 @@ msgstr "dispositivos de bloco não são permitidos no sistema de arquivos" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:165 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "DEV <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:167 @@ -18965,10 +14589,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:168 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "DEVTYPE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:170 @@ -18988,9 +14611,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:177 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that *lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may " -"miss some endpoints if you limits the processes with *-p* option." +msgid "*lsfd* collects endpoints within the processes that *lsfd* scans; *lsfd* may miss some endpoints if you limits the processes with *-p* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19023,9 +14644,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:188 -msgid "" -"The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the " -"endpoint." +msgid "The last characters ([-r][-w]) represents the read and/or write mode of the endpoint." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19052,16 +14671,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:197 -msgid "" -"About the last characters ([-r?][-w?]), see the description of _SOCK." -"SHUTDOWN_." +msgid "About the last characters ([-r?][-w?]), see the description of _SOCK.SHUTDOWN_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:198 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "EVENTFD.ID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:200 @@ -19070,22 +14687,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:201 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "EVENTPOLL.TFDS <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:203 -#, fuzzy msgid "File descriptors targeted by the eventpoll file." -msgstr " --chdir muda de diretório antes de fazer login\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:204 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "FD <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:206 @@ -19106,9 +14721,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:210 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "FUID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:212 @@ -19161,9 +14776,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:225 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "INODE <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:227 @@ -19173,35 +14788,31 @@ msgstr " --nice executa o login com essa prioridade\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:228 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "INOTIFY.INODES <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:232 -msgid "" -"Cooked version of INOTIFY.INODES.RAW. The format of the element is _inode-" -"number_,_source-of-inode_." +msgid "Cooked version of INOTIFY.INODES.RAW. The format of the element is _inode-number_,_source-of-inode_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:233 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "INOTIFY.INODES.RAW <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:236 -msgid "" -"List of monitoring inodes. The format of the element is _inode-number_``," -"``_device-major_``:``_device-minor_." +msgid "List of monitoring inodes. The format of the element is _inode-number_``,``_device-major_``:``_device-minor_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:237 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "KNAME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" # # @@ -19213,9 +14824,7 @@ msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" #. Not only u but also p is decorated with underline. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:248 -msgid "" -"Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/" -"``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_." +msgid "Raw file name extracted from from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fd/``_fd_ or ``/proc/``_pid_``/map_files/``_region_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19253,9 +14862,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:258 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "MISCDEV <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:260 @@ -19264,9 +14873,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:261 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "MNTID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:263 @@ -19275,9 +14884,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:264 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "MODE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:266 @@ -19368,8 +14977,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:292 -msgid "" -"protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]" +msgid "protocol=_NETLINK.PROTOCOL_[ lport=_NETLINK.LPORT_[ group=_NETLINK.GROUPS_]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19396,9 +15004,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:301 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from ``/proc/``_pid_``/" -"fdinfo/``_fd_." +msgid "*lsfd* extracts _TARGET-PID_ and _TARGET-NSPIDS_ from ``/proc/``_pid_``/fdinfo/``_fd_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19409,8 +15015,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:304 -msgid "" -"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]" +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19421,9 +15026,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:307 -msgid "" -"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6." -"RADDR_]]" +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ id=_PING.ID_][ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19450,9 +15053,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:316 -msgid "" -"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ " -"[ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]" +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET.RADDR_]]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19463,9 +15064,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:319 -msgid "" -"state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ " -"[ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]" +msgid "state=_SOCK.STATE_[ protocol=_RAW.PROTOCOL_ [ laddr=_INET6.LADDR_ [ raddr=_INET6.RADDR_]]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19504,9 +15103,7 @@ msgstr "baseada em tempo" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:329 -msgid "" -"clockid=_TIMERFD.CLOCKID_[ remaining=_TIMERFD.REMAINING_ [ interval=_TIMERFD." -"INTERVAL_]]" +msgid "clockid=_TIMERFD.CLOCKID_[ remaining=_TIMERFD.REMAINING_ [ interval=_TIMERFD.INTERVAL_]]" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19528,8 +15125,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:335 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0." +msgid "*lsfd* hides ``raddr=`` if _UDP.RADDR_ is ``0.0.0.0`` and _UDP.RPORT_ is 0." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19567,17 +15163,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:350 -msgid "" -"Note that `(deleted)` markers are removed from this column. Refer to " -"_KNAME_, _DELETED_, or _XMODE_ to know the readability of the file from the " -"file system." +msgid "Note that `(deleted)` markers are removed from this column. Refer to _KNAME_, _DELETED_, or _XMODE_ to know the readability of the file from the file system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:352 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NETLINK.GROUPS <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:354 @@ -19586,9 +15179,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:355 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NETLINK.LPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:357 @@ -19597,9 +15190,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:358 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NETLINK.PROTOCOL <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:360 @@ -19608,9 +15201,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:361 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NLINK <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:363 @@ -19619,9 +15212,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:364 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "NS.NAME <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:366 @@ -19630,23 +15223,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:367 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "NS.TYPE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:371 -msgid "" -"Type of the namespace specified with the file. The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, " -"`uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`." +msgid "Type of the namespace specified with the file. The type is `mnt`, `cgroup`, `uts`, `ipc`, `user`, `pid`, `net`, `time`, or `unknown`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:372 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "OWNER <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:374 @@ -19689,9 +15279,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:384 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "PID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:386 @@ -19729,26 +15319,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:400 -msgid "" -"If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid " -"of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from " -"the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first " -"entry in the NSpid field will be identical." +msgid "If pid namespaces are supported then this function will also print the pid of a given pidfd refers to for all descendant pid namespaces starting from the current pid namespace of the instance, i.e. the Pid field and the first entry in the NSpid field will be identical." msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:404 -msgid "" -"Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc//status " -"where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the " -"procfs instance." +msgid "Note that this differs from the Pid and NSpid fields in /proc//status where Pid and NSpid are always shown relative to the pid namespace of the procfs instance." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:406 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "PIDFD.PID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:408 @@ -19758,9 +15341,9 @@ msgstr "PID do processo bloqueando a trava" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:409 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "PING.ID <`number`>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:411 @@ -19769,9 +15352,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:412 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "POS <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:414 @@ -19791,9 +15374,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:418 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "RDEV <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:420 @@ -19802,9 +15385,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:421 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "SIGNALFD.MASK <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:423 @@ -19813,18 +15396,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:424 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "SIZE <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:426 #, fuzzy msgid "File size." -msgstr "" -"O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O " -"último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, " -"mas pode se estender além dele.)" +msgstr "O tamanho máximo do sistema de arquivos é um pouco menos de 272 MB. (O último arquivo no sistema de arquivos deve começar antes do bloco de 256 MB, mas pode se estender além dele.)" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:427 @@ -19863,10 +15443,9 @@ msgstr "Nome da partição GPT." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:436 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "SOCK.SHUTDOWN <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:438 @@ -19882,9 +15461,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:443 -msgid "" -"If the first character is _r_, the receptions are allowed. If it is _-_, " -"the receptions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown." +msgid "If the first character is _r_, the receptions are allowed. If it is _-_, the receptions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19895,9 +15472,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:448 -msgid "" -"If the second character is _w_, the transmissions are allowed. If it is _-" -"_, the transmissions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown." +msgid "If the second character is _w_, the transmissions are allowed. If it is _-_, the transmissions are disallowed. If it is _?_, the state is unknown." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19913,15 +15488,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:452 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "*TTYPERM* (string)" +#, no-wrap msgid "SOCK.TYPE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:455 -msgid "" -"Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:" +msgid "Type of socket. Here type means the second parameter of socket system call:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -19963,9 +15536,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:464 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "SOURCE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:466 @@ -19981,9 +15554,7 @@ msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:469 -msgid "" -"Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, " -"SOCK, or UNKN." +msgid "Raw file types returned from *stat*(2): BLK, CHR, DIR, FIFO, LINK, REG, SOCK, or UNKN." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -19999,9 +15570,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:473 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TCP.LPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:475 @@ -20021,9 +15592,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:479 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TCP.RPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:481 @@ -20032,9 +15603,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:482 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:484 @@ -20044,9 +15615,9 @@ msgstr "comando do processo mantendo a trava" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:485 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TIMERFD.CLOCKID <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:487 @@ -20055,9 +15626,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:488 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TIMERFD.INTERVAL <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:490 @@ -20066,9 +15637,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:491 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TIMERFD.REMAINING <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:493 @@ -20077,9 +15648,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:494 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "PTMX.TTY-INDEX <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:496 @@ -20088,9 +15659,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:497 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "TUN.IFACE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:499 @@ -20099,10 +15670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:504 -msgid "" -"Cooked version of _STTYPE_. It is same as _STTYPE_ with exceptions. For " -"_SOCK_, print the value for _SOCK.PROTONAME_. For _UNKN_, print the value " -"for _AINODECLASS_ if _SOURCE_ is `anon_inodefs`." +msgid "Cooked version of _STTYPE_. It is same as _STTYPE_ with exceptions. For _SOCK_, print the value for _SOCK.PROTONAME_. For _UNKN_, print the value for _AINODECLASS_ if _SOURCE_ is `anon_inodefs`." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20118,9 +15686,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:508 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "UDP.LPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:510 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:522 @@ -20140,9 +15708,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:514 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "UDP.RPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:516 ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:528 @@ -20162,9 +15730,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:520 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "UDPLITE.LPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:523 @@ -20179,15 +15747,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:526 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "UDPLITE.RPORT <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:529 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "UID <``number``>" -msgstr "Número de cabeças" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:531 @@ -20207,9 +15775,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:535 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "USER <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:537 @@ -20218,16 +15786,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:538 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "XMODE <``string``>" -msgstr "*TTYPERM* (string)" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:542 -msgid "" -"Extended version of _MODE_. This column may grow; new letters may be " -"appended to _XMODE_ when *lsfd* supports a new state of file descriptors and/" -"or memory mappings." +msgid "Extended version of _MODE_. This column may grow; new letters may be appended to _XMODE_ when *lsfd* supports a new state of file descriptors and/or memory mappings." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20271,9 +15836,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:554 -#, fuzzy msgid "deleted from the file system. See also _DELETED_." -msgstr "dispositivos de bloco não são permitidos no sistema de arquivos" +msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:555 @@ -20283,11 +15847,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:560 -msgid "" -"locked or leased. _l_ represents a read, a shared lock or a read lease. _L_ " -"represents a write or an exclusive lock or a write lease. If both read/" -"shared and write/exclusive locks or leases are taken by a file descriptor, " -"_L_ is used as the flag." +msgid "locked or leased. _l_ represents a read, a shared lock or a read lease. _L_ represents a write or an exclusive lock or a write lease. If both read/shared and write/exclusive locks or leases are taken by a file descriptor, _L_ is used as the flag." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20298,12 +15858,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:568 -msgid "" -"Multiplexed. If the file descriptor is targeted by a eventpoll file or " -"classical system calls for multiplexing (select, pselect, poll, and ppoll), " -"this bit flag is set. Note that if an invocation of the classical system " -"calls is interrupted, *lsfd* may fail to mark _m_ on the file descriptors " -"monitored by the invocation. See *restart_syscall*(2)." +msgid "Multiplexed. If the file descriptor is targeted by a eventpoll file or classical system calls for multiplexing (select, pselect, poll, and ppoll), this bit flag is set. Note that if an invocation of the classical system calls is interrupted, *lsfd* may fail to mark _m_ on the file descriptors monitored by the invocation. See *restart_syscall*(2)." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -20315,10 +15870,7 @@ msgstr "EXEMPLOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:574 -msgid "" -"*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should know " -"is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option. Combined with *-o* (or *--output*) option, " -"you can customize the output as you want." +msgid "*lsfd* has few options for filtering. In most of cases, what you should know is *-Q* (or *--filter*) option. Combined with *-o* (or *--output*) option, you can customize the output as you want." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: In the following messages, don't forget to add whitespace at the end! @@ -20574,27 +16126,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:700 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgid "" -"mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +#| msgid "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:yamato@redhat.com[Masatake YAMATO], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgstr "mailto:tytso@mit.edu>[Theodore Ts'o], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lsfd.1.adoc:712 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "*fsck*(8),\n" -#| "*mkfs*(8),\n" -#| "*reboot*(8)\n" -msgid "" -"*bpftool*(8) *bps*(8) *lslocks*(8) *lsof*(8) *pidof*(1) *proc*(5) " -"*scols-filter*(5) *socket*(2) *ss*(8) *stat*(2)" +msgid "*bpftool*(8) *bps*(8) *lslocks*(8) *lsof*(8) *pidof*(1) *proc*(5) *scols-filter*(5) *socket*(2) *ss*(8) *stat*(2)" msgstr "" -"*fsck*(8),\n" -"*mkfs*(8),\n" -"*reboot*(8)\n" #. Man page for the lslocks command. #. Copyright 2012 Davidlohr Bueso @@ -20624,9 +16163,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a " -"Linux system." +msgid "*lslocks* lists information about all the currently held file locks in a Linux system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20644,12 +16181,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:53 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the " -"format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)." -msgstr "" -"A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no " -"formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." +msgid "The default list of columns may be extended if _list_ is specified in the format _{plus}list_ (e.g., *lslocks -o {plus}BLOCKER*)." +msgstr "A lista padrão de colunas pode ser estendida se _lista_ for especificada no formato _{plus}lista_ (por exemplo, *-o {plus}UUID*)." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:58 ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:25 @@ -20661,8 +16194,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:60 #, fuzzy msgid "Display only the locks held by the process with this _pid_." -msgstr "" -" -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n" +msgstr " -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:63 ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:61 @@ -20698,9 +16230,8 @@ msgstr "PID" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:76 -#, fuzzy msgid "The process ID of the process." -msgstr "comando do processo mantendo a trava" +msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:77 @@ -20710,10 +16241,7 @@ msgstr "Tipo" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"The type of lock; can be LEASE (created with *fcntl*(2)), FLOCK (created " -"with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK " -"(created with *fcntl*(2))." +msgid "The type of lock; can be LEASE (created with *fcntl*(2)), FLOCK (created with *flock*(2)), POSIX (created with *fcntl*(2) and *lockf*(3)) or OFDLCK (created with *fcntl*(2))." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20737,8 +16265,9 @@ msgstr "CPU(s) de nó%d NUMA:" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:85 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "The partition number." msgid "The inode number." -msgstr " --nice executa o login com essa prioridade\n" +msgstr "O número da partição." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:86 @@ -20761,9 +16290,7 @@ msgstr "MODO" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and " -"waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)." +msgid "The lock's access permissions (read, write). If the process is blocked and waiting for the lock, then the mode is postfixed with an '*' (asterisk)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20774,9 +16301,7 @@ msgstr "M" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only " -"advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)" +msgid "Whether the lock is mandatory; 0 means no (meaning the lock is only advisory), 1 means yes. (See *fcntl*(2).)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20811,11 +16336,7 @@ msgstr "CAMINHO" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read " -"the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is " -"appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get " -"the full path." +msgid "Full path of the lock. If none is found, or there are no permissions to read the path, it will fall back to the device's mountpoint and \"...\" is appended to the path. The path might be truncated; use *--notruncate* to get the full path." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20838,37 +16359,24 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"The holder(s) of the lock. The format of the holder is _PID_,_COMMAND_," -"_FD_. If a lock is an open file description-oriented lock, there can be " -"more than one holder for the lock. See the NOTES below." +msgid "The holder(s) of the lock. The format of the holder is _PID_,_COMMAND_,_FD_. If a lock is an open file description-oriented lock, there can be more than one holder for the lock. See the NOTES below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally " -"written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since " -"2001." +msgid "The *lslocks* command is meant to replace the *lslk*(8) command, originally written by mailto:abe@purdue.edu[Victor A. Abell] and unmaintained since 2001." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:122 -msgid "" -"\"The process holding the lock\" for leases, FLOCK locks, and OFD locks is a " -"fake-concept. They are associated with the open file description on which " -"they are acquired. With *fork*(2) and/or *cmsg*(3), multiple processes can " -"share an open file description. So the holder process of a lease (or a lock) " -"is not uniquely determined. *lslocks* shows the one of the holder processes " -"in COMMAND and PID columns." +msgid "\"The process holding the lock\" for leases, FLOCK locks, and OFD locks is a fake-concept. They are associated with the open file description on which they are acquired. With *fork*(2) and/or *cmsg*(3), multiple processes can share an open file description. So the holder process of a lease (or a lock) is not uniquely determined. *lslocks* shows the one of the holder processes in COMMAND and PID columns." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:126 #, fuzzy msgid "mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" -msgstr "" -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/lslocks.8.adoc:132 @@ -20899,9 +16407,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X " -"authority system. Typical usage:" +msgid "*mcookie* generates a 128-bit random hexadecimal number for use with the X authority system. Typical usage:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -20911,18 +16417,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random " -"information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/" -"urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this " -"preference order. See also the option *--file*." +msgid "The \"random\" number generated is actually the MD5 message digest of random information coming from one of the sources *getrandom*(2) system call, _/dev/urandom_, _/dev/random_, or the _libc pseudo-random functions_, in this preference order. See also the option *--file*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/" -"urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input." +msgid "Use this _file_ as an additional source of randomness (for example _/dev/urandom_). When _file_ is '-', characters are read from standard input." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -20933,25 +16433,17 @@ msgstr "Número máximo de segmentos = %ju\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be " -"used when reading additional randomness from a file or device." +msgid "Read from _file_ only this _number_ of bytes. This option is meant to be used when reading additional randomness from a file or device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes " -"KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the " -"\"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the " -"suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _number_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB=1024, MiB=1024*1024, and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB=1000, MB=1000*1000, and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/mcookie.1.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each " -"source." +msgid "Inform where randomness originated, with amount of entropy read from each source." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -20994,26 +16486,17 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] ...\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file " -"(symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each " -"pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, " -"etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following " -"it, indenting the output to show the context." +msgid "*namei* interprets its arguments as pathnames to any type of Unix file (symlinks, files, directories, and so forth). *namei* then follows each pathname until an endpoint is found (a file, a directory, a device node, etc). If it finds a symbolic link, it shows the link, and starts following it, indenting the output to show the context." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" " -"problems." +msgid "This program is useful for finding \"too many levels of symbolic links\" problems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify " -"the file type found:" +msgid "For each line of output, *namei* uses the following characters to identify the file type found:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -21033,9 +16516,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic " -"links this system can have has been exceeded." +msgid "*namei* prints an informative message when the maximum number of symbolic links this system can have has been exceeded." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21069,9 +16550,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example " -"'rwxr-xr-x'." +msgid "Show the mode bits of each file type in the style of *ls*(1), for example 'rwxr-xr-x'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21146,10 +16625,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available. The support " -"for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the " -"*namei* binary." +msgid "Show security context of the file or \"?\" if not available. The support for security contexts is optional and does not have to be compiled to the *namei* binary." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21159,17 +16635,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek." -"com[Roger Southwick]." +msgid "The original *namei* program was written by mailto:rogers@amadeus.wr.tek.com[Roger Southwick]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:74 #, fuzzy msgid "The program was rewritten by mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]." -msgstr "" -"mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" +msgstr "mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak], mailto:dave@gnu.org[Davidlohr Bueso]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/namei.1.adoc:80 @@ -21203,73 +16676,37 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between " -"the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this " -"internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to " -"set and examine the size of these buffers." +msgid "Pipes and FIFOs maintain an internal buffer used to transfer data between the read end and the write end. In some cases, the default size of this internal buffer may not be appropriate. This program provides facilities to set and examine the size of these buffers." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be " -"specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is " -"read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as " -"described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the " -"*--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* " -"acts on standard output." +msgid "The *--set* operation sets pipe buffer sizes. If it is specified, it must be specified with an explicit _size_. Otherwise, it is implied and the size is read from */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*. The kernel may adjust _size_ as described in *fcntl*(2). To determine the actual buffer sizes set, use the *--verbose* option. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--set* acts on standard output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting " -"the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes." +msgid "The *--set* operation permits an optional _command_ to execute after setting the pipe buffer sizes. This command is executed with the adjusted pipes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is " -"the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as " -"\"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal " -"buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the " -"pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* " -"is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor " -"*--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input." +msgid "The *--get* operation outputs data in a tabular format. The first column is the name of the pipe as passed to *pipesz*. File descriptors are named as \"fd _N_\". The second column is the size, in bytes, of the pipe's internal buffer. The third column is the number of unread bytes currently in the pipe. The columns are separated by tabs ('\\t', ASCII 09h). If *--verbose* is specified, a descriptive header is also emitted. If neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, *--get* acts on standard input." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it " -"encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This " -"allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the " -"execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. " -"For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being " -"emitted in these cases." +msgid "Unless the *--check* option is specified, *pipesz* does _not_ exit if it encounters an error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. This allows *pipesz* to be used generically without fear of disrupting the execution of pipelines should the type of certain files be later changed. For minimal disruption, the *--quiet* option prevents warnings from being emitted in these cases." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged " -"processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to " -"shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See " -"*pipe*(7) for additional details." +msgid "The kernel imposes limits on the amount of pipe buffer space unprivileged processes can use, though see *BUGS* below. The kernel will also refuse to shrink a pipe buffer if this would cause a loss of buffered data. See *pipe*(7) for additional details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the " -"usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as " -"_command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from " -"arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' " -"when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from " -"standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--" -"help*, or *--version* are specified." +msgid "*pipesz* supports specifying multiple short options consecutively, in the usual *getopt*(3) fashion. The first non-option argument is interpreted as _command_. If _command_ might begin with '-', use '--' to separate it from arguments to *pipesz*. In shell scripts, it is good practice to use '--' when parameter expansion is involved. *pipesz* itself does not read from standard input and does not write to standard output unless *--get*, *--help*, or *--version* are specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21281,10 +16718,7 @@ msgstr "*-s*, *--getsz*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special " -"behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is " -"examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*." +msgid "Report the size of pipe buffers to standard output and exit. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard input is examined. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--set*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21295,16 +16729,7 @@ msgstr " -S, --size sobrescreve o tamanho do dispositivo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by " -"_K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. " -"Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are " -"supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a " -"default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified " -"multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is " -"used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, " -"standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in " -"combination with *--get*." +msgid "Set the size of the pipe buffers, in bytes. This option may be suffixed by _K_, _M_, _G_, _KiB_, _MiB_, or _GiB_ to indicate multiples of 1024. Fractional values are supported in this case. Additional suffixes are supported but are unlikely to be useful. If this option is not specified, a default value is used, as described above. If this option is specified multiple times, a warning is emitted and only the last-specified _size_ is used. As a special behavior, if neither *--file* nor *--fd* are specified, standard output is adjusted. It is an error to specify this option in combination with *--get*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21316,13 +16741,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--issue-file* _caminho_" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current " -"working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect " -"different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, " -"this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes " -"such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs " -"are not preserved across system restarts." +msgid "Set the buffer size of the FIFO or pipe at _path_, relative to the current working directory. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different files, and you may do so in combination with *--fd*. Generally, this option is used with FIFOs, but it will also operate on anonymous pipes such as those found in */proc/PID/fd*. Changes to the buffer size of FIFOs are not preserved across system restarts." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21333,12 +16752,7 @@ msgstr " -i, --id exibe detalhes sobre o recurso identificado pelo \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified " -"file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect " -"different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. " -"Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 " -"(stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases." +msgid "Set the buffer size of the pipe or FIFO passed to *pipesz* as the specified file descriptor number. You may specify this option multiple times to affect different file descriptors, and you may do so in combination with *--file*. Shorthand options are provided for the common cases of fd 0 (stdin), fd 1 (stdout), and fd 2 (stderr). These should suffice in most cases." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21376,25 +16790,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a " -"file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to " -"emit a warning to standard error and continue." +msgid "Exit, without executing _command_, in case of any error while manipulating a file or file descriptor. The default behavior if this is not specified is to emit a warning to standard error and continue." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not " -"affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*." +msgid "Do not diagnose non-fatal errors to standard error. This option does not affect the normal output of *--get*, *--verbose*, *--help*, or *--version*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the " -"table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes " -"set by the kernel to standard error." +msgid "If specified with *--get*, *pipesz* will emit a descriptive header above the table. Otherwise, if specified, *pipesz* will print the actual buffer sizes set by the kernel to standard error." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21405,9 +16811,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid " -"context switches when piping around large blocks." +msgid "Runs *dd*(1) with an expanded standard output pipe, allowing it to avoid context switches when piping around large blocks." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21418,9 +16822,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the " -"buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error." +msgid "Sets the pipe buffer size of a service FIFO to 1,048,576 bytes. If the buffer size could not be set, *pipesz* exits with an error." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21431,10 +16833,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since " -"*pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in " -"the pipe, depending on relative timings." +msgid "Prints the size of pipe used by the shell to pass input to *pipesz*. Since *pipesz* does not read standard input, it may also report 6 unread bytes in the pipe, depending on relative timings." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21445,39 +16844,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If " -"some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a " -"processing bottleneck." +msgid "Prints the size and number of unread bytes of all pipes in use by _PID_. If some pipes are routinely full, *pipesz* might be able to mitigate a processing bottleneck." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This " -"release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*." +msgid "Linux supports adjusting the size of pipe buffers since kernel 2.6.35. This release also introduced */proc/sys/fs/pipe-max-size*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set " -"pipe buffer sizes." +msgid "This program uses *fcntl*(2) *F_GETPIPE_SZ*/*F_SETPIPE_SZ* to get and set pipe buffer sizes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data " -"in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is " -"reported as 0." +msgid "This program uses *ioctl*(2) *FIONREAD* to report the amount of unread data in pipes. If for some reason this fails, the amount of unread data is reported as 0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/pipesz.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced " -"when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details." +msgid "Before Linux 4.9, some bugs affect how certain resource limits are enforced when setting pipe buffer sizes. See *pipe*(7) for details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21514,9 +16901,7 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] ...\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence " -"of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_." +msgid "*rename* will rename the specified files by replacing the first occurrence of _expression_ in their name by _replacement_." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21566,9 +16951,7 @@ msgstr " -o, --no-overwrite não sobrescreve arquivos existentes\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not " -"overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets." +msgid "Do not overwrite existing files. When *--symlink* is active, do not overwrite symlinks pointing to existing targets." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21578,13 +16961,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options " -"*--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission " -"to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any " -"questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is " -"run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the " -"command, unless you truly know what you are doing." +msgid "The renaming has no safeguards by default or without any one of the options *--no-overwrite*, *--interactive* or *--no-act*. If the user has permission to rewrite file names, the command will perform the action without any questions. For example, the result can be quite drastic when the command is run as root in the _/lib_ directory. Always make a backup before running the command, unless you truly know what you are doing." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -21595,21 +16972,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to " -"the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in " -"between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and " -"end." +msgid "If the _expression_ is empty, then by default _replacement_ will be added to the start of the filename. With *--all*, _replacement_ will be inserted in between every two characters of the filename, as well as at the start and end." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with " -"*--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either " -"_expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This " -"can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving " -"files between filesystems, is not supported." +msgid "Normally, only the final path component of a filename is updated. (Or with *--symlink*, only the final path component of the link.) But if either _expression_ or _replacement_ contains a _/_, the full path is updated. This can cause a file to be moved between folders. Creating folders, and moving files between filesystems, is not supported." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -21620,12 +16988,7 @@ msgstr "Serializa operações do *fsck*. Esta é uma boa ideia se você estiver #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in " -"short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you " -"press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode " -"however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To " -"set cbreak mode, run for example:" +msgid "As most standard utilities rename can be used with a terminal device (tty in short) in canonical mode, where the line is buffered by the tty and you press ENTER to validate the user input. If you put your tty in cbreak mode however, rename requires only a single key press to answer the prompt. To set cbreak mode, run for example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -21665,8 +17028,7 @@ msgstr "Ocorreu um erro." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands" +msgid "Given the files _foo1_, ..., _foo9_, _foo10_, ..., _foo278_, the commands" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -21679,8 +17041,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And" +msgid "will turn them into _foo001_, ..., _foo009_, _foo010_, ..., _foo278_. And" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -21691,9 +17052,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/rename.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for " -"shortening:" +msgid "will fix the extension of your html files. Provide an empty string for shortening:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block . @@ -21738,43 +17097,29 @@ msgstr "*uuidd* [opções]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally " -"unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and " -"guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads " -"running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs." +msgid "The *uuidd* daemon is used by the UUID library to generate universally unique identifiers (UUIDs), especially time-based UUIDs, in a secure and guaranteed-unique fashion, even in the face of large numbers of threads running on different CPUs trying to grab UUIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:27 #, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "*-L*, *--color*[=_when_]" msgid "*-C*, *--cont-clock*[=_time_]" -msgstr "quantidade de leitura" +msgstr "*-L*, *--color*[=_quando_]" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use " -"all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The " -"optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This " -"gurantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of " -"the max_clock_offset." +msgid "Activate continuous clock handling for time based UUIDs. *uuidd* could use all possible clock values, beginning with the daemon's start time. The optional argument can be used to set a value for the max_clock_offset. This gurantees, that a clock value of a UUID will always be within the range of the max_clock_offset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"The option *-C* or *--cont-clock* enables the feature with a default " -"max_clock_offset of 2 hours." +msgid "The option *-C* or *--cont-clock* enables the feature with a default max_clock_offset of 2 hours." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"The option *-C[hd]* or *--cont-clock=[hd]* enables the feature " -"with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the " -"NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the " -"maximum value is 365 days." +msgid "The option *-C[hd]* or *--cont-clock=[hd]* enables the feature with a max_clock_offset of NUM seconds. In case of an appended h or d, the NUM value is read in hours or days. The minimum value is 60 seconds, the maximum value is 365 days." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21785,9 +17130,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--debug*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a " -"daemon." +msgid "Run *uuidd* in debugging mode. This prevents *uuidd* from running as a daemon." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21823,9 +17166,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of " -"_number_ UUIDs." +msgid "When issuing a test request to a running *uuidd*, request a bulk response of _number_ UUIDs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21849,9 +17190,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid caminho para o arquivo pid\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the " -"pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_." +msgid "Specify the pathname where the pid file should be written. By default, the pid file is written to _{runstatedir}/uuidd/uuidd.pid_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21868,9 +17207,7 @@ msgstr " -r, --random gera uuid aleatoriamente\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to " -"return a random-based UUID." +msgid "Test uuidd by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a random-based UUID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21881,11 +17218,7 @@ msgstr " -S, --socket-activation não cria soquete de escuta\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling " -"process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to " -"be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure " -"option." +msgid "Do not create a socket but instead expect it to be provided by the calling process. This implies *--no-fork* and *--no-pid*. This option is intended to be used only with *systemd*(1). It needs to be enabled with a configure option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21897,11 +17230,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --socket caminho do soquete\n" #. TRANSLATORS: Don't translate _{runstatedir}_. #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the " -"pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for " -"debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* " -"library." +msgid "Make uuidd use this pathname for the unix-domain socket. By default, the pathname used is _{runstatedir}/uuidd/request_. This option is primarily for debugging purposes, since the pathname is hard-coded in the *libuuid* library." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -21924,9 +17253,7 @@ msgstr " -t, --time testa geração baseada em tempo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidd.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it " -"to return a time-based UUID." +msgid "Test *uuidd* by trying to connect to a running uuidd daemon and request it to return a time-based UUID." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -21978,52 +17305,27 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique " -"identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can " -"reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, " -"and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." +msgid "The *uuidgen* program creates (and prints) a new universally unique identifier (UUID) using the *libuuid*(3) library. The new UUID can reasonably be considered unique among all UUIDs created on the local system, and among UUIDs created on other systems in the past and in the future." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based " -"UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will " -"generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is " -"present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to " -"force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--" -"random* or *--time* options." +msgid "There are three types of UUIDs which *uuidgen* can generate: time-based UUIDs, random-based UUIDs, and hash-based UUIDs. By default *uuidgen* will generate a random-based UUID if a high-quality random number generator is present. Otherwise, it will choose a time-based UUID. It is possible to force the generation of one of these first two UUID types by using the *--random* or *--time* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, " -"followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ " -"may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known " -"UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The " -"_name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the " -"concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 " -"or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be " -"useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex " -"values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more " -"information." +msgid "The third type of UUID is generated with the *--md5* or *--sha1* options, followed by *--namespace* _namespace_ and *--name* _name_. The _namespace_ may either be a well-known UUID, or else an alias to one of the well-known UUIDs defined in RFC 4122, that is *@dns*, *@url*, *@oid*, or *@x500*. The _name_ is an arbitrary string value. The generated UUID is the digest of the concatenation of the namespace UUID and the name value, hashed with the MD5 or SHA1 algorithms. It is, therefore, a predictable value which may be useful when UUIDs are being used as handles or nonces for more complex values or values which shouldn't be disclosed directly. See the RFC for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly " -"of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality " -"random number generator, such as _/dev/random_." +msgid "Generate a random-based UUID. This method creates a UUID consisting mostly of random bits. It requires that the operating system has a high quality random number generator, such as _/dev/random_." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system " -"clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present." +msgid "Generate a time-based UUID. This method creates a UUID based on the system clock plus the system's ethernet hardware address, if present." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22058,10 +17360,7 @@ msgstr "tipo de espaço de nome" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or " -"'@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name " -"(see above)." +msgid "Generate the hash with the _namespace_ prefix. The _namespace_ is UUID, or '@ns' where \"ns\" is well-known predefined UUID addressed by namespace name (see above)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22084,10 +17383,7 @@ msgstr "quantidade de leitura" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Generate multiple UUIDs using the enhanced capability of the libuuid to " -"cache time-based UUIDs, thus resulting in improved performance. However, " -"this holds no significance for other UUID types." +msgid "Generate multiple UUIDs using the enhanced capability of the libuuid to cache time-based UUIDs, thus resulting in improved performance. However, this holds no significance for other UUID types." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22119,9 +17415,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidgen.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"*uuidparse*(1), *libuuid*(3), link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC " -"4122]" +msgid "*uuidparse*(1), *libuuid*(3), link:https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]" msgstr "" #. Copyright (c) 2017 Sami Kerola @@ -22145,9 +17439,7 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] ...>\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line " -"arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated." +msgid "This command will parse unique identifier inputs from either command line arguments or standard input. The inputs are white-space separated." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -22198,8 +17490,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/uuidparse.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"*uuidgen*(1), *libuuid*(3), https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]" +msgid "*uuidgen*(1), *libuuid*(3), https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122[RFC 4122]" msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -22227,15 +17518,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes." +msgid "*waitpid* is a simple command to wait for arbitrary non-child processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:23 -msgid "" -"It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have " -"exited." +msgid "It exits after all processes whose PIDs have been passed as arguments have exited." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22275,9 +17563,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:43 -#, fuzzy msgid "*waitpid* has the following exit status values:" -msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.minix* é um dos seguintes:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:50 @@ -22291,10 +17578,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/waitpid.1.adoc:60 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "setsid(1)" msgid "*waitpid*(2) *wait*(1P)" -msgstr "setsid(1)" +msgstr "" # # @@ -22337,11 +17622,8 @@ msgstr "*-1*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:46 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command" -msgstr "" -"Localiza os arquivos de página de manual, fonte e executáveis de um " -"comando.\n" +msgid "whereis - locate the binary, source, and manual page files for a command" +msgstr "Localiza os arquivos de página de manual, fonte e executáveis de um comando.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:50 @@ -22351,21 +17633,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-BMS ... -f] \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified " -"command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname " -"components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are " -"also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in " -"the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and " -"*$MANPATH*." +msgid "*whereis* locates the binary, source and manual files for the specified command names. The supplied names are *first stripped of leading pathname components*. Prefixes of *s.* resulting from use of source code control are also dealt with. *whereis* then attempts to locate the desired program in the standard Linux places, and in the places specified by *$PATH* and *$MANPATH*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and " -"apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search " -"restriction resets the search mask. For example," +msgid "The search restrictions (options *-b*, *-m* and *-s*) are cumulative and apply to the subsequent _name_ patterns on the command line. Any new search restriction resets the search mask. For example," msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -22375,16 +17648,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man " -"pages only." +msgid "searches for \"ls\" and \"tr\" binaries and man pages, and for \"gcc\" man pages only." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ " -"patterns. For example," +msgid "The options *-B*, *-M* and *-S* reset search paths for the subsequent _name_ patterns. For example," msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -22394,9 +17663,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the " -"_/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only." +msgid "searches for \"*ls*\" man pages in all default paths, but for \"cal\" in the _/usr/share/man/man1_ directory only." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22437,11 +17704,7 @@ msgstr "*-u*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:84 -msgid "" -"Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to " -"be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested " -"type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory " -"which have no documentation file, or more than one." +msgid "Only show the command names that have unusual entries. A command is said to be unusual if it does not have just one entry of each explicitly requested type. Thus '*whereis -m -u **' asks for those files in the current directory which have no documentation file, or more than one." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22452,9 +17715,7 @@ msgstr "*b*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-" -"separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for binaries, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22465,9 +17726,7 @@ msgstr "*-M*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in " -"Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for manuals and documentation in Info format, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22478,24 +17737,17 @@ msgstr "Lista de CPU(s) off-line:" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-" -"separated list of directories." +msgid "Limit the places where *whereis* searches for sources, by a whitespace-separated list of directories." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:96 -msgid "" -"Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ " -"be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used." +msgid "Terminates the directory list and signals the start of filenames. It _must_ be used when any of the *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* options is used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none " -"of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded " -"paths that the command was able to find on the system." +msgid "Output the list of effective lookup paths that *whereis* is using. When none of *-B*, *-M*, or *-S* is specified, the option will output the hard-coded paths that the command was able to find on the system." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22506,12 +17758,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares " -"only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names " -"in the pattern has no effect. Don’t forget that the shell interprets the " -"pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. It’s necessary to " -"use quotes for the _name_, for example:" +msgid "Interpret the next names as a *glob(7)* patterns. *whereis* always compares only filenames (aka basename) and never complete path. Using directory names in the pattern has no effect. Don’t forget that the shell interprets the pattern when specified on the command line without quotes. It’s necessary to use quotes for the _name_, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -22528,12 +17775,7 @@ msgstr " -b pesquisa apenas por executáveis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are " -"defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of " -"*$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The " -"easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. " -"Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*." +msgid "By default *whereis* tries to find files from hard-coded paths, which are defined with glob patterns. The command attempts to use the contents of *$PATH* and *$MANPATH* environment variables as default search path. The easiest way to know what paths are in use is to add the *-l* listing option. Effects of the *-B*, *-M*, and *-S* are displayed with *-l*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22544,9 +17786,7 @@ msgstr "*FDISK_DEBUG*=all" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/whereis.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ " -"or have no source in _/usr/src_:" +msgid "To find all files in _/usr/bin_ which are not documented in _/usr/man/man1_ or have no source in _/usr/src_:" msgstr "" #. type: delimited block _ @@ -22591,62 +17831,37 @@ msgstr "A tabela GPT backup não está no fim do dispositivo." #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic " -"strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for " -"libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data " -"from the device." +msgid "*wipefs* can erase filesystem, raid or partition-table signatures (magic strings) from the specified _device_ to make the signatures invisible for libblkid. *wipefs* does not erase the filesystem itself nor any other data from the device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and " -"the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to " -"change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your " -"scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* " -"_columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." +msgid "When used without any options, *wipefs* lists all visible filesystems and the offsets of their basic signatures. The default output is subject to change. So whenever possible, you should avoid using default outputs in your scripts. Always explicitly define expected columns by using *--output* _columns-list_ in environments where a stable output is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table " -"signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the " -"last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are " -"already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partition " -"devices as well as a partition table on a disk device, for example by " -"*wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*." +msgid "*wipefs* calls the *BLKRRPART* ioctl when it has erased a partition-table signature to inform the kernel about the change. The ioctl is called as the last step and when all specified signatures from all specified devices are already erased. This feature can be used to wipe content on partition devices as well as a partition table on a disk device, for example by *wipefs -a /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdc*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic " -"strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since " -"v2.31) lists all the offsets where magic strings have been detected." +msgid "Note that some filesystems and some partition tables store more magic strings on the device (e.g., FAT, ZFS, GPT). The *wipefs* command (since v2.31) lists all the offsets where magic strings have been detected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for " -"*libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again " -"after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found." +msgid "When option *-a* is used, all magic strings that are visible for *libblkid*(3) are erased. In this case the *wipefs* scans the device again after each modification (erase) until no magic string is found." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-" -"whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required." +msgid "Note that by default *wipefs* does not erase nested partition tables on non-whole disk devices. For this the option *--force* is required." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be " -"restricted with the *-t* option." +msgid "Erase all available signatures. The set of erased signatures can be restricted with the *-t* option." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22658,34 +17873,18 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--backup*" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Create a signature backup to the file _wipefs--.bak_ in " -"_$HOME_ or the directory specified as the optional argument. For more " -"details see the *EXAMPLE* section." +msgid "Create a signature backup to the file _wipefs--.bak_ in _$HOME_ or the directory specified as the optional argument. For more details see the *EXAMPLE* section." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order " -"to erase a partition-table signature on a block device." +msgid "Force erasure, even if the filesystem is mounted. This is required in order to erase a partition-table signature on a block device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument " -"_mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument " -"is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment " -"variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, " -"but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." -msgstr "" -"Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O " -"argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se " -"o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve " -"a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma " -"trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras " -"ferramentas." +msgid "Use exclusive BSD lock for device or file it operates. The optional argument _mode_ can be *yes*, *no* (or 1 and 0) or *nonblock*. If the _mode_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *\"yes\"*. This option overwrites environment variable *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. The default is not to use any lock at all, but it's recommended to avoid collisions with udevd or other tools." +msgstr "Usa a trava exclusiva do BSD para o dispositivo ou arquivo que ele opera. O argumento opcional _modo_ pode ser *yes*, *no* (ou 1 e 0) ou *nonblock*. Se o argumento _modo_ for omitido, o padrão é *\"yes\"*. Esta opção sobrescreve a variável de ambiente *$LOCK_BLOCK_DEVICE*. O padrão é não usar nenhuma trava, mas é recomendado para evitar colisões com o udevd ou outras ferramentas." #. type: Labeled list #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:55 @@ -22706,21 +17905,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from " -"the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number " -"will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* " -"options." +msgid "Specify the location (in bytes) of the signature which should be erased from the device. The _offset_ number may include a \"0x\" prefix; then the number will be interpreted as a hex value. It is possible to specify multiple *-o* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB " -"(=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB " -"(the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or " -"the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB " -"and YB." +msgid "The _offset_ argument may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\"), or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22731,10 +17921,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --parsable exibe em formato analisável ao invés de imprimív #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially " -"unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by " -"'\\x'." +msgid "Print out in parsable instead of printable format. Encode all potentially unsafe characters of a string to the corresponding hex value prefixed by '\\x'." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22744,11 +17931,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be " -"specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be " -"prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. " -"For more details see *mount*(8)." +msgid "Limit the set of printed or erased signatures. More than one type may be specified in a comma-separated list. The list or individual types can be prefixed with 'no' to specify the types on which no action should be taken. For more details see *mount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -22776,9 +17959,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:95 -msgid "" -"Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature " -"backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-.bak_ for each signature." +msgid "Erases all signatures from the device _/dev/sdb_ and creates a signature backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-.bak_ for each signature." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22794,9 +17975,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../misc-utils/wipefs.8.adoc:98 -msgid "" -"Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438." -"bak_." +msgid "Restores an ext2 signature from the backup file _~/wipefs-sdb-0x00000438.bak_." msgstr "" # @@ -22831,8 +18010,7 @@ msgstr "*-1*" #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:37 #, fuzzy msgid "chrt - manipulate the real-time attributes of a process" -msgstr "" -"Mostra ou altera os atributos de tempo-real de agendamento de um processo.\n" +msgstr "Mostra ou altera os atributos de tempo-real de agendamento de um processo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:41 @@ -22850,9 +18028,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:47 -msgid "" -"*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing " -"_PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes." +msgid "*chrt* sets or retrieves the real-time scheduling attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -22869,9 +18045,7 @@ msgstr " -o, --other define a política para SCHED_OTHER\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is " -"the default Linux scheduling policy." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_OTHER* (time-sharing scheduling). This is the default Linux scheduling policy." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22893,9 +18067,7 @@ msgstr " -r, --rr define a política para SCHED_RR (padrão)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy " -"is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_RR* (round-robin scheduling). When no policy is defined, the *SCHED_RR* is used as the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22906,10 +18078,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--batch*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-" -"specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to " -"zero." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_BATCH* (scheduling batch processes). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.16. The priority argument has to be set to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22920,10 +18089,7 @@ msgstr " -ni, --idle define a política para SCHED_IDLE\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). " -"Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set " -"to zero." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_IDLE* (scheduling very low priority jobs). Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.23. The priority argument has to be set to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22934,15 +18100,7 @@ msgstr "*-d*, *--deadline*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline " -"scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has " -"to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--" -"sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is " -"runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--" -"sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-" -"runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be " -"specified. See *sched*(7) for more details." +msgid "Set scheduling policy to *SCHED_DEADLINE* (sporadic task model deadline scheduling). Linux-specific, supported since 3.14. The priority argument has to be set to zero. See also *--sched-runtime*, *--sched-deadline* and *--sched-period*. The relation between the options required by the kernel is runtime <= deadline <= period. *chrt* copies _period_ to _deadline_ if *--sched-deadline* is not specified and _deadline_ to _runtime_ if *--sched-runtime* is not specified. It means that at least *--sched-period* has to be specified. See *sched*(7) for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -22959,8 +18117,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgid "Specifies runtime parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22971,9 +18128,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific). " -"Note that the kernel's lower limit is 100 milliseconds." +msgid "Specifies period parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific). Note that the kernel's lower limit is 100 milliseconds." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22984,8 +18139,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --deadline define a política para SCHED_DEADLINE\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." +msgid "Specifies deadline parameter for *SCHED_DEADLINE* policy (Linux-specific)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -22996,40 +18150,27 @@ msgstr " -R, --reset-on-fork define o sinalizador reset-on-fork\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-" -"specific, supported since 2.6.31." +msgid "Use *SCHED_RESET_ON_FORK* or *SCHED_FLAG_RESET_ON_FORK* flag. Linux-specific, supported since 2.6.31." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:83 -msgid "" -"Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, " -"children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. " -"After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the " -"thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child " -"processes created by *fork*(2)." +msgid "Each thread has a _reset-on-fork_ scheduling flag. When this flag is set, children created by *fork*(2) do not inherit privileged scheduling policies. After the _reset-on-fork_ flag has been enabled, it can be reset only if the thread has the *CAP_SYS_NICE* capability. This flag is disabled in child processes created by *fork*(2)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules " -"apply for subsequently created children:" +msgid "More precisely, if the _reset-on-fork_ flag is set, the following rules apply for subsequently created children:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:87 -msgid "" -"If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, " -"the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes." +msgid "If the calling thread has a scheduling policy of *SCHED_FIFO* or *SCHED_RR*, the policy is reset to *SCHED_OTHER* in child processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to " -"zero in child processes." +msgid "If the calling process has a negative nice value, the nice value is reset to zero in child processes." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23041,9 +18182,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, *--all-tasks*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a " -"given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the scheduling attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23142,9 +18281,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:132 -msgid "" -"See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes " -"and how they interact." +msgid "See *sched*(7) for a detailed discussion of the different scheduler classes and how they interact." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -23156,17 +18293,12 @@ msgstr "Permissões" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:136 ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a " -"process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information." +msgid "A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the scheduling attributes of a process. Any user can retrieve the scheduling information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b " -"Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some " -"systems." +msgid "Only *SCHED_FIFO*, *SCHED_OTHER* and *SCHED_RR* are part of POSIX 1003.1b Process Scheduling. The other scheduling attributes may be ignored on some systems." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -23186,8 +18318,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/chrt.1.adoc:156 -msgid "" -"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -23218,30 +18349,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:23 -#, fuzzy msgid "*ionice* [*-c* _class_] [*-n* _level_] [*-t*] _command_ [argument] ..." -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a " -"program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the " -"current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process." +msgid "This program sets or gets the I/O scheduling class and priority for a program. If no arguments or just *-p* is given, *ionice* will query the current I/O scheduling class and priority for that process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:29 -msgid "" -"When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given " -"arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with " -"the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4." +msgid "When _command_ is given, *ionice* will run this command with the given arguments. If no _class_ is specified, then _command_ will be executed with the \"best-effort\" scheduling class. The default priority level is 4." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:" +msgid "As of this writing, a process can be in one of three scheduling classes:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23252,12 +18375,7 @@ msgstr "ignorando dados de classe dados para classe \"idle\"" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no " -"other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact " -"of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This " -"scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this " -"scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)." +msgid "A program running with idle I/O priority will only get disk time when no other program has asked for disk I/O for a defined grace period. The impact of an idle I/O process on normal system activity should be zero. This scheduling class does not take a priority argument. Presently, this scheduling class is permitted for an ordinary user (since kernel 2.6.25)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23270,31 +18388,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked " -"for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from " -"_0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the " -"same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion." +msgid "This is the effective scheduling class for any process that has not asked for a specific I/O priority. This class takes a priority argument from _0-7_, with a lower number being higher priority. Programs running at the same best-effort priority are served in a round-robin fashion." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {plus} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O " -"priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler " -"will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The " -"priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the " -"CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5." +msgid "Note that before kernel 2.6.26 a process that has not asked for an I/O priority formally uses \"*none*\" as scheduling class, but the I/O scheduler will treat such processes as if it were in the best-effort class. The priority within the best-effort class will be dynamically derived from the CPU nice level of the process: io_priority = (cpu_nice {plus} 20) / 5." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not " -"asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O " -"priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before " -"kernel 2.6.26)." +msgid "For kernels after 2.6.26 with the CFQ I/O scheduler, a process that has not asked for an I/O priority inherits its CPU scheduling class. The I/O priority is derived from the CPU nice level of the process (same as before kernel 2.6.26)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23307,13 +18412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of " -"what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with " -"some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, " -"8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process " -"will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not " -"permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user." +msgid "The RT scheduling class is given first access to the disk, regardless of what else is going on in the system. Thus the RT class needs to be used with some care, as it can starve other processes. As with the best-effort class, 8 priority levels are defined denoting how big a time slice a given process will receive on each scheduling window. This scheduling class is not permitted for an ordinary (i.e., non-root) user." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23325,9 +18424,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--class* _classe_" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:50 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` " -"for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle." +msgid "Specify the name or number of the scheduling class to use; `0` for none, `1` for realtime, `2` for best-effort, `3` for idle." msgstr "" " -c, --class nome ou número da classe de agendamento,\n" " 0: none, 1: realtime, 2: best-effort, 3: idle\n" @@ -23340,10 +18437,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class " -"accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data " -"(priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level." +msgid "Specify the scheduling class data. This only has an effect if the class accepts an argument. For realtime and best-effort, _0-7_ are valid data (priority levels), and `0` represents the highest priority level." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23354,9 +18448,7 @@ msgstr " -p, --pid exibe apenas travas mantidas por este processo\n #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the " -"scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the process IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23367,9 +18459,7 @@ msgstr "*-P*, *--pgid* _PGID_..." #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set " -"the scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the process group IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23380,11 +18470,7 @@ msgstr " -t, --ignore ignora falhas\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:62 -msgid "" -"Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, " -"run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling " -"priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel " -"version." +msgid "Ignore failure to set the requested priority. If _command_ was specified, run it even in case it was not possible to set the desired scheduling priority, which can happen due to insufficient privileges or an old kernel version." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23395,16 +18481,12 @@ msgstr " -u, --uid ... age em processos já em execução desses usuár #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:65 -msgid "" -"Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the " -"scheduling parameters." +msgid "Specify the user IDs of running processes for which to get or set the scheduling parameters." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/ionice.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the " -"CFQ I/O scheduler." +msgid "Linux supports I/O scheduling priorities and classes since 2.6.13 with the CFQ I/O scheduler." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -23493,31 +18575,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a " -"running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given " -"CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process " -"to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the " -"given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that " -"the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler " -"attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for " -"performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful " -"only in certain applications. The affinity of some processes like kernel " -"per-CPU threads cannot be set." +msgid "The *taskset* command is used to set or retrieve the CPU affinity of a running process given its _pid_, or to launch a new _command_ with a given CPU affinity. CPU affinity is a scheduler property that \"bonds\" a process to a given set of CPUs on the system. The Linux scheduler will honor the given CPU affinity and the process will not run on any other CPUs. Note that the Linux scheduler also supports natural CPU affinity: the scheduler attempts to keep processes on the same CPU as long as practical for performance reasons. Therefore, forcing a specific CPU affinity is useful only in certain applications. The affinity of some processes like kernel per-CPU threads cannot be set." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit " -"corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit " -"corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given " -"system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask " -"will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. " -"If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on " -"the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in " -"hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--" -"cpu-list* option. For example," +msgid "The CPU affinity is represented as a bitmask, with the lowest order bit corresponding to the first logical CPU and the highest order bit corresponding to the last logical CPU. Not all CPUs may exist on a given system but a mask may specify more CPUs than are present. A retrieved mask will reflect only the bits that correspond to CPUs physically on the system. If an invalid mask is given (i.e., one that corresponds to no valid CPUs on the current system) an error is returned. The masks may be specified in hexadecimal (with or without a leading \"0x\"), or as a CPU list with the *--cpu-list* option. For example," msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23586,22 +18649,17 @@ msgstr "número de CPU inválido na lista de CPUs: %s" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride " -"in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list." +msgid "is processors #0, #2, #4, #6, #8 and #10. The suffix \":N\" specifies stride in the range, for example 0-10:3 is interpreted as 0,3,6,9 list." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been " -"scheduled to a legal CPU." +msgid "When *taskset* returns, it is guaranteed that the given program has been scheduled to a legal CPU." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the CPU affinity of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23612,10 +18670,7 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--cpu-list*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. " -"Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: " -"*0,5,8-11*." +msgid "Interpret _mask_ as numerical list of processors instead of a bitmask. Numbers are separated by commas and may include ranges. For example: *0,5,8-11*." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -23691,30 +18746,17 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. " -"A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process " -"belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any " -"process." +msgid "A user can change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to the same user. A user must possess *CAP_SYS_NICE* to change the CPU affinity of a process belonging to another user. A user can retrieve the affinity mask of any process." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:111 -msgid "" -"*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID " -"exists." +msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-getting mode as long as the provided PID exists." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:113 -msgid "" -"*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying " -"*sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does. The success of the command does " -"not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the " -"indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside " -"the new affinity mask. For example, the affinity of the kernel thread " -"kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not " -"guaranteed to ever do so:" +msgid "*taskset* returns 0 in its affinity-setting mode as long as the underlying *sched_setaffinity*(2) system call does. The success of the command does not guarantee that the specified thread has actually migrated to the indicated CPU(s), but only that the thread will not migrate to a CPU outside the new affinity mask. For example, the affinity of the kernel thread kswapd can be set, but the thread may not immediately migrate and is not guaranteed to ever do so:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -23736,9 +18778,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:127 -msgid "" -"In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print " -"an error and return 1:" +msgid "In contrast, when the user specifies an illegal affinity, taskset will print an error and return 1:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -23770,17 +18810,12 @@ msgstr "DIREITOS AUTORAIS" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the " -"source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for " -"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2004 Robert M. Love. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/taskset.1.adoc:152 -msgid "" -"*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *sched_getaffinity*(2), " -"*sched_setaffinity*(2)" +msgid "*chrt*(1), *nice*(1), *renice*(1), *sched_getaffinity*(2), *sched_setaffinity*(2)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -23818,89 +18853,59 @@ msgstr "*-1*" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or " -"a process" +msgid "uclampset - manipulate the utilization clamping attributes of the system or a process" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:42 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command " -"argument_" -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max] _command argument_" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_" +msgid "*uclampset* [options] [*-m* _uclamp_min_] [*-M* _uclamp_max_] *-p* _PID_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an " -"existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes." +msgid "*uclampset* sets or retrieves the utilization clamping attributes of an existing _PID_, or runs _command_ with the given attributes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:50 -msgid "" -"Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the " -"scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be " -"operating at." +msgid "Utilization clamping is a new feature added in v5.3. It gives a hint to the scheduler about the allowed range of utilization the task should be operating at." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. " -"Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the " -"time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other " -"cpufreq governors support." +msgid "The utilization of the task affects frequency selection and task placement. Only schedutil cpufreq governor understands handling util clamp hints at the time of writing. Consult your kernel docs for further info about other cpufreq governors support." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. " -"Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted " -"such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then " -"the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core." +msgid "If you're running on asymmetric heterogeneous system like Arm's big.LITTLE. Utilization clamping can help bias task placement. If the task is boosted such that _util_min_ value is higher than the little cores' capacity, then the scheduler will do its best to place it on a big core." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little " -"cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the " -"actual utilization of the task is at max." +msgid "Similarly, if _util_max_ is smaller than or equal the capacity of the little cores, then the scheduler can still choose to place it there even if the actual utilization of the task is at max." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost " -"the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value." +msgid "Setting a task's _uclamp_min_ to a none zero value will effectively boost the task as when it runs it'll always start from this utilization value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the " -"task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value." +msgid "By setting a task's _uclamp_max_ below 1024, this will effectively cap the task as when it runs it'll never be able to go above this utilization value." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:62 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to " -"reset to system's default." -msgstr "" -"O intervalo do valor de utilização é [0:1024]. Use o valor -1 especial para " -"redefinir para o padrão do sistema.\n" +msgid "The full utilization range is: [0:1024]. The special value -1 is used to reset to system's default." +msgstr "O intervalo do valor de utilização é [0:1024]. Use o valor -1 especial para redefinir para o padrão do sistema.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:64 @@ -23927,9 +18932,7 @@ msgstr " -M valor de util_max para definir\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks " -"(threads) for a given PID." +msgid "Set or retrieve the utilization clamping attributes of all the tasks (threads) for a given PID." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -23951,9 +18954,8 @@ msgstr " -R, --reset-on-fork define o sinalizador reset-on-fork\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:97 -#, fuzzy msgid "*uclampset* _[-m uclamp_min]_ _[-M uclamp_max]_ _command_ [_arguments_]" -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. #. type: Labeled list @@ -23987,11 +18989,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the " -"_allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and " -"_uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp " -"values for their task across the full range [0:1024]." +msgid "The system wide utilization clamp attributes are there to control the _allowed_ range the tasks can use. By default both _uclamp_min_ and _uclamp_max_ are set to 1024. This means users can set the utilization clamp values for their task across the full range [0:1024]." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {colon} untranslated. @@ -24008,16 +19006,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in " -"the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the " -"maximum performance of the system to 700." +msgid "will prevent any task from being boosted higher than 512. And all tasks in the systems are capped to a utilization of 700. Effectively rendering the maximum performance of the system to 700." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:125 -msgid "" -"Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel." +msgid "Consult your kernel docs for the exact expected behavior on that kernel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24027,9 +19021,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../schedutils/uclampset.1.adoc:138 -msgid "" -"See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the " -"Linux scheduling scheme." +msgid "See *sched_setscheduler*(2) and *sched_setattr*(2) for a description of the Linux scheduling scheme." msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -24040,8 +19032,7 @@ msgstr "adjtime_config(5)" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:12 -msgid "" -"adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor" +msgid "adjtime_config - information about hardware clock setting and drift factor" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24051,30 +19042,17 @@ msgstr "_/etc/adjtime_" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware " -"mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by " -"*hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode." +msgid "The file _/etc/adjtime_ contains descriptive information about the hardware mode clock setting and clock drift factor. The file is read and write by *hwclock*(8); and read by programs like rtcwake to get RTC time mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or " -"*rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write " -"access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file " -"is missing." +msgid "The file is usually located in _/etc_, but tools like *hwclock*(8) or *rtcwake*(8) can use alternative location by command line options if write access to _/etc_ is unwanted. The default clock mode is \"UTC\" if the file is missing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its " -"inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of " -"time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps " -"the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more " -"details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections " -"from *hwclock*(8) man page." +msgid "The Hardware Clock is usually not very accurate. However, much of its inaccuracy is completely predictable - it gains or loses the same amount of time every day. This is called systematic drift. The util *hwclock*(8) keeps the file _/etc/adjtime_, that keeps some historical information. For more details see \"*The Adjust Function*\" and \"*The Adjtime File*\" sections from *hwclock*(8) man page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24112,9 +19090,7 @@ msgstr "Horário da última mensagem enviada" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or " -"calibration (decimal integer)" +msgid "the resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent adjustment or calibration (decimal integer)" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24144,12 +19120,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. " -"Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous " -"calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, " -"since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal " -"integer." +msgid "The resulting number of seconds since 1969 UTC of most recent calibration. Zero if there has been no calibration yet or it is known that any previous calibration is moot (for example, because the Hardware Clock has been found, since that calibration, not to contain a valid time). This is a decimal integer." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24168,10 +19139,7 @@ msgstr " -a, --auto lê o modo do relógio do arquivo de ajuste (p #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/adjtime_config.5.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is " -"set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override " -"this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line." +msgid "Supported values are *UTC* or *LOCAL*. Tells whether the Hardware Clock is set to Coordinated Universal Time or local time. You can always override this value with options on the *hwclock*(8) command line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24202,22 +19170,16 @@ msgstr "Descarta o conteúdo de setores em um dispositivo.\n" #, fuzzy #| msgid "*mkfs* [options] [*-t* _type_] [_fs-options_] _device_ [_size_]\n" msgid "*blkdiscard* [options] [*-o* _offset_] [*-l* _length_] _device_" -msgstr "" -"*mkfs* [opções] [-t _tipo_] [_opções-sist.arq._] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n" +msgstr "*mkfs* [opções] [-t _tipo_] [_opções-sist.arq._] _dispositivo_ [_tamanho_]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-" -"state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), " -"this command is used directly on the block device." +msgid "*blkdiscard* is used to discard device sectors. This is useful for solid-state drivers (SSDs) and thinly-provisioned storage. Unlike *fstrim*(8), this command is used directly on the block device." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may " -"be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." +msgid "By default, *blkdiscard* will discard all blocks on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior based on range or size, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24234,36 +19196,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, " -"PB, EB, ZB and YB." +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode " -"(*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another " -"kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode." +msgid "Disable all checking. Since v2.36 the block device is open in exclusive mode (*O_EXCL*) by default to avoid collision with mounted filesystem or another kernel subsystem. The *--force* option disables the exclusive access mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided " -"value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero." +msgid "Byte offset into the device from which to start discarding. The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. The default value is zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The " -"provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified " -"value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the " -"device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device." +msgid "The number of bytes to discard (counting from the starting point). The provided value must be aligned to the device sector size. If the specified value extends past the end of the device, *blkdiscard* will stop at the device size boundary. The default value extends to the end of the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24274,17 +19222,15 @@ msgstr "_comprimento_" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to " -"discard all by one ioctl call." +msgid "The number of bytes to discard within one iteration. The default is to discard all by one ioctl call." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:45 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Suppress extra info messages." +#| msgid "The warning messages." msgid "Suppress warning messages." -msgstr "Suprime mensagens de informação extra." +msgstr "As mensagens de aviso." #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:46 @@ -24294,11 +19240,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --secure executa descarte seguro\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard " -"except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by " -"garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the " -"device." +msgid "Perform a secure discard. A secure discard is the same as a regular discard except that all copies of the discarded blocks that were possibly created by garbage collection must also be erased. This requires support from the device." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24315,16 +19257,13 @@ msgstr " -z, --zeroout preenche com zero, ao invés de descartar\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option " -"is specified, it prints the discard progress every second." +msgid "Display the aligned values of _offset_ and _length_. If the *--step* option is specified, it prints the discard progress every second." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:60 -#, fuzzy msgid "*blkdiscard* has the following exit status values:" -msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs.minix* é um dos seguintes:" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:66 @@ -24339,8 +19278,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkdiscard.8.adoc:74 ../sys-utils/fstrim.8.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:lczerner@redhat.com[Lukas Czerner], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24370,10 +19308,7 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] \n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block " -"Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on " -"can be specified using the offset, count and length options." +msgid "*blkzone* is used to run zone command on device that support the Zoned Block Commands (ZBC) or Zoned-device ATA Commands (ZAC). The zones to operate on can be specified using the offset, count and length options." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24389,10 +19324,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block " -"device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting " -"zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgid "By default, the command will report all zones from the start of the block device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24446,16 +19378,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information." +msgid "The command *blkzone capacity* is used to report device capacity information." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all " -"zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, " -"changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." +msgid "By default, the command will report the sum, in number of sectors, of all zone capacities on the device. Options may be used to modify this behavior, changing the starting zone or the size of the report, as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24466,10 +19394,7 @@ msgstr "redefinição falhou" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike " -"*sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a " -"range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone reset* is used to reset one or more zones. Unlike *sg_reset_wp*(8), this command operates from the block layer and can reset a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24480,10 +19405,7 @@ msgstr "não foi possível abrir %s" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. " -"Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer " -"and can open a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone open* is used to explicitly open one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), open action, this command operates from the block layer and can open a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24494,10 +19416,7 @@ msgstr "fechar" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike " -"*sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and " -"can close a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone close* is used to close one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), close action, this command operates from the block layer and can close a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Title === @@ -24508,29 +19427,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full " -"condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this " -"command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones." +msgid "The command *blkzone finish* is used to finish (transition to full condition) one or more zones. Unlike *sg_zone*(8), finish action, this command operates from the block layer and can finish a range of zones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate " -"from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be " -"used to modify this behavior as explained below." +msgid "By default, the *reset*, *open*, *close* and *finish* commands will operate from the zone at device sector 0 and operate on all zones. Options may be used to modify this behavior as explained below." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the " -"multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, " -"TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same " -"meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on " -"for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to " -"specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex." +msgid "The _offset_ and _length_ option arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB and YB. Additionally, the 0x prefix can be used to specify _offset_ and _length_ in hex." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24543,10 +19450,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:88 -msgid "" -"The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in " -"sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value " -"is zero." +msgid "The starting zone specified as a sector offset. The provided offset in sector units (512 bytes) should match the start of a zone. The default value is zero." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24557,45 +19461,33 @@ msgstr " -l, --length máximo de setores para agir (em setores de 512 #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default " -"value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot " -"be used together with the option *--count*." +msgid "The maximum number of sectors the command should operate on. The default value is the number of sectors remaining after _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--count*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:94 -msgid "" -"The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value " -"is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used " -"together with the option *--length*." +msgid "The maximum number of zones the command should operate on. The default value is the number of zones starting from _offset_. This option cannot be used together with the option *--length*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:97 -msgid "" -"Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system." +msgid "Enforce commands to change zone status on block devices used by the system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors " -"reset." +msgid "Display the number of zones returned in the report or the range of sectors reset." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:107 -msgid "" -"mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:shaun@tancheff.com[Shaun Tancheff], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkzone.8.adoc:111 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n" msgid "*sg_rep_zones*(8)" -msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Title = #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:2 @@ -24617,17 +19509,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] dispositivo [tamanho]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:20 -#, fuzzy -msgid "" -"*blkpr* is used to run persistent reservations command on device that " -"supports Persistent Reservations feature." -msgstr "Executa comando de zona no dispositivo de bloco dado.\n" +msgid "*blkpr* is used to run persistent reservations command on device that supports Persistent Reservations feature." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The command of persistent reservations, supported commands are *register*, " -"*reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*." +msgid "The command of persistent reservations, supported commands are *register*, *reserve*, *release*, *preempt*, *preempt-abort*, and *clear*." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24676,10 +19563,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:41 -msgid "" -"Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-" -"reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and " -"*exclusive-access-all-regs*." +msgid "Supported types are *write-exclusive*, *exclusive-access*, *write-exclusive-reg-only*, *exclusive-access-reg-only*, *write-exclusive-all-regs*, and *exclusive-access-all-regs*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24689,17 +19573,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:55 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*fstrim*(8)\n" msgid "*sg_persist*(8)" -msgstr "*fstrim*(8)\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/blkpr.8.adoc:59 -msgid "" -"Linux documentation at: iSCSI " -"specification at: NVMe-oF " -"specification at: " +msgid "Linux documentation at: iSCSI specification at: NVMe-oF specification at: " msgstr "" #. type: Title = @@ -24735,20 +19614,12 @@ msgstr "*blockdev* *-h*|*-V*\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan " -"for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying " -"hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs " -"to the hypervisor (deconfigure)." +msgid "*chcpu* can modify the state of CPUs. It can enable or disable CPUs, scan for new CPUs, change the CPU dispatching _mode_ of the underlying hypervisor, and request CPUs from the hypervisor (configure) or return CPUs to the hypervisor (deconfigure)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a " -"comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses " -"or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command " -"applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11." +msgid "Some options have a _cpu-list_ argument. Use this argument to specify a comma-separated list of CPUs. The list can contain individual CPU addresses or ranges of addresses. For example, *0,5,7,9-11* makes the command applicable to the CPUs with the addresses 0, 5, 7, 9, 10, and 11." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24765,10 +19636,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:31 -msgid "" -"Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor " -"takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on " -"which your kernel runs." +msgid "Configure the specified CPUs. Configuring a CPU means that the hypervisor takes a CPU from the CPU pool and assigns it to the virtual hardware on which your kernel runs." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24785,9 +19653,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it " -"offline." +msgid "Disable the specified CPUs. Disabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it offline." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24804,9 +19670,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it " -"online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled." +msgid "Enable the specified CPUs. Enabling a CPU means that the kernel sets it online. A CPU must be configured, see *-c*, before it can be enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24823,17 +19687,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the " -"hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux " -"instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-" -"d*, before it can be deconfigured." +msgid "Deconfigure the specified CPUs. Deconfiguring a CPU means that the hypervisor removes the CPU from the virtual hardware on which the Linux instance runs and returns it to the CPU pool. A CPU must be offline, see *-d*, before it can be deconfigured." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"*chcpu -g* is not supported on IBM z/VM, CPUs are always in a configured." +msgid "*chcpu -g* is not supported on IBM z/VM, CPUs are always in a configured." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24850,10 +19709,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:45 -msgid "" -"Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect " -"only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. " -"Available _modes_ are:" +msgid "Set the CPU dispatching _mode_ (polarization). This option has an effect only if your hardware architecture and hypervisor support CPU polarization. Available _modes_ are:" msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -24892,10 +19748,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chcpu.8.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the " -"new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly " -"attached CPUs." +msgid "Trigger a rescan of CPUs. After a rescan, the Linux kernel recognizes the new CPUs. Use this option on systems that do not automatically detect newly attached CPUs." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -24940,84 +19793,47 @@ msgstr "CPU %u falhou ao configurar" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:16 -msgid "" -"*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] " -"[*-z* _ZONE_]" +msgid "*chmem* [*-h] [*-V*] [*-v*] [*-e*|*-d*] [_SIZE_|_RANGE_ *-b* _BLOCKRANGE_] [*-z* _ZONE_]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:20 -msgid "" -"The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or " -"offline." +msgid "The chmem command sets a particular size or range of memory online or offline." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"Specify _SIZE_ as [m|M|g|G]. With m or M, specifies the memory " -"size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, specifies the memory " -"size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB." +msgid "Specify _SIZE_ as [m|M|g|G]. With m or M, specifies the memory size in MiB (1024 x 1024 bytes). With g or G, specifies the memory size in GiB (1024 x 1024 x 1024 bytes). The default unit is MiB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x-0x as shown in the output of the " -"*lsmem*(1) command. is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and " -" is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range." +msgid "Specify _RANGE_ in the form 0x-0x as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the hexadecimal address of the first byte and is the hexadecimal address of the last byte in the memory range." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form - or as shown in the " -"output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the number of the first memory " -"block and is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. " -"Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--" -"blocks* option." +msgid "Specify _BLOCKRANGE_ in the form - or as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command. is the number of the first memory block and is the number of the last memory block in the memory range. Alternatively a single block can be specified. _BLOCKRANGE_ requires the *--blocks* option." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the " -"*lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones " -"for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range " -"currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory " -"online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default " -"can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. " -"For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for " -"memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more " -"likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary " -"kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page " -"cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones." +msgid "Specify _ZONE_ as the name of a memory zone, as shown in the output of the *lsmem -o +ZONES* command. The output shows one or more valid memory zones for each memory range. If multiple zones are shown, then the memory range currently belongs to the first zone. By default, *chmem* will set memory online to the zone Movable, if this is among the valid zones. This default can be changed by specifying the *--zone* option with another valid zone. For memory ballooning, it is recommended to select the zone Movable for memory online and offline, if possible. Memory in this zone is much more likely to be able to be offlined again, but it cannot be used for arbitrary kernel allocations, only for migratable pages (e.g., anonymous and page cache pages). Use the *--help* option to see all available zones." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown " -"in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command." +msgid "_SIZE_ and _RANGE_ must be aligned to the Linux memory block size, as shown in the output of the *lsmem*(1) command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems " -"it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example " -"because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux " -"cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set " -"online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or " -"offline instead of the requested amount." +msgid "Setting memory online can fail for various reasons. On virtualized systems it can fail if the hypervisor does not have enough memory left, for example because memory was overcommitted. Setting memory offline can fail if Linux cannot free the memory. If only part of the requested memory can be set online or offline, a message tells you how much memory was set online or offline instead of the requested amount." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block " -"numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory " -"block numbers." +msgid "When setting memory online *chmem* starts with the lowest memory block numbers. When setting memory offline *chmem* starts with the highest memory block numbers." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25028,9 +19844,7 @@ msgstr "*-b*, *--blocks*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* " -"and *--disable* options." +msgid "Use a _BLOCKRANGE_ parameter instead of _RANGE_ or _SIZE_ for the *--enable* and *--disable* options." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25043,8 +19857,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --disable desabilita memória\n" #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:42 #, fuzzy msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory offline." -msgstr "" -"Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n" +msgstr "Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:43 @@ -25056,8 +19869,7 @@ msgstr " -e, --enable habilita memória\n" #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:45 #, fuzzy msgid "Set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online." -msgstr "" -"Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n" +msgstr "Define um tamanho em particular ou intervalo de memória online e offline.\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:46 @@ -25067,16 +19879,12 @@ msgstr " -z, --zone seleciona zona da memória (veja abaixo)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or " -"_BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set " -"online to the zone Movable, if possible." +msgid "Select the memory _ZONE_ where to set the specified _RANGE_, _SIZE_, or _BLOCKRANGE_ of memory online or offline. By default, memory will be set online to the zone Movable, if possible." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress." +msgid "Verbose mode. Causes *chmem* to print debugging messages about it's progress." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25115,9 +19923,7 @@ msgstr " -d, --disable desabilita memória\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/chmem.8.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and " -"ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline." +msgid "This command requests the memory range starting with 0x00000000e4000000 and ending with 0x00000000f3ffffff to be set offline." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25163,14 +19969,12 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [-p PID]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:18 -#, fuzzy msgid "*choom* *-n* _number_ [--] _command_ [_argument_ ...]" -msgstr " %s [opções] [-] [ [...]]\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting." +msgid "The *choom* command displays and adjusts Out-Of-Memory killer score setting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25193,62 +19997,32 @@ msgstr " -n, --adjust especifica o valor de ajuste de pontuação\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed " -"in out of memory conditions." +msgid "Linux kernel uses the badness heuristic to select which process gets killed in out of memory conditions." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 " -"(never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. " -"The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the " -"process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and " -"swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness " -"score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score " -"will be 500." +msgid "The badness heuristic assigns a value to each candidate task ranging from 0 (never kill) to 1000 (always kill) to determine which process is targeted. The units are roughly a proportion along that range of allowed memory the process may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current " -"memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes." +msgid "There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom " -"killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating " -"task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems " -"assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being " -"exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it " -"is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory " -"is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being " -"out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources." +msgid "The amount of \"allowed\" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mems assigned to that cpuset. If it is due to a mempolicy's node(s) being exhausted, the allowed memory represents the set of mempolicy nodes. If it is due to a memory limit (or swap limit) being reached, the allowed memory is that configured limit. Finally, if it is due to the entire system being out of memory, the allowed memory represents all allocatable resources." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to " -"determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. " -"This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by " -"always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest " -"possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for " -"that task since it will always report a badness score of 0." +msgid "The adjust score value is added to the badness score before it is used to determine which task to kill. Acceptable values range from -1000 to +1000. This allows userspace to polarize the preference for oom killing either by always preferring a certain task or completely disabling it. The lowest possible value, -1000, is equivalent to disabling oom killing entirely for that task since it will always report a badness score of 0." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/choom.1.adoc:46 -msgid "" -"Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to " -"allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, " -"or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of " -"-500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of " -"the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task." +msgid "Setting an adjust score value of +500, for example, is roughly equivalent to allowing the remainder of tasks sharing the same system, cpuset, mempolicy, or memory controller resources to use at least 50% more memory. A value of -500, on the other hand, would be roughly equivalent to discounting 50% of the task's allowed memory from being considered as scoring against the task." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25280,10 +20054,7 @@ msgstr " %s hard|soft\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that " -"there are two supported functions that the sequence can " -"perform." +msgid "Based on examination of the _linux/kernel/reboot.c_ code, it is clear that there are two supported functions that the sequence can perform." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25294,9 +20065,7 @@ msgstr "o limite soft de %s não pode exceder o limite hard" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:27 -msgid "" -"Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any " -"other preparation. This is the default." +msgid "Immediately reboot the computer without calling *sync*(2) and without any other preparation. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25307,25 +20076,17 @@ msgstr " %s hard|soft\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process " -"(this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the " -"*init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several " -"*init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation " -"for the version that you are currently using." +msgid "Make the kernel send the *SIGINT* (interrupt) signal to the *init* process (this is always the process with PID 1). If this option is used, the *init*(8) program must support this feature. Since there are now several *init*(8) programs in the Linux community, please consult the documentation for the version that you are currently using." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current " -"setting." +msgid "When the command is run without any argument, it will display the current setting." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/ctrlaltdel.8.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file." +msgid "The function of *ctrlaltdel* is usually set in the _/etc/rc.local_ file." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25343,8 +20104,7 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy msgid "*init*(8), *systemd*(1)" msgstr "" -" -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e " -"alterações\n" +" -x, --system exibe entradas de desligamento do sistema e alterações\n" " no nível de execução\n" #. Copyright 1993 Rickard E. Faith (faith@cs.unc.edu) @@ -25409,15 +20169,12 @@ msgstr "Exibe ou controla o buffer do kernel.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:36 -msgid "" -"The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer." +msgid "The default action is to display all messages from the kernel ring buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:40 -msgid "" -"The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--" -"console-level* options are mutually exclusive." +msgid "The *--clear*, *--read-clear*, *--console-on*, *--console-off*, and *--console-level* options are mutually exclusive." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25453,8 +20210,7 @@ msgstr "*-D*, *--console-off*" #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:49 #, fuzzy msgid "Disable the printing of messages to the console." -msgstr "" -" -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n" +msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:50 @@ -25466,10 +20222,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:52 -msgid "" -"Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used " -"together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is " -"printed." +msgid "Display the timestamp and the time delta spent between messages. If used together with *--notime* then only the time delta without the timestamp is printed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25482,8 +20235,7 @@ msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o con #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:55 #, fuzzy msgid "Enable printing messages to the console." -msgstr "" -" -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n" +msgstr " -E, --console-on habilita impressão de mensagens para o console\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:56 @@ -25495,9 +20247,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that " -"conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)." +msgid "Display the local time and the delta in human-readable format. Be aware that conversion to the local time could be inaccurate (see *-T* for more details)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25508,9 +20258,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not " -"support messages in kmsg format. See *-K* instead." +msgid "Read the syslog messages from the given _file_. Note that *-F* does not support messages in kmsg format. See *-K* instead." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25521,9 +20269,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --facility restringe a saída a recursos definidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For " -"example:" +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of facilities. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25534,9 +20280,7 @@ msgstr "nome de recurso desconhecido: %s" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities " -"see the *--help* output." +msgid "will print messages from system daemons only. For all supported facilities see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25547,18 +20291,12 @@ msgstr " -H, --human saída legível por humanos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:71 -msgid "" -"Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--" -"nopager*." +msgid "Enable human-readable output. See also *--color*, *--reltime* and *--nopager*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format " -"only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split " -"into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format " -"or time format are silently ignored." +msgid "Use JSON output format. The time output format is in \"sec.usec\" format only, log priority level is not decoded by default (use *--decode* to split into facility and priority), the other options to control the output format or time format are silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25569,9 +20307,7 @@ msgstr " -f, --file usa um arquivo específico em vez de %s\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:77 -msgid "" -"Read the /dev/kmsg messages from the given _file_. Different record as " -"expected to be separated by a NULL byte." +msgid "Read the /dev/kmsg messages from the given _file_. Different record as expected to be separated by a NULL byte." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25583,16 +20319,8 @@ msgstr " -k, --kernel exibe mensagens de kernel\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:83 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or " -"*always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The " -"colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* " -"output. See also the *COLORS* section below." -msgstr "" -"Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou " -"*always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As " -"cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a " -"saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*." +msgid "Colorize the output. The optional argument _when_ can be *auto*, *never* or *always*. If the _when_ argument is omitted, it defaults to *auto*. The colors can be disabled; for the current built-in default see the *--help* output. See also the *COLORS* section below." +msgstr "Colore a saída. O argumento opcional _quando_ pode ser *auto*, *never* ou *always*. Se o argumento _quando_ for omitido, o padrão será *auto*. As cores podem ser desabilitadas; para o padrão integrado atual, consulte a saída de *--help*. Consulte também a seção *CORES*." #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:84 @@ -25602,8 +20330,7 @@ msgstr " -l, --level restringe saída para níveis definidos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:" +msgid "Restrict output to the given (comma-separated) _list_ of levels. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25614,16 +20341,12 @@ msgstr "Limpar" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:90 -msgid "" -"will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the " -"*--help* output." +msgid "will print error and warning messages only. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For " -"example:" +msgid "Appending a plus *+* to a level name also includes all higher levels. For example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25650,20 +20373,12 @@ msgstr " -n, --console-level define o nível das mensagens exibidas no #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:101 -msgid "" -"Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The " -"_level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all " -"supported levels see the *--help* output." +msgid "Set the _level_ at which printing of messages is done to the console. The _level_ is a level number or abbreviation of the level name. For all supported levels see the *--help* output." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:103 -msgid "" -"For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency " -"(panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are " -"still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control " -"exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* " -"will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer." +msgid "For example, *-n 1* or *-n emerg* prevents all messages, except emergency (panic) messages, from appearing on the console. All levels of messages are still written to _/proc/kmsg_, so *syslogd*(8) can still be used to control exactly where kernel messages appear. When the *-n* option is used, *dmesg* will _not_ print or clear the kernel ring buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25674,12 +20389,7 @@ msgstr "*--noescape*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte " -"sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x " -"for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. " -"It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be " -"careful and don't use it by default." +msgid "The unprintable and potentially unsafe characters (e.g., broken multi-byte sequences, terminal controlling chars, etc.) are escaped in format \\x for security reason by default. This option disables this feature at all. It's usable for example for debugging purpose together with *--raw*. Be careful and don't use it by default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25690,9 +20400,7 @@ msgstr " -P, --nopager não redireciona a saída para um paginador #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* " -"output." +msgid "Do not pipe output into a pager. A pager is enabled by default for *--human* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25705,26 +20413,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line " -"message." +msgid "Add facility, level or timestamp information to each line of a multi-line message." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but " -"all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)." +msgid "Print the raw message buffer, i.e., do not strip the log-level prefixes, but all unprintable characters are still escaped (see also *--noescape*)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:117 -msgid "" -"Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel " -"messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). " -"For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) " -"format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for " -"example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'." +msgid "Note that the real raw format depends on the method how *dmesg* reads kernel messages. The _/dev/kmsg_ device uses a different format than *syslog*(2). For backward compatibility, *dmesg* returns data always in the *syslog*(2) format. It is possible to read the real raw data from _/dev/kmsg_ by, for example, the command 'dd if=/dev/kmsg iflag=nonblock'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25735,10 +20434,7 @@ msgstr " -S, --syslog força o uso do syslog(2) em vez do /dev/km #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:120 -msgid "" -"Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel " -"messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since " -"kernel 3.5.0." +msgid "Force *dmesg* to use the *syslog*(2) kernel interface to read kernel messages. The default is to use _/dev/kmsg_ rather than *syslog*(2) since kernel 3.5.0." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25749,12 +20445,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --buffer-size tamanho do buffer de consulta de buffer do #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:123 -msgid "" -"Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by " -"default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 " -"since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be " -"larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire " -"buffer." +msgid "Use a buffer of _size_ to query the kernel ring buffer. This is 16392 by default. (The default kernel syslog buffer size was 4096 at first, 8192 since 1.3.54, 16384 since 2.1.113.) If you have set the kernel buffer to be larger than the default, then this option can be used to view the entire buffer." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25773,11 +20464,7 @@ msgstr " -H, --human saída legível por humanos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:128 -msgid "" -"*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used " -"for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps " -"are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic " -"clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume." +msgid "*Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate!* The *time* source used for the logs is *not updated after* system *SUSPEND*/*RESUME*. Timestamps are adjusted according to current delta between boottime and monotonic clocks, this works only for messages printed after last resume." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25788,11 +20475,7 @@ msgstr " -s, --since exibe as linhas desde o horário especificado\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:131 -msgid "" -"Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond " -"granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by " -"relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be " -"inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgid "Display record since the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25803,11 +20486,7 @@ msgstr " -t, --until exibe as linhas até o horário especificado\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:134 -msgid "" -"Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond " -"granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by " -"relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be " -"inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." +msgid "Display record until the specified time. Supported is the subsecond granularity. The time is possible to specify in absolute way as well as by relative notation (e.g. '1 hour ago'). Be aware that the timestamp could be inaccurate and see *--ctime* for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25824,29 +20503,17 @@ msgstr " --nohints não mostra dicas\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:140 -msgid "" -"Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, " -"*delta*, *iso* or *raw*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-" -"format-specific options. The *raw* format uses the default timestamp format " -"showing seconds since boot. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of " -"the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the " -"comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. " -"The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DDHH:MM:SS," -"<-+>." +msgid "Print timestamps using the given _format_, which can be *ctime*, *reltime*, *delta*, *iso* or *raw*. The first three formats are aliases of the time-format-specific options. The *raw* format uses the default timestamp format showing seconds since boot. The *iso* format is a *dmesg* implementation of the ISO-8601 timestamp format. The purpose of this format is to make the comparing of timestamps between two systems, and any other parsing, easy. The definition of the *iso* timestamp is: YYYY-MM-DDHH:MM:SS,<-+>." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:142 -msgid "" -"The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate " -"when a system is suspended and resumed." +msgid "The *iso* format has the same issue as *ctime*: the time may be inaccurate when a system is suspended and resumed." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:144 -msgid "" -"*--time-format* may be used multiple times with different values for " -"_format_ to output each specified format." +msgid "*--time-format* may be used multiple times with different values for _format_ to output each specified format." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25874,9 +20541,7 @@ msgstr " -w, --follow-new espera e imprime apenas novas mensagens\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:152 -msgid "" -"Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a " -"readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)." +msgid "Wait for new messages. This feature is supported only on systems with a readable _/dev/kmsg_ (since kernel 3.5.0)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25899,8 +20564,7 @@ msgstr " -x, --decode decodifica o recurso e nível para texto le #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:158 -msgid "" -"Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes." +msgid "Decode facility and level (priority) numbers to human-readable prefixes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -25933,9 +20597,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:172 -msgid "" -"The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* " -"output." +msgid "The message timestamp in short ctime format in *--reltime* or *--human* output." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -25989,15 +20651,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:191 -msgid "" -"*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused " -"by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details." +msgid "*dmesg* can fail reporting permission denied error. This is usually caused by *dmesg_restrict* kernel setting, please see *syslog*(2) for more details." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/dmesg.1.adoc:197 -msgid "" -"*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]." +msgid "*dmesg* was originally written by mailto:tytso@athena.mit.edu[Theodore Ts'o]." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26033,28 +20692,17 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [|]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, " -"ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also " -"control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by " -"some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives." +msgid "*eject* allows removable media (typically a CD-ROM, floppy disk, tape, JAZ, ZIP or USB disk) to be ejected under software control. The command can also control some multi-disc CD-ROM changers, the auto-eject feature supported by some devices, and close the disc tray of some CD-ROM drives." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name " -"is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be " -"addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), " -"UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags." +msgid "The device corresponding to _device_ or _mountpoint_ is ejected. If no name is specified, the default name */dev/cdrom* is used. The device may be addressed by device name (e.g., 'sda'), device path (e.g., '/dev/sda'), UUID=__uuid__ or LABEL=__label__ tags." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the " -"device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default " -"*eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds." +msgid "There are four different methods of ejecting, depending on whether the device is a CD-ROM, SCSI device, removable floppy, or tape. By default *eject* tries all four methods in order until it succeeds." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26064,10 +20712,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:34 -msgid "" -"If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted " -"before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file " -"descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified." +msgid "If the device or a device partition is currently mounted, it is unmounted before ejecting. The eject is processed on exclusive open block device file descriptor if *--no-unmount* or *--force* are not specified." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26078,9 +20723,7 @@ msgstr "*-a*, **--auto on**|*off*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When " -"enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed." +msgid "This option controls the auto-eject mode, supported by some devices. When enabled, the drive automatically ejects when the device is closed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26109,11 +20752,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. " -"The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) " -"for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the " -"changer is referred to as 0, not 1." +msgid "With this option a CD slot can be selected from an ATAPI/IDE CD-ROM changer. The CD-ROM drive cannot be in use (mounted data CD or playing a music CD) for a change request to work. Please also note that the first slot of the changer is referred to as 0, not 1." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26136,9 +20775,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--force*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:48 -msgid "" -"Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. " -"The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices." +msgid "Force eject, don't check device type, don't open device with exclusive lock. The successful result may be false positive on non hot-pluggable devices." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26149,9 +20786,7 @@ msgstr "*-f*, *--floppy*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable " -"floppy disk eject command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a removable floppy disk eject command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26162,11 +20797,7 @@ msgstr "*-i*, **--manualeject on**|*off*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the " -"drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when " -"you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the " -"button is inadvertently pressed." +msgid "This option controls locking of the hardware eject button. When enabled, the drive will not be ejected when the button is pressed. This is useful when you are carrying a laptop in a bag or case and don't want it to eject if the button is inadvertently pressed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26177,11 +20808,7 @@ msgstr "*-M*, *--no-partitions-unmount*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:57 -msgid "" -"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on " -"partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will " -"not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device " -"or mountpoint given on the command line." +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount other partitions on partitioned devices. If another partition is still mounted, the program will not attempt to eject the media. It will attempt to unmount only the device or mountpoint given on the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26192,10 +20819,7 @@ msgstr "*-m*, *--no-unmount*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:60 -msgid "" -"The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not " -"specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that " -"the device is not used (since v2.35)." +msgid "The option tells *eject* to not try to unmount at all. If this option is not specified then *eject* opens the device with *O_EXCL* flag to be sure that the device is not used (since v2.35)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26206,8 +20830,7 @@ msgstr "*-n*, *--noop*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed." +msgid "With this option the selected device is displayed but no action is performed." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26218,9 +20841,7 @@ msgstr "*-p*, *--proc*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:66 -msgid "" -"This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also " -"passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)." +msgid "This option allows you to use _/proc/mounts_ instead _/etc/mtab_. It also passes the *-n* option to *umount*(8)." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26231,9 +20852,7 @@ msgstr "*-q*, *--tape*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive " -"offline command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a tape drive offline command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26244,9 +20863,7 @@ msgstr "*-r*, *--cdrom*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject " -"command." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using a CDROM eject command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26257,8 +20874,7 @@ msgstr " -S, --scsi exibe informação sobre dispositivos SCSI\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:75 -msgid "" -"This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands." +msgid "This option specifies that the drive should be ejected using SCSI commands." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26269,10 +20885,7 @@ msgstr "*-T*, *--traytoggle*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's " -"opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices " -"support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command if it's opened, and a CD-ROM tray eject command if it's closed. Not all devices support this command, because it uses the above CD-ROM tray close command." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26283,16 +20896,12 @@ msgstr "*-t*, *--trayclose*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:81 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all " -"devices support this command." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM tray close command. Not all devices support this command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:86 -msgid "" -"Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is " -"doing." +msgid "Run in verbose mode; more information is displayed about what the command is doing." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26303,13 +20912,7 @@ msgstr "*-X*, *--listspeed*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:89 -msgid "" -"With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available " -"speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of " -"the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous " -"versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some " -"drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not " -"work with them." +msgid "With this option the CD-ROM drive will be probed to detect the available speeds. The output is a list of speeds which can be used as an argument of the *-x* option. This only works with Linux 2.6.13 or higher, on previous versions solely the maximum speed will be reported. Also note that some drives may not correctly report the speed and therefore this option does not work with them." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26338,81 +20941,47 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:92 -msgid "" -"With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The " -"_speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X " -"speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and " -"you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the " -"media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or " -"with the *-t* and *-c* options." +msgid "With this option the drive is given a CD-ROM select speed command. The _speed_ argument is a number indicating the desired speed (e.g., 8 for 8X speed), or 0 for maximum data rate. Not all devices support this command and you can only specify speeds that the drive is capable of. Every time the media is changed this option is cleared. This option can be used alone, or with the *-t* and *-c* options." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:100 -msgid "" -"*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods " -"of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), " -"some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE " -"versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success " -"with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does " -"not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device " -"and not the *eject* program itself." +msgid "*eject* only works with devices that support one or more of the four methods of ejecting. This includes most CD-ROM drives (IDE, SCSI, and proprietary), some SCSI tape drives, JAZ drives, ZIP drives (parallel port, SCSI, and IDE versions), and LS120 removable floppies. Users have also reported success with floppy drives on Sun SPARC and Apple Macintosh systems. If *eject* does not work, it is most likely a limitation of the kernel driver for the device and not the *eject* program itself." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:102 -msgid "" -"The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are " -"used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these " -"options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)." +msgid "The *-r*, *-s*, *-f*, and *-q* options allow controlling which methods are used to eject. More than one method can be specified. If none of these options are specified, it tries all four (this works fine in most cases)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:104 -msgid "" -"*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., " -"if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* " -"will follow the link and use the device that it points to." +msgid "*eject* may not always be able to determine if the device is mounted (e.g., if it has several names). If the device name is a symbolic link, *eject* will follow the link and use the device that it points to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will " -"attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see " -"also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not " -"attempt to eject the media." +msgid "If *eject* determines that the device can have multiple partitions, it will attempt to unmount all mounted partitions of the device before ejecting (see also *--no-partitions-unmount*). If an unmount fails, the program will not attempt to eject the media." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:108 -msgid "" -"You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray " -"if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command." +msgid "You can eject an audio CD. Some CD-ROM drives will refuse to open the tray if the drive is empty. Some devices do not support the tray close command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:110 -msgid "" -"If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected " -"after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the " -"auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject " -"mode." +msgid "If the auto-eject feature is enabled, then the drive will always be ejected after running this command. Not all Linux kernel CD-ROM drivers support the auto-eject mode. There is no way to find out the state of the auto-eject mode." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root " -"is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)." +msgid "You need appropriate privileges to access the device files. Running as root is required to eject some devices (e.g., SCSI devices)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/eject.1.adoc:116 -msgid "" -"mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat." -"com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux " -"version." +msgid "mailto:tranter@pobox.com[Jeff Tranter] - original author, mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak] and mailto:mluscon@redhat.com[Michal Luscon] - util-linux version." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26434,8 +21003,7 @@ msgstr "Pré-aloca espaço a, ou desaloca espaço de, um arquivo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:16 -msgid "" -"*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_" +msgid "*fallocate* [*-c*|*-p*|*-z*] [*-o* _offset_] *-l* _length_ [*-n*] _filename_" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26450,38 +21018,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, " -"either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the " -"*fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating " -"blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data " -"blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes." +msgid "*fallocate* is used to manipulate the allocated disk space for a file, either to deallocate or preallocate it. For filesystems which support the *fallocate*(2) system call, preallocation is done quickly by allocating blocks and marking them as uninitialized, requiring no IO to the data blocks. This is much faster than creating a file by filling it with zeroes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:26 #, fuzzy -msgid "" -"The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." -msgstr "" -"O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de " -"falha." +msgid "The exit status returned by *fallocate* is 0 on success and 1 on failure." +msgstr "O status de saída retornado por *mkfs* é 0 em caso de sucesso e 1 em caso de falha." #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:30 -msgid "" -"The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative " -"suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, " -"ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as " -"\"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, " -"PB, EB, ZB, and YB." +msgid "The _length_ and _offset_ arguments may be followed by the multiplicative suffixes KiB (=1024), MiB (=1024*1024), and so on for GiB, TiB, PiB, EiB, ZiB, and YiB (the \"iB\" is optional, e.g., \"K\" has the same meaning as \"KiB\") or the suffixes KB (=1000), MB (=1000*1000), and so on for GB, TB, PB, EB, ZB, and YB." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:32 -msgid "" -"The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-" -"range* are mutually exclusive." +msgid "The options *--collapse-range*, *--dig-holes*, *--punch-hole*, and *--zero-range* are mutually exclusive." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26492,30 +21045,17 @@ msgstr "*-c*, *--collapse-range*" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to " -"be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the " -"completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the " -"location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and " -"the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be " -"specified for the collapse-range operation." +msgid "Removes a byte range from a file, without leaving a hole. The byte range to be collapsed starts at _offset_ and continues for _length_ bytes. At the completion of the operation, the contents of the file starting at the location __offset__+_length_ will be appended at the location _offset_, and the file will be _length_ bytes smaller. The option *--keep-size* may not be specified for the collapse-range operation." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:37 -msgid "" -"Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgid "Available since Linux 3.15 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:39 -msgid "" -"A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in " -"order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ " -"must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies " -"according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such " -"a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this " -"requirement is violated." +msgid "A filesystem may place limitations on the granularity of the operation, in order to ensure efficient implementation. Typically, _offset_ and _length_ must be a multiple of the filesystem logical block size, which varies according to the filesystem type and configuration. If a filesystem has such a requirement, the operation will fail with the error *EINVAL* if this requirement is violated." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26526,19 +21066,12 @@ msgstr " -d, --dig-holes detecta zeros e substitui com buracos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:42 -msgid "" -"Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using " -"extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O " -"block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* " -"is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the " -"entire file is analyzed for holes." +msgid "Detect and dig holes. This makes the file sparse in-place, without using extra disk space. The minimum size of the hole depends on filesystem I/O block size (usually 4096 bytes). Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied. If no range is specified by *--offset* and *--length*, then the entire file is analyzed for holes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming " -"the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space." +msgid "You can think of this option as doing a \"*cp --sparse*\" and then renaming the destination file to the original, without the need for extra disk space." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26570,9 +21103,7 @@ msgstr " -n, --keep-size mantém o tamanho aparente do arquivo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:55 -msgid "" -"Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate " -"blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate." +msgid "Do not modify the apparent length of the file. This may effectively allocate blocks past EOF, which can be removed with a truncate." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26589,21 +21120,12 @@ msgstr " -p, --punch-hole substitui um intervalo com um buraco (resulta em - #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at " -"_offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, " -"partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are " -"removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this " -"range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time " -"as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is " -"implied." +msgid "Deallocates space (i.e., creates a hole) in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, partial filesystem blocks are zeroed, and whole filesystem blocks are removed from the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes. This option may not be specified at the same time as the *--zero-range* option. Also, when using this option, *--keep-size* is implied." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:63 -msgid "" -"Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since " -"Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)." +msgid "Supported for XFS (since Linux 2.6.38), ext4 (since Linux 3.0), Btrfs (since Linux 3.7), tmpfs (since Linux 3.5) and gfs2 (since Linux 4.16)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26620,10 +21142,7 @@ msgstr " -x, --posix usa posix_fallocate(3) em vez de fallocate(2)\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:69 -msgid "" -"Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always " -"completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported " -"by the underlying filesystem." +msgid "Enable POSIX operation mode. In that mode allocation operation always completes, but it may take longer time when fast allocation is not supported by the underlying filesystem." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26634,39 +21153,27 @@ msgstr " -z, --zero-range zera e assegura uma alocação de um intervalo\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for " -"_length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the " -"regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent " -"reads from this range will return zeroes." +msgid "Zeroes space in the byte range starting at _offset_ and continuing for _length_ bytes. Within the specified range, blocks are preallocated for the regions that span the holes in the file. After a successful call, subsequent reads from this range will return zeroes." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:74 -msgid "" -"Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range " -"into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will " -"not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the " -"either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update " -"metadata." +msgid "Zeroing is done within the filesystem preferably by converting the range into unwritten extents. This approach means that the specified range will not be physically zeroed out on the device (except for partial blocks at the either end of the range), and I/O is (otherwise) required only to update metadata." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:76 -msgid "" -"Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification." +msgid "Option *--keep-size* can be specified to prevent file length modification." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:78 -msgid "" -"Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." +msgid "Available since Linux 3.14 for ext4 (only for extent-based files) and XFS." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fallocate.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" +msgid "mailto:sandeen@redhat.com[Eric Sandeen], mailto:kzak@redhat.com[Karel Zak]" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26717,10 +21224,8 @@ msgstr " %s [opções] [argumentos ...]\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:43 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "*sfdisk* [options] _command_]\n" msgid "*flock* [options] _file_|_directory_ *-c* _command_" -msgstr "*sfdisk* [opções] _comando_]\n" +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:45 @@ -26731,34 +21236,24 @@ msgstr "*flock* [opções] _número_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:49 -msgid "" -"This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the " -"command line." +msgid "This utility manages *flock*(2) locks from within shell scripts or from the command line." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:51 -msgid "" -"The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution " -"of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a " -"specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate " -"permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be " -"immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available." +msgid "The first and second of the above forms wrap the lock around the execution of a _command_, in a manner similar to *su*(1) or *newgrp*(1). They lock a specified _file_ or _directory_, which is created (assuming appropriate permissions) if it does not already exist. By default, if the lock cannot be immediately acquired, *flock* waits until the lock is available." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:53 -msgid "" -"The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the " -"examples below for how that can be used." +msgid "The third form uses an open file by its file descriptor _number_. See the examples below for how that can be used." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:58 #, fuzzy msgid "Pass a single _command_, without arguments, to the shell with *-c*." -msgstr "" -" -c, --command passa um comando para o shell com -c\n" +msgstr " -c, --command passa um comando para o shell com -c\n" #. type: Labeled list #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:59 @@ -26770,19 +21265,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:61 -msgid "" -"The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting " -"lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The " -"default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgid "The exit status used when the *-n* option is in use, and the conflicting lock exists, or the *-w* option is in use, and the timeout is reached. The default value is *1*. The _number_ has to be in the range of 0 to 255." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:64 -msgid "" -"Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is " -"replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is " -"incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold " -"the lock." +msgid "Do not fork before executing _command_. Upon execution the flock process is replaced by _command_ which continues to hold the lock. This option is incompatible with *--close* as there would otherwise be nothing left to hold the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26793,8 +21281,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:67 -msgid "" -"Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default." +msgid "Obtain an exclusive lock, sometimes called a write lock. This is the default." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26805,9 +21292,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-" -"E* option for the exit status used." +msgid "Fail rather than wait if the lock cannot be immediately acquired. See the *-E* option for the exit status used." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26820,10 +21305,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:73 -msgid "" -"Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing " -"_command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should " -"not be holding the lock." +msgid "Close the file descriptor on which the lock is held before executing _command_. This is useful if _command_ spawns a child process which should not be holding the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26845,11 +21327,7 @@ msgstr " -u, --unlock remove uma trava\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:79 -msgid "" -"Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically " -"dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special " -"cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a " -"background process which should not be holding the lock." +msgid "Drop a lock. This is usually not required, since a lock is automatically dropped when the file is closed. However, it may be required in special cases, for example if the enclosed command group may have forked a background process which should not be holding the lock." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26860,33 +21338,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:82 -msgid "" -"Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional " -"values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero " -"number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*." +msgid "Fail if the lock cannot be acquired within _seconds_. Decimal fractional values are allowed. See the *-E* option for the exit status used. The zero number of _seconds_ is interpreted as *--nonblock*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:85 -msgid "" -"Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be " -"obtained." +msgid "Report how long it took to acquire the lock, or why the lock could not be obtained." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:91 -msgid "" -"The command uses exit status values for everything, except when " -"using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire " -"the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The " -"exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255." +msgid "The command uses exit status values for everything, except when using either of the options *-n* or *-w* which report a failure to acquire the lock with an exit status given by the *-E* option, or 1 by default. The exit status given by *-E* has to be in the range of 0 to 255." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:93 -msgid "" -"When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the " -"exit status is that of the child command." +msgid "When using the _command_ variant, and executing the child worked, then the exit status is that of the child command." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26896,10 +21363,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:99 -msgid "" -"Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of " -"*flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) " -"and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there." +msgid "Some file systems (e. g. NFS and CIFS) have a limited implementation of *flock*(2) and flock may always fail. For details see *flock*(2), *nfs*(5) and *mount.cifs*(8). Depending on mount options, flock can always fail there." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -26915,8 +21379,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:106 -msgid "" -"Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail." +msgid "Set exclusive lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will fail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26927,9 +21390,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:109 -msgid "" -"Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. " -"Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail." +msgid "Set shared lock to directory _/tmp_ and the second command will not fail. Notice that attempting to get exclusive lock with second command would fail." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26940,8 +21401,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:112 -msgid "" -"Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'." +msgid "Grab the exclusive lock \"local-lock-file\" before running echo with 'a b c'." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26952,12 +21412,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:115 -msgid "" -"The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file " -"doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be " -"created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. " -"Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is " -"required." +msgid "The form is convenient inside shell scripts. The mode used to open the file doesn't matter to *flock*; using _>_ or _>>_ allows the lockfile to be created if it does not already exist, however, write permission is required. Using _<_ requires that the file already exists but only read permission is required." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26969,14 +21424,7 @@ msgstr "[ $\\{FLOCKER} != $0 ] && exec env FLOCKER=\"$0 flock -en $0 $0 $@ || :" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:118 -msgid "" -"This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the " -"shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the " -"first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell " -"script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-" -"blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing " -"itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment " -"variable to the right value so it doesn't run again." +msgid "This is useful boilerplate code for shell scripts. Put it at the top of the shell script you want to lock and it'll automatically lock itself on the first run. If the environment variable *$FLOCKER* is not set to the shell script that is being run, then execute *flock* and grab an exclusive non-blocking lock (using the script itself as the lock file) before re-execing itself with the right arguments. It also sets the *FLOCKER* environment variable to the right value so it doesn't run again." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -26987,10 +21435,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:121 -msgid "" -"This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. " -"The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, " -"then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor." +msgid "This form is convenient for locking a file without spawning a subprocess. The shell opens the lock file for reading and writing as file descriptor 4, then *flock* is used to lock the descriptor." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -27001,25 +21446,14 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Keep {copyright} untranslated. #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:130 -msgid "" -"Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see " -"the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for " -"MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." +msgid "Copyright {copyright} 2003-2006 H. Peter Anvin. This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/flock.1.adoc:134 #, fuzzy msgid "*flock*(2)" -msgstr "" -"Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/." -"lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas " -"com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente " -"exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são " -"executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários " -"dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos " -"subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por " -"exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado." +msgstr "Cria um arquivo de trava *flock*(2) exclusivo (_/run/fsck/.lock_) para o dispositivo de disco inteiro. Esta opção pode ser usada apenas com um dispositivo (isso significa que *-A* e *-l* são mutuamente exclusivas). Esta opção é recomendada quando mais instâncias de *fsck* são executadas ao mesmo tempo. A opção é ignorada quando usada para vários dispositivos ou para discos não rotativos. *fsck* não trava dispositivos subjacentes quando executado para verificar dispositivos empilhados (por exemplo, MD ou DM) -- este recurso ainda não foi implementado." #. type: Title = #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:2 @@ -27045,34 +21479,22 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:22 -msgid "" -"*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image " -"on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that " -"support the creation of snapshots." +msgid "*fsfreeze* halts any new access to the filesystem and creates a stable image on disk. *fsfreeze* is intended to be used with hardware RAID devices that support the creation of snapshots." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:24 -msgid "" -"*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper " -"(and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot " -"creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page." +msgid "*fsfreeze* is unnecessary for *device-mapper* devices. The device-mapper (and LVM) automatically freezes a filesystem on the device when a snapshot creation is requested. For more details see the *dmsetup*(8) man page." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:26 -msgid "" -"The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the " -"filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see " -"*mount*(8))." +msgid "The _mountpoint_ argument is the pathname of the directory where the filesystem is mounted. The filesystem must be mounted to be frozen (see *mount*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:28 -msgid "" -"Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is " -"mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for " -"more details see *mount*(8))." +msgid "Note that access-time updates are also suspended if the filesystem is mounted with the traditional atime behavior (mount option *strictatime*, for more details see *mount*(8))." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -27083,23 +21505,12 @@ msgstr " -f, --freeze congela o sistema de arquivos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:33 -msgid "" -"This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new " -"modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the " -"filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, " -"other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, " -"metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to " -"write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be " -"unfrozen." +msgid "This option requests the specified filesystem to be frozen from new modifications. When this is selected, all ongoing transactions in the filesystem are allowed to complete, new *write*(2) system calls are halted, other calls which modify the filesystem are halted, and all dirty data, metadata, and log information are written to disk. Any process attempting to write to the frozen filesystem will block waiting for the filesystem to be unfrozen." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:35 -msgid "" -"Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain " -"information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files " -"will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of " -"the snapshot is complete." +msgid "Note that even after freezing, the on-disk filesystem can contain information on files that are still in the process of unlinking. These files will not be unlinked until the filesystem is unfrozen or a clean mount of the snapshot is complete." msgstr "" #. type: Labeled list @@ -27110,10 +21521,7 @@ msgstr " -u, --unfreeze descongela o sistema de arquivos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:38 -msgid "" -"This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to " -"continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are " -"unblocked and allowed to complete." +msgid "This option is used to un-freeze the filesystem and allow operations to continue. Any filesystem modifications that were blocked by the freeze are unblocked and allowed to complete." msgstr "" #. type: Title == @@ -27124,12 +21532,7 @@ msgstr "suporte a posix_fallocate não está compilado" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fsfreeze.8.adoc:44 -msgid "" -"This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. " -"List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, " -"*jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as " -"more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a " -"filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it." +msgid "This command will work only if filesystem supports has support for freezing. List of these filesystems include (2016-12-18) *btrfs*, *ext2/3/4*, *f2fs*, *jfs*, *nilfs2*, *reiserfs*, and *xfs*. Previous list may be incomplete, as more filesystems get support. If in doubt easiest way to know if a filesystem has support is create a small loopback mount and test freezing it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -27202,35 +21605,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:46 #, fuzzy msgid "fstab - static information about the filesystems" -msgstr "" -" -s, --fstab pesquisa na tabela estática de sistemas de arquivos\n" +msgstr " -s, --fstab pesquisa na tabela estática de sistemas de arquivos\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:54 -msgid "" -"The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the " -"system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is " -"the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this " -"file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), " -"*mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their " -"thing." +msgid "The file *fstab* contains descriptive information about the filesystems the system can mount. *fstab* is only read by programs, and not written; it is the duty of the system administrator to properly create and maintain this file. The order of records in *fstab* is important because *fsck*(8), *mount*(8), and *umount*(8) sequentially iterate through *fstab* doing their thing." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:56 -msgid "" -"The file is not read by *mount*(8) only but often is used by many other " -"tools and daemons, and proper functionality may require additional steps. " -"For example, on systemd-based systems, it's recommended to use *systemctl " -"daemon-reload* after *fstab* modification." +msgid "The file is not read by *mount*(8) only but often is used by many other tools and daemons, and proper functionality may require additional steps. For example, on systemd-based systems, it's recommended to use *systemctl daemon-reload* after *fstab* modification." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:58 -msgid "" -"Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are " -"separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank " -"lines are ignored." +msgid "Each filesystem is described on a separate line. Fields on each line are separated by tabs or spaces. Lines starting with '#' are comments. Blank lines are ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -27252,56 +21641,32 @@ msgstr "fonte não definida (fs_spec)" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:68 -msgid "" -"This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or " -"filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device " -"to be enabled." +msgid "This field describes the block special device, remote filesystem or filesystem image for loop device to be mounted or swap file or swap device to be enabled." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:70 -msgid "" -"For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node " -"(as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ " -"or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _:_, e.g., _knuth." -"aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will " -"show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for " -"*procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, " -"like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*." +msgid "For ordinary mounts, it will hold (a link to) a block special device node (as created by *mknod*(2)) for the device to be mounted, like _/dev/cdrom_ or _/dev/sdb7_. For NFS mounts, this field is _:_, e.g., _knuth.aeb.nl:/_. For filesystems with no storage, any string can be used, and will show up in *df*(1) output, for example. Typical usage is _proc_ for *procfs*; _mem_, _none_, or _tmpfs_ for *tmpfs*. Other special filesystems, like *udev* and *sysfs*, are typically not listed in *fstab*." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../sys-utils/fstab.5.adoc:72 -msgid "" -"LABEL=